Szótár

(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)

āsā, 3617 találat.

asa →

ncped

permanent; eternal

āsā →

ncped

wish, hope, expectation.

asa →

pts

adjective bad Ja.iv.435 = Ja.vi.235 (sataṃ vā asaṃ acc. sg. with variant reading santaṃ…, expld- by sappurisaṃ vā asappurisaṃ vā C.); Ja.v.448 (n. pl. f. asā expld. by asatiyo lā …

asā →

pts

see āsa.

āsa →

pts

…wish, hope. See under āsā.

Āsa4

archaic 3rd sg. perf. of atthi to be, only in cpd….

āsā →

pts

…karoti); AN.i.86 (dve āsā), AN.i.107 (vigat-āso one whose longings have gone); Snp.474 Snp.634, Snp.794, Snp.864; Ja.i.267, Ja.i.285;…

abhaya →

dppn

Abhaya 1

A monk whose verse concerning the bewildering effects of beautiful sights is in the Theragāthā. Thag.98

Abhaya2Abhayarājakumāra

The son of King Bimbisāra and of Padum …

accutadevā →

dppn

A class of devas mentioned among those assembled on the occasion of the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

aciravatī →

dppn

A river, the modern Rāpti in Uttar Pradesh; one of the pañca-mahānadī, Vin.ii.237 the five great rivers flowing from the Himālaya eastwards (pācīnaninnā) SN.v.39 into the sea. During the hot seas …

aggikabhāradvāja →

dppn

Aggikabhāradvāja1AggikaBhāradvāja

A brahmin of Sāvatthī, of the Bhāradvāja clan. The Buddha, while on his rounds, sees him tending the fire and preparing oblations, and stands for alms in …

ahogaṅgā →

dppn

A mountain in North India, on the Upper Ganges. There, for some time, lived the Thera Sambhūta Sānavāsi, and it was there that Yasa Kākandakaputta saw him. The meeting of arahants to discuss what meas …

ajitakesakambala →

dppn

AjitakesakambalaKesakambalaAjita

Head of one of the six heretical sects mentioned in the Pitakas as being contemporaneous with the Buddha. He is described as a Titthaka (non-Buddhist teacher), leade …

ajātasattu →

dppn

AjātasattuVedehiputta

Son of Bimbisāra, King of Māgadha, and therefore half-brother to Abhayarājakumāra. He murdered his father to gain the throne, and conspired with Devadatta to kill the Buddha, b …

akaniṭṭhā →

dppn

A class of devas, living in the highest of the five Suddhāvasā (Pure Abodes). DN.iii.237

In the Mahāpadāna Sutta DN.ii.52f. the Buddha mentions that he visited their abode and conversed with beings …

ambasaṇḍā →

dppn

A brahmin village in Māgadha to the east of Rājagaha.

To the north of the village was the Vediyaka mountain, in which was the Indasālaguhā, where the Sakkapañha Sutta was preached. On the occasion of …

ambaṭṭha →

dppn

AmbaṭṭhaAmbaṭṭhamāṇava

A brahmin youth of the Ambaṭṭha clan who lived with his teacher, Pokkharasādi, at Ukkaṭṭha. He was learned in the three Vedas and the correlated branches of knowledge, includin …

ambāṭakavana →

dppn

AmbāṭakavanaAmbālavana

A grove at Macchikāsaṇḍa, belonging to Cittagahapati. It became the residence of large numbers of monks, and discussions often took place there between Cittagahapati and the re …

anejakā →

dppn

A class of devas mentioned as having been present on the occasion of the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.160

annabhāra →

dppn

A well-known paribbājaka who lived in the Paribbājakārāma on the banks of the River Sappinī near Rājagaha. He is mentioned as staying with the well-known paribbājakas, Varadhara and Sakuludāyi. …

anāthapiṇḍika →

dppn

A banker (seṭṭhi) of Sāvatthī who became famous because of his unparalleled generosity to the Buddha. His first meeting with the Buddha was during the first year after the Enlightenment, in Rājagaha …

ariṭṭha →

dppn

Ariṭṭha1

A monk. He had been subjected by the Saṅgha to the ukkhepanīyakamma for refusal to renounce a sinful doctrine, namely, that the states of mind declared by the Buddha to be stumb …

ariṭṭhakā →

dppn

A class of devas who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta.

They were like azure flowers in hue (ummāpupphanibhāsino). DN.ii.260

asama →

dppn

A devaputta who once visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana, in the company of Sahali, Ninka, Ākoṭaka, Vetambarī and Mānava-Gāmiya.

They were disciples of different teachers and, standing before the Buddh …

asamā →

dppn

A class of devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. They are mentioned together with the Yama twins. DN.ii.259

asaññasattā →

dppn

…abodes of beings (sattāvāsā). These beings are unconscious and experience nothing. AN.iv.401 As soon as an idea occurs to them they fall…

asoka →

dppn

A monk of Ñātikā. Once when the Buddha was staying at Ñātikā in the Giñjakāvasatha, Ānanda mentions to the Buddha that Asoka Thera had died, and asks where he had gone. The Buddha tells him that Asoka …

asokā →

dppn

…the Buddha says that she had been reborn spontaneously in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away, destined never to return. SN.v.358

assaji →

dppn

Assaji1

The fifth of the Pañcavaggiyā monks. When the Buddha preached the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, he was the last in whom dawned the eye of Truth, and the Buddha had to discourse to h …

assaka →

dppn

The country of Assaka is one of the sixteen Mahājanapadas mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya.AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN.iv.256 AN.iv.260 It does not, however; occur in the list of twelve countries given in …

assatara →

dppn

A tribe of Nāgas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

asura →

dppn

In Pali Literature the Asuras are classed among the inferior deities together with the supaṇṇas, gandhabbas, yakkhas, garuḍas and nāgas. Rebirth as an Asura is considered as one of the four …

atappādevā →

dppn

A class of devas whose company mortals long for.MN.i.289 MN.iii.103 They belong to the Suddhāvāsā. DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237

avanti →

dppn

One of the four great monarchies in the time of the Buddha, the other three being Māgadha, Kosala and Vaṃsa (or Vatsa). Avanti is also mentioned among the sixteen Great Nations. AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN. …

avihā →

dppn

…rupa-worlds, the Suddhāvāsā.DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237 DN.iii.237 Anāgāmīs are born in Avihā and there attain arahantship. The Buddha once…

aṅgīrasi →

dppn

Aṅgīrasi1

A term of affection (Radiant One) used by Pañcasikha in addressing Suriyavaccasā. DN.ii.265

Aṅgīrasa2

One of the ten ancient seers who conducted great sacrifices and …

aṭṭhaka →

dppn

Aṭṭhaka1

A celebrated sage, composer and reciter of sacred runes, mentioned together with nine others (Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamataggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha and Bhagu), V …

aṭṭhakanāgara →

dppn

A city from which came the householder Dasama who, while on a visit to Pāṭaliputta on business, went to see Ānanda at Beluvagāma and questioned him. MN.i.349f. AN.v.342–347

4town

beluva →

dppn

BeluvaBeluvagāmaVeluvaVeluvagāma

A village near Vesāli, where the Buddha spent his last vassa.

It was at this time that the Buddha, in answer to a question by Ānanda, said that he had kept nothing b …

bhaddiya →

dppn

Bhaddiya1

An anāgāmī, one of seven persons who became arahants as soon as they were born in Avihā. SN.i.35 SN.i.60

Bhaddiya2Kāligodhāputta

Chief among monks of aristocratic …

bhaddā →

dppn

Bhaddā1

Wife of King Muṇḍa. At her death the king placed her body in a vessel of oil and mourned for her until his friend Piyaka took him to Nārada Thera at the Kukkuṭārāma, and there made …

bhaggavagotta →

dppn

A clothed Wanderer who lived in a pleasance near Anupiya.

He was a friend of Sunakkhatta. The Buddha once visited him, and their conversation is recorded in the Pātika Sutta. DN.iii.1ff.

bhiyyasa →

dppn

BhiyyasaBhīya

One of the two chief disciples of Koṇāgamana Buddha. DN.ii.5

bhusāgāra →

dppn

BhusāgāraBhusāgra

The threshing floor in Atumā where the Buddha stayed on his visit there. Vin.i.249

Once while he was meditating there, a thunderstorm broke out and two peasants and four oxen were …

bimbisāra →

dppn

BimbisāraSeniya

King of Māgadha and patron of the Buddha.

According to the Pabbajā Sutta Snp.405ff. the first meeting between the Buddha and Bimbisāra took place in Rājagaha under the Paṇḍavapabba …

buddha →

dppn

BuddhaBhagavāTathāgataSiddhatthaGotamaSugataSatthā

The Awakened one, the founder and teacher of the Buddha-dhamma. His personal name was Siddhattha Gotama, and he was a Khattiya of the Sakiyan clan. …

bārānasī →

dppn

BārānasīBenares

The capital of Kāsi-janapada. It was one of the four places of pilgrimage for the Buddhists - the others being Kapilavatthu, Buddhagayā and Kusināra - because it was at, the Migadā …

bāvarī →

dppn

…followed him there to the Pāsāṇaka cetiya, passing through Setavyā, Kapilavatthu, Kusinārā, Pāvā, Bhoganagara and Vesāli. When they…

candana →

dppn

Candana1

A deva, vassal of the Four Regent Gods. DN.ii.258 He is mentioned as one of the chief Yakkhas to be invoked by followers of the Buddha in case of need. DN.iii.204 He once visited …

candimā →

dppn

The name of the devaputta whose abode is the moon (Canda), sometimes also called Candimā. There are other devas besides Canda who dwell in the moon.

It is said that once, when Candimā was seized …

caṅkī →

dppn

A great brahmin, contemporary of the Buddha, reputed for his great learning and highly esteemed in brahmin gatherings—e.g., at Icchānaṅgala Snp.p.115 and at Manasākaṭa. DN.i.235

He is mentioned toget …

caṇḍappajjota →

dppn

King of Avanti in the time of the Buddha. His name was Pajjota, the sobriquet being added on account of his violent temper.

Once, when ill with jaundice, he asked Bimbisāra to lend him the services o …

cetiya →

dppn

CetiyaCetiCetīCedi

One of the sixteen Great Nations, AN.i.213 probably identical with Cedi of the older documents. The people of Ceti settled near the Yamunā, to the east, in the neighbourhood of and …

citta →

dppn

Citta1

A householder of Macchikāsaṇḍa, where he was Treasurer. He was later declared by the Buddha to be pre-eminent among laymen who preached the Doctrine. AN.i.26

When Mahānāma visited …

cittasena →

dppn

A Gandhabba present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258 He is elsewhere DN.iii.204 mentioned as a Yakkha chieftain who should be invoked by the Buddha’s followers when troubled by evil spirits.

cullakokanadā →

dppn

CullakokanadāCūḷakokanadāCūlakokanadā

The younger of the two daughters of Pajunna, both of whom were called Kokanadā. She visited the Buddha at the Kutāgārasālā in Vesāli and questioned him. SN.i.30

cāla →

dppn

He was ordained by Khadiravaniya. Thag.42

He is mentioned as living at the Kūṭāgārasālā, which place he left when the Licchavis caused disturbance by their visits to the Buddha. AN.v.133 In this cont …

dakkhiṇāgiri →

dppn

A region in India. It contained the city of Vedisa. Dakkhiṇāgiri lay to the south-west of Rājagaha, beyond the hills that surrounded the city—hence its name. In the district was the brahmin village o …

dalhika →

dppn

DalhikaDaḷhika

A monk of Sāgala. A pupil of his once stole a turban from a shopkeeper and confessed his fault to Dalhika, thinking that he would, on that account, become a pārājika. But the value o …

dasama →

dppn

A householder of Aṭṭhakanāgara. One day, having finished some business which took him to Pāṭaliputta, he visited the Kukkuṭārāma to call upon Ānanda. Learning that Ānanda was at Beluvagāma near Vesāli …

dasārahā →

dppn

A group of Khattiyas, owners of the Ānaka-drum. SN.ii.266f.

devadatta →

dppn

…two Devadatta, and the Mahāsāropama, were preached after this event.

The Buddha sent Sāriputta and Moggallāna to Gayāsīsa to bring back…

devasabha →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of how one with right effort will overcome defilements. Thag.100

dhammasava →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of going forth and attaining the three knowledges. Thag.107

dhammasava-pitā →

dppn

Dhammasava-pitā

Father of Dhammasava. He was one hundred and twenty years old when he went forth. Thag.108

dhataraṭṭha →

dppn

Dhataraṭṭha1

One of the Cātummahārājikā, the ruler of the Eastern Quarter. His followers are the Gandhabbas. He has numerous sons called Indra.DN.ii.207 DN.ii.220 DN.ii.257f. DN.iii.197 …

dānaveghasā →

dppn

A class of Asuras, present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.259

dāsaka →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that one who eats much and is lazy will keep being reborn. Thag.17

Perhaps it is this same Dāsaka who is mentioned in the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.iii.127ff. as having …

ekadhammasavanīya →

dppn

EkadhammasavanīyaEkadhammasavaniyaEkadhammika

A monk whose verse is found in the Theragāthā. Thag.67

ekapuṇḍarīka →

dppn

Ekapuṇḍarīka1

A monastery of the wanderers, the residence of Vacchagotta. MN.i.481f. It was near the Kūṭāgārasālā in the Mahāvana of Vesāli. The Buddha went there to see Vacchagotta, and …

ekasālā →

dppn

A Brahmin village in the Kosala kingdom. The Buddha once stayed there, and when a large congregation of the laity were listening to him, Māra, thinking to darken their intelligence, suggested to him t …

erāvaṇa →

dppn

In the Dhammika Sutta. Snp.379 Erāvaṇa is mentioned among the devas who visited the Buddha to pay him homage. He is also mentioned among the Nāgas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

gajaṅgala →

dppn

…Country. Beyond it was Mahāsālā. Vin.i.197 Once when the Buddha was staying in the Veḷuvana at Kajangala, the lay followers there heard a…

gandhabbā →

dppn

A class of semi-divine beings who inhabit the Cātummahārājika realm and are the lowest among the devas. DN.ii.212 They are generally classed together with the Asuras and the Nāgas AN.iv.200 AN.iv.204 …

gayāsīsa →

dppn

…There was room on the rock for one thousand monks.

The hill stands about one mile to the south-west of…

gijjhakūṭa →

dppn

…AN.iv.21f. the Mahāsāropama and Āṭānāṭiya Suttas. SN.ii.155 SN.ii.185 SN.ii.190 SN.ii.241 SN.iii.121 AN.ii.73 AN.iii.21…

giraggasamajjā →

dppn

A festival held from time to time in Rājagaha. According to the Vinaya accounts Vin.ii.107f. Vin.ii.150 Vin.iv.85 Vin.iv.267 there were dancing, singing and music.

giñjakāvasatha →

dppn

A brick hall at Nādikā. The Buddha stayed there on various occasions during his visits to Nādikā. It was during one of these visits that Ambapāli presented her park to the Buddha and the Order. Vin.i. …

gosiṅgasālavanadāya →

dppn

Gosiṅgasālavanadāya1

A forest tract near Nādikā. Once, when Anuruddha, Nandiya and Kimbila were living there, they were visited by the Buddha, who came from Giñjakāvasatha. The result of t …

gotama →

dppn

Gotama1BuddhaSiddhatthaSakyamunīTathāgataAṅgīrasa

He was a Sākiyan, son of Suddhodana and of Mahā Māyā, Suddhodana’s chief consort, and he belonged to the Gotama-gotta. At age 29 he depar …

haliddavasana →

dppn

A township of the Koliyans. The Buddha, when staying there, preached the Kukkuravatika Sutta to Puṇṇa-koliyaputta and Seniya Kukkuravatika. MN.i.387 Another Buddha is also mentioned as having preache …

harayodevā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

hemavata →

dppn

A Yakkha chief, to be invoked by followers of the Buddha in time of need. DN.iii.204

He was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.256

He was the friend of Sātāgira.

hāragajā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

hārita →

dppn

Hārita1

A Mahā Brahmā who was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta, at the head of one hundred thousand other Brahmās. DN.ii.261

Hārita2

A monk whose Theragāthā ve …

icchānaṅgalaka →

dppn

An upāsaka of Icchānaṅgala. Once he visited the Buddha at Jetavana after a long interval, and on being asked why he had been absent so long, he replied that he had been kept busy by various duties. …

iccānaṅgala →

dppn

…was the residence of “Mahāsāla” brahmins. The Sutta Nipāta Snp.p.115 mentions several eminent brahmins who lived there, among them…

inda →

dppn

Inda1

Given in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta as the name of the ninety-one sons of Dhataraṭṭha, king of the Gandhabbas. They are represented as being of great strength and followers of the Buddha. …

indapatta →

dppn

A town in the Kuru country. In the Kurudhamma Jataka J.ii.365f; also J.iii.400; J.iv.361; J.v.457; J.vi.255; Cyp.i.3, Cyp.v.1, Dhananjaya Koravya, is mentioned as its king and as the owner of Anjanava …

indasālaguhā →

dppn

A cave on the Vediya mountain, to the north of Ambasaṇḍā, which was a brahmin village, east of Rājagaha. Once, when the Buddha was staying there, Sakka visited him and asked him the questions recorded …

isidatta →

dppn

Isidatta1

A verse uttered by Isidatta, in response to the Buddha’s enquiry regarding his welfare, is recorded in the Therāgāthā. Thag.120

According to the Saṃyutta Nikāya, SN.iv.283–288 I …

isidāsa →

dppn

A thera. He had a brother, also a monk, named Isibhatta. Having spent the rainy season in Sāvatthī, they went to take up their abode in a certain village. The people there gave them food and robes, bu …

isidāsī →

dppn

She was the daughter of a good and wealthy merchant of Ujjenī. Having come of age, she was given in marriage to the son of a merchant in Sāketa.

For one month she lived with him as a devoted wife; th …

isipatana →

dppn

IsipatanaMigadayaDeer Park

An open space near Benares, the site of the famous Migadāya or Deer Park. It was eighteen leagues from Uruvelā, and when Gotama gave up his austere penances his friends, th …

jambukhādaka →

dppn

A wanderer. The Saṃyutta Nikāya records visits paid by him to Sāriputta at Nālakagāma and discussions between them on various topics, such as nibbāna, arahantship, the āsavas, sakkāya, ignorance, th …

janesabha →

dppn

A Gandhabba, a vassal of the Four Regent Gods. He was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258

In the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta DN.iii.204 he is mentioned as a Yakkha chieftain to be invoked by th …

joti →

dppn

A class of gods, present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.261

jotidāsa →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of kamma. Thag.143–144

jāṇussoṇi →

dppn

A great brahmin, ranking with eminent brahmins such as Caṅkī, Tārukkha, Pokkharasāti and Todeyya. Snp.p.115 He is mentioned as staying in Icchānaṅgala, MN.ii.196 where he evidently took part in the pe …

jīvakambavana →

dppn

A mango-grove in Rājagaha, belonging to Jīvaka, which he made over to the Buddha and his monks. He built a monastery in the grove, and there the Buddha stayed several times. On one such occasion Ajāt …

kajangala →

dppn

…Country. Beyond it was Mahāsālā. Vin.i.197 Once when the Buddha was staying in the Veḷuvana at Kajangala, the lay followers there heard a…

kakkaṭa →

dppn

Kakkaṭa2

An eminent monk mentioned, with Cāla, Upacāla, Kaḷimbha, Nikata and Kaṭissaha, as staying with the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā in Vesāli. When the Licchavis started coming there to …

kambala →

dppn

A tribe of Nāgas. They were present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258

kammāsadhamma →

dppn

KammāsadhammaKammāsadammaKammasadammaKammasadhamma

A township of the Kurūs. The Buddha, during the course of his wanderings, stayed there several times; the exact place of his residence is, however, …

kapilavatthu →

dppn

A city near the Himalaya, capital of the Sākiyan republic. The administration and judicial business of the city and all other matters of importance were discussed and decided in the Santhāgārasālā. DN …

kappāsika vanasaṇḍa →

dppn

Kappāsika VanasaṇḍaKappāsiya Vanasaṇḍa

A grove near Uruvelā. There the a group of men came across the Buddha while seeking for a woman who had run away with certain of their belongings. The Buddha pr …

karumhā →

dppn

A class of spirits, present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.260

kassapa →

dppn

Kassapa1

One of the seven Buddhas mentioned in the Canon. DN.ii.7

Among those who attained arahantship under Kassapa is mentioned Gavesī, who, with his five hundred followers, strove alwa …

kassapagotta →

dppn

Kassapagotta1

A monk living in Vāsabhagāma in the Kāsi kingdom. He was in the habit of showing extreme hospitality to the monks who came there from other parts. Once some monks who visited …

katamorakatissa →

dppn

KatamorakatissaKatamorakatissaka

One of the monks whom Devadatta incited to join him in stirring up discord among the Saṅgha, the others being Kokālika, Khaṇḍadevīputta and Samuddadatta Vin.ii.196 Vi …

kaḷimbha →

dppn

KaḷimbhaKalimma

One of the monks who lived in the Kūṭāgārasālā in Vesālī. Finding that the peace of the Mahāvana was being disturbed by the Licchavis who came to see the Buddha, he, with the other mo …

kaṭissaha →

dppn

He was one of those who were staying with the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā in Vesāli. When the Licchavis began to visit the Buddha in large numbers, they left the monastery and retired to places of soli …

kaṭṭhakā →

dppn

KaṭṭhakāKathakā

A class of devas present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.261

khemaka →

dppn

An arahant. Once, when he lay very ill at the Badarikārāmā, near Kosambī, some monks, staying at the Ghositārāma, sent one of their number, Dāsaka, with a message to Khemaka, inquiring whether he mana …

khemiyā →

dppn

A class of gods, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

khiḍḍāpadosikā →

dppn

KhiḍḍāpadosikāKhiḍḍāpadūsikā

A class of devas who live in the Cātummahārājika world. For ages they spend their time in laughter and in sport of sensual lusts. In consequence their self-possession is …

khāṇumata →

dppn

A brahmin village of Māgadha, presented to Kūṭadanta by Bimbisāra. The Buddha once stayed there at the Ambalaṭṭhikā pleasance, and there he preached the Kūṭadanta Sutta. DN.i.127

Māgadha3town

kimbila →

dppn

KimbilaKimilaKimmila

A Sākiyan of Kapilavatthu. He was converted with Bhaddiya and four other Sākyan nobles at Anupiya. Vin.ii.182 Kimbila seems to have maintained throughout his early friendship wit …

kisasaṅkicca →

dppn

KisasaṅkiccaKisaSaṅkicca

A naked ascetic, contemporary with the Buddha and evidently a well-known head of a school; mentioned in company with Nanda Vaccha and Makkhali Gosāla. MN.i.238

Kisasankicca …

kokanadā →

dppn

Two daughters of Pajjunna, both called Kokanadā, though the younger was sometimes called Cūḷa-Kokanadā. They visited the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā and spoke verses in praise of the Buddha, the Dhamm …

kosala →

dppn

Kosala1

A country inhabited by the Kosalans, to the north-west of Māgadha and next to Kāsī. It is mentioned second in the list of sixteen Great Nations.AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 In the Buddha’s …

kosambī →

dppn

The capital of the Vatsas or Vaṃsas. In the time of the Buddha its king was Parantapa, and after him reigned his son Udena. Kosambī was evidently a city of great importance at the time of the Buddha f …

koḷiyā →

dppn

…residence of Suppavāsā;. AN.ii.62 Sāpūga, where Ānanda once stayed;. AN.ii.194 Kakkarapatta, where lived Dīghajāṇu; AN.iv.281 and…

kukkuṭārāma →

dppn

A park in Pāṭaliputta. It was evidently the residence of monks from very early times, probably, for some time, of the Buddha himself. The Mahāvagga Vin.i.300 mentions the names of several theras who l …

kumbhīra →

dppn

A Yakkha who lived in the Vepulla mountain outside Rājagaha. He was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta with a train of over one hundred thousand. DN.ii.257

kumārakassapa →

dppn

Kumārakassapa

He was foremost among those who had the gift of varied and versatile discourse. AN.i.24 Once when Kumāra Kassapa was meditating in Andhavana a deva appeared before him, and asked him fi …

kuru →

dppn

A country, one of the sixteen Great Nations.DN.ii.200 AN.i.213 During the Buddha’s time the chieftain of Kuru was called Koravya, and his discussion with the Elder Raṭṭhapāla, who was himself the scio …

kuṇḍadhānavana →

dppn

…in this monastery that Suppavāsā gave birth to Sīvali, after prolonged labour pains, which only ceased after she received the Buddha’s…

kuṭeṇḍu →

dppn

A vassal of the Cātummahārājikas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

kālakañjakā →

dppn

A class of Asuras. They were present at the Mahāsamaya, and are spoken of as being of a fearsome shape. DN.ii.259 They are the very lowest of the Asura groups, and the Buddha warns Sunakkhatta that Ko …

kāliṅga →

dppn

…after death in the Suddhavāsā, and that there he would attain to nibbāna. DN.ii.92 SN.v.358f.

Kāliṅga2

A country. It is one…

kāmabhū →

dppn

A monk, evidently held in high esteem by his colleagues. He is mentioned as staying in Kosambī, in Ghosita Park, and as asking Ānanda certain questions, recorded in the Kāmabhū Sutta. SN.iv.165 Two ot …

kāmaseṭṭha →

dppn

One of the greater yakkhas who should be invoked if any follower of the Buddha be molested by an evil spirit. DN.iii.204

In the Mahāsamaya Sutta DN.ii.258 he is mentioned among the vassals of the F …

kāpathika →

dppn

KāpathikaKāpaṭika

A young brahmin, sixteen years old, well versed in the Vedas, and with his head shaven. He was “of good stock, well informed, a good speaker and a scholar of ability.” He visited th …

kāsi →

dppn

KāsiKāsikaKāsigāmaKāsinigama

One of the sixteen Great Nations, AN.i.213 its capital being Bārāṇasī.

At the time of the Buddha, it had been absorbed into the kingdom of Kosala, and Pasenadi was king …

kūṭāgārasālā →

dppn

A hall in the Mahāvana near Vesāli. The Buddha stayed there on several occasions, and in the books are found records of various eminent persons who visited him there and of his conversations with them …

lambītakā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

licchavī →

dppn

A powerful tribe of India in the time of the Buddha. They were certainly khattiyas, for on that ground they claimed a share of the Buddha’s relics. DN.ii.165

Their capital was Vesāli, and they form …

lohitavāsī →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

lomasakaṅgiya →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that, thrusting aside grasses with his chest, he will seek seclusion. Thag.27

According to the Lomasakaṅgiya Bhaddekaratta Sutta, MN.iii.199f. Candana visited Lom …

lomasavaṅgīsa →

dppn

The Saṃyutta Nikāya mentions an interview between an Elder of this name and the Sākyan Mahānāma. Mahānāma asks the Elder if the learner’s way of life is identical with that of the Tathāgata. Vaṅgīsa a …

lāmaseṭṭhā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

macchikāsaṇḍa →

dppn

A township in Kāsī, the residence, among others, of Citta-Gahapati. SN.iv.281

It contained the Ambāṭakavana, which Citta presented as a monastery for the monks, at the head of whom was Mahānāma.

S …

macchikāsaṇḍika →

dppn

An epithet of Cittagahapati, because he lived in Macchikāslānda. AN.i.26

mahāli →

dppn

A Licchavi chief, mentioned as having visited the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā to ask if he had seen Sakka SN.i.230 and also to beg information as to the teachings of Pūraṇa Kassapa. SN.iii.68 This conv …

mahāmoggallāna →

dppn

…he shook the Migāramātupāsāda, and made it rattle in order to terrify some monks who sat in the ground floor of the building, talking loosely…

mahānāma →

dppn

Mahānāma1

A Sākiyan rājā, son of Amitodana; he was elder brother of Anuruddha and cousin of the Buddha. When the Sākiyan families of Kapilavatthu sent their representatives to join the Ord …

mahāpāragā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.26

mahāsammata →

dppn

A king who lived in the beginning of this present age. He was called Mahāsammata, because, on the arising of wickedness in the world, he was chosen by the people DN.iii.92f. to show indignation agai …

mahāsarā →

dppn

The books contain a list of seven great lakes, situated in the Himālaya. They form the sources of the five great rivers and dry up only when four suns appear in the world. These seven lakes are Anotat …

mahāvana →

dppn

Mahāvana1

A wood near Vesāli, in which the Kūṭāgārasālā was located.

Vesāli3parkMahāvana2

A wood near Kapilavatthu. In this wood was preached the Mahāsamaya Sutta and the Madh …

manasākaṭa →

dppn

A brahmin village in Kosala on the banks of the Aciravatī. The Buddha stayed in the mango grove to the north of the village, and, during one such stay, preached the Tevijja Sutta. DN.i.235

in Kosala …

mettākāyikā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

migasālā →

dppn

A woman follower of the Buddha. She was the daughter of Pūraṇa, chamberlain of Pasenadi, and niece of Isidatta. AN.iii.347 AN.v.137

migāramātupāsāda →

dppn

…she built the Migāramātupāsāda at the Buddha’s suggestion. Vin.iv.161f. Moggallāna was left to supervise the work with five hundred other…

milakkhā →

dppn

…AN.i.35 Their language is called Milakkhabhāsā.

missakā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

musila →

dppn

Musila

A monk. A conversation is recorded in the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.ii.115f. between him and Savittha, which is said to have taken place in Ghositārāma in Kosambī, regarding the paṭiccasamuppāda.

muṇḍa →

dppn

A king of Māgadha, great grandson of Ajātasattu and son of Anuruddha. It is probably this same king who is referred to in the Aṅguttara Nikāya. AN.iii.57ff. His wife Bhaddā died, and Muṇḍa gave hims …

māgadha →

dppn

One of the four chief kingdoms of India at the time of the Buddha, the others being Kosala, the kingdom of the Vaṃsas and Avanti. Māgadha formed one of the sixteen Mahājanapadas and had its capital at …

māgaṇḍiya →

dppn

Māgaṇḍiya1

The Sutta Nipāta contains a dialogue between Māgaṇḍiya and the Buddha. Snp.1011–1023 The Buddha starts with an emphatic rejection of an offer of a sexual nature, which sparks a …

māluṅkyāputta →

dppn

MāluṅkyāputtaMāluṅkyaputtaMālukyaputta

The Theragāthā contains two sets of verses attributed to him. One set speaks of the dangers of craving and encourages effort. Thag.399–404 The second set speaks …

māra →

dppn

MāraNamuciKaṇhaAdhipatiAntakaPamattabandhuPāpimā

Generally regarded as the personification of Death, the Evil One, the Tempter. Sometimes known as the Dark One (Kaṇha). Snp.355 MN.i.377 DN.ii.262 T …

mātali →

dppn

The name given to the chariot driver of Sakka. The Mātali of the present age had a son, Sikhandhi, with whom Bhaddā Suriyavaccasā, daughter of Timbarū, was in love; but later she transferred her affec …

māṇavagāmiya →

dppn

MāṇavagāmiyaMāṇavagāmika

A devaputta. He visited the Buddha in the company of Asama, Sahali, Ninka, Ākoṭaka and Vetambarī, and while these all spoke in praise of their own teachers, Māṇavagāmiya sa …

nandaka →

dppn

…preached at the Migāramātupāsāda and takes the form of a discussion with Sāḷha, Migāra’s grandson, and Rohana, Pekkhuniya’s grandson on…

nandiya →

dppn

Nandiya1

He belonged to a Sākiyan family of Kapilavatthu, and was called Nandiya because his birth brought bliss. He left the world at the same time as Anuruddha, Kimbila and the others, a …

nandā →

dppn

…having died at Nātika and having been reborn spontaneously in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away, never to return. DN.ii.91 SN.v.356f.

naḷakapāna →

dppn

A village in Kosala, where the Buddha once stayed and preached the Naḷakapāna Sutta. MN.i.462 There were two groves near the village, the Ketakavana and the Palāsavana; in the latter, Sāriputta preach …

nighaṇḍu →

dppn

A yakkha chieftain, to be invoked by followers of the Buddha when in distress. DN.iii.204 He was present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258

nigrodhārāma →

dppn

Nigrodhārāma1

A grove near Kapilavatthu, where a residence was provided for the Buddha. Vin.i.82 There Mahāpajāpati Gotamī first asked permission for women to enter the Order. This was ref …

nikata →

dppn

…he was born in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away. SN.v.358f. DN.ii.91f.

Nikata2

One of several eminent theras mentioned as…

nāgasamāla →

dppn

He was a Sākiyan and entered the Order when the Buddha visited his kinsmen at Kapilavatthu. For some time he was the Buddha’s personal attendant—e.g., when the Buddha breached the Mahāsīhanāda Sutta. …

nālāgiri →

dppn

NālāgiriNāḷāgiri

An elephant of the royal stalls at Rājagaha. Devadatta, after several vain attempts to kill the Buddha, obtained Ajātasattu’s consent to use Nālagiri as a means of encompassing the B …

odātagayhā →

dppn

A class of eminent devas among those present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

opamañña →

dppn

Opamañña1

One of the names of Pokkharasāti. MN.ii.200

Opamañña2

A Gandhabba chieftain, who was among those present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258 He is me …

oṭṭhaddha →

dppn

One of the Licchavis. He went to visit the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā in Vesalī, at a time when the Buddha had given orders that no one should be allowed to see him; but through the intervention of th …

paccantajanapadā →

dppn

…the east, Kajaṅgala and Mahāsālā; in the south east, the river Salalavatī; in the south, Setakaṇṇikā; in the west, Thūṇa; and in the…

paccekabrahmā →

dppn

Mention is made in one or two places in the books of Brahmas who are described as Paccekabrahmā—e.g., Subrahmā, Suddhāvāsa and Tudu. I have not come across any explanation of this term. It may designa …

pahāsa →

dppn

A hell in which stage players are born after death. Tālapuṭa maintained that after death they were born among the Pahāsadevi. The Buddha contradicts this and says that their rebirth is in a Niraya and …

pajjanika →

dppn

…there….

pajjunna →

dppn

A devarāja, the god of rain. Kokanadā and Culla Kokanadā were his daughters. SN.i.29f.

Pajjunna is mentioned among the Mahāyakkhas to be invoked in time of need, DN.iii.205 and he was present at th …

pakudha →

dppn

PakudhaPakudaKakudhaKakudaPakudha KaccāyanaPakudha KātiyānaKakudha KaccāyanaKakudha Kātiyāna

Head of one of the six heretical sects of the Buddha’s time. In the Sāmaññaphala Sutta, DN.i.56 Ajātasattu …

palāsavana →

dppn

A wood near Naḷakapāna in Kosala. The Buddha stayed there, AN.v.122 and it was there that the Naḷakapāna Sutta was preached. MN.i.462

near Naḷakapāna in Kosala3park

panāda →

dppn

one of the chief Yakkhas to be invoked by the Buddha’s followers in time of need. DN.iii.204 He is also mentioned in the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

paramatta →

dppn

A Brahmā who was present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.260

paranimmitavasavattī →

dppn

A class of devas, inhabitants of the highest stage of the sensuous universe.

They are described AN.i.210 SN.v.410 SN.v.423 DN.ii.91 DN.iii.218 as “beings who desire the creation of others, in order t …

paribbājakā →

dppn

Wanderer. The name given to some of the ascetics and recluses of the Buddha’s time. They were not exclusively brahmin. Their presence seems to have been recognized and respected from earlier times. Ge …

pañcasāla →

dppn

A brahmin village of Māgadha. For an episode connected with it see Piṇḍa Sutta. SN.i.113

Māgadha3town

paṇḍara →

dppn

PaṇḍaraPaṇdarasaPaṇḍarasagotta

The name of a clan. An ascetic of this clan, hearing Phussa Thera preach, asked him a question which led to a long explanation by Phussa. Thag.949

phalikasandāna →

dppn

One of the Theras dwelling in the Kukkuṭārāma in Pāṭaliputta in the time of the Buddha. Vin.i.300

pilindavaccha →

dppn

PilindavacchaPilindivacchaPilindiyavacchaPilindaPilindiPilindiya

A monk whose enigmatic Theragāthā verse speaks of what has come and not departed. Thag.9 Certain devas who had been born in the deva w …

piṅgalakoccha →

dppn

A brahmin of Sāvatthī. He visited the Buddha at Jetavana and the Buddha preached to him the Cūḷasāropama Sutta, at the end of which he declared himself the Buddha’s follower. MN.i.198ff.

piṅgiyānī →

dppn

A brahmin of Vesāli. The Aṅguttara Nikāya records a conversation between him and Kāraṇapālī. The latter meets Piṅgiyānī and, on learning that he was returning from a visit to the Buddha, asks him abou …

pokkharasāti →

dppn

PokkharasātiPokkharasādi

A brahmin of great wealth and learning who lived in Ukkaṭṭha, on a royal demesne given by Pasenadi. Ambaṭṭha was the pupil of Pokkharasāti, who sent him to the Buddha at Icch …

pubbakoṭṭhakā →

dppn

…near the Migāramātupāsāda, and therefore to the east of the city. Mention is made AN.iii.345 of the Buddha having bathed there. It was…

pukkusa →

dppn

Pukkusa1

A prince of the Mallas. He was a disciple of Āḷāra Kālama, and one day, while on his way from Kusinārā to Pāvā, he saw the Buddha seated under a tree by the roadside and stayed to …

pukkusāti →

dppn

A young monk whom the Buddha met at the house of Bhaggava, the potter, in Rājagaha. Pukkusāti was already occupying the guest room of the house, and the Buddha asked to be allowed to share it, to whic …

punnaji →

dppn

One of the four friends of Yasa who, on hearing of his ordination by the Buddha, visited him and were taken to the Buddha. The Buddha talked to them and they became arahants. They were among the first …

purāṇa →

dppn

Purāṇa1

A monk who lived in Dakkhiṇāgiri. It is said that when he visited Rājagaha after the holding of the First Council, he was asked to give his approval to the “findings” of the same. …

puṇṇa →

dppn

Puṇṇa1

He was born in the family of a householder of Suppāraka in the Sunāparanta country. One day he asked the Buddha for a short lesson so that, having learnt it, he might go back to dwe …

puṇṇamāsa →

dppn

Puṇṇamāsa1

A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that a restrained and wise one knows the rise and passing away of the world. Thag.10

Puṇṇamāsa2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses sp …

puṇṇikā →

dppn

Puṇṇikā2

A slave girl of Pokkharasāti. MN.ii.201

pālileyya →

dppn

PālileyyaPārileyyaPārileyyaka

A town near Kosambī. When the Buddha found that he could not persuade the Kosambī monks to refrain from quarrelling, he left Kosambī alone and unattended, and passing th …

pārāsariya →

dppn

Pārāsariya1Pārāpariya

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of how being restrained he has overcome defilements. Thag.116

Pārāsariya2

A brahmin teacher mentioned in the Indriya …

pāsāṇakacetiya →

dppn

A shrine near Rājagaha, where the disciples of Bāvarī met and questioned the Buddha. Snp.1013

25.04641, 85.411143shrine

pātaligāma →

dppn

The Buddha visited Pātaligāma shortly before his death. Although it later became the capital of Magadha, it was then a mere village. At that time Ajātasattu’s ministers, Sunīdha and Vassakāra, were en …

pāveyyakā →

dppn

PāveyyakāPātheyyakā

The name given to the inhabitants of Pāvā—e.g., Pāveyyakā Mallā. DN.ii.165

Pāvā was evidently a centre of Buddhist activity even during the lifetime of the Buddha, and mention is …

pāvārikambavana →

dppn

Pāvārikambavana1

The mango grove of Pāvārika of Kosambī.

Kosambī3parkPāvārikambavana2

A mango grove at Nāḷandā where the Buddha stayed when on a visit there. DN.ii.81 It was t …

pūraṇa kassapa →

dppn

Pūraṇa Kassapa

One of the six well known teachers, contemporaneous with the Buddha. He is said to have taught the doctrine of non-action, denying the result of good or bad actions. DN.i.52f.

Else …

rakkhasā →

dppn

A class of demons, chiefly nocturnal and harmful. They usually have their haunt in the water and devour men when bathing there. Some of them live in the sea. Thag.931 Snp.10

rakkhita →

dppn

Rakkhita 1

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of having uprooted all defilements and become cool. Thag.79

Rakkhita2Rakkhitavanasaṇḍa

A forest tract near the village of Pāril …

revata →

dppn

Revata1Khadiravaniya

An eminent disciple of the Buddha, declared by him foremost among forest dwellers. AN.i.24

His Theragāthā verses appear under two names. As Khadiravaniya he admonishe …

rojā →

dppn

Rojā1

A Malla, inhabitant of Kusinārā. When the Buddha and Ānanda visited Kusinārā, the Malla chieftains decreed that whoever failed to pay homage to the Buddha would be fined five hundred …

rucirā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

rājagaha →

dppn

…Supatiṭṭhacetiya, Pāsānakacetiya, Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāra and the pond Sumāgadhā.

The city gates were closed every evening, and…

sabbaka →

dppn

SabbakaSappaka

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of his joy in living on the banks of the Ajakaraṇī, practising meditation. Thag.307–310.

sabbakāma →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of getting rid of desire for this impure body. Thag.453–458

Sabbakāma lived on to one hundred and twenty years of age, and was consulted by Yasa, Soreyya Revata, …

sadāmattā →

dppn

A class of Devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sahabhū →

dppn

A class of Devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sahadhammā →

dppn

A class of Devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sahajāti →

dppn

SahajātiSahajātāSahañcanika

A township where Yasa Kākandakaputta met Soreyya Revata, whom he wished to consult regarding the Ten Points raised by the Vajjiputtakas. Revata had gone there from Soreyya …

sahali →

dppn

Sahali1

A class of Devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

Sahali2

A devaputta, follower of Makkhali Gosāla. He visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana, in …

sakka →

dppn

SakkaVatrabhūVāsavaMaghavāMāghaPurindadaSahassakkhaSahassanettaSujampatiKosiya

Almost always spoken of as chief of the devas. The Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.i.229 contains a list of his names.

  • Maghavā, be …

sakkhara →

dppn

SakkharaSakkāra

A township of the Sākyans where the Buddha once stayed with Ānanda. SN.v.2 It was not far from Rājagaha and was the residence of Macchariya Kosiya.

Sākya, not far from Rājagaha3town

salaḷāgāra →

dppn

SalaḷāgāraSalalaghara

A building in Jetavana. Once when Sakka went to visit the Buddha he found him in the Salaḷāgāra, wrapt in samādhi, with Bhuñjatī waiting on him. Sakka therefore left a message w …

sambhūta →

dppn

Sambhūta1Sītavaniya

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of how a bhikkhu in the Sītavana (Cool Grove) is victorious. Thag.6

Sambhūta2Sānavāsī

When the Vajjiputtaka heresy aro …

samānā →

dppn

A class of Devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sanaṅkumāra →

dppn

A Mahā Brahmā, whose name means “ever young”. In the Nikāyas DN.i.121 MN.i.358 SN.i.153 AN.v.327 he is mentioned as the author of a famous verse, which is eleswhere attribued to the Buddha. SN.ii.284 …

sandha →

dppn

SandhaSaddha

A monk who visited the Buddha at Ñātikā in the Giñjakāvasatha, when the Buddha preached to him the Sandha Sutta. AN.v.323f.

It is, perhaps, the same monk who is mentioned as Saddho Ka …

sappadāsa →

dppn

Overmastered by corrupt habits of mind and character, for twenty five years he was unable to develop concentration. This so distressed him that he was about to commit suicide, when, inward vision sudd …

sappasoṇḍikapabbhāra →

dppn

SappasoṇḍikapabbhāraSappasoṇḍika

A mountain cave in the Sītavana, near Rājagaha. DN.ii.116 A conversation which took place there between Sāriputta and Upasena, just before the latter’s death, is reco …

sattamba →

dppn

SattambaSattambaka

A shrine near Vesāli. DN.ii.102 Ud.vi.1 SN.v.259 AN.iv.309 It was to the west of Vesāli. DN.iii.9

25.99693, 85.135113shrine

sattarasavaggiyā →

dppn

A group of monks in the Buddha’s time, who seem to have incurred the enmity of the Chabbaggīyas. The latter turned them out of a vihāra as soon as they had prepared it, and were violent towards them …

savittha →

dppn

In the Aṅguttara AN.i.118f. he is represented as saying, in the course of a conversation between him, Sāriputta and Koṭṭhita, that he preferred the person who obtains relief by faith, to one who tes …

seyyasaka →

dppn

A monk of Sāvatthī who was found guilty of various Vinaya offences, and was therefore subjected to the Nissayakamma. Udāyī (Lāludāyi) was his friend and his evil genius. Vin.iii.110f.

sikhaḍḍī →

dppn

SikhaḍḍīSikhaṇḍī

A Gandhabba, son of Mātali; Bhaddā Suriyavaccasā was at first in love with him, but she was won later by Pañcasikha. DN.ii.268

sikhī →

dppn

SikhīArindama

A Buddha of a past age.DN.ii.7 DN.iii.195f. SN.ii.9

  • He was born in the Nisabha pleasance in Aruṇavatī.
  • His father was the khattiya Aruṇa and his mother Pabhāvatī.
  • His wife wa …

sippinikātīra →

dppn

SippinikātīraSappinīSappinīkā

A river that flowed through Rājagaha. On its bank was a Paribbājakārāma where famous Paribbājakas lived in the Buddha’s time. AN.i.185 AN.ii.29 AN.ii.176 SN.i.153

Rājagaha3river

subhadda →

dppn

…of Nātikā. He was an anāgāmī and was born in the Suddhavāsā, never to be reborn. DN.ii.92 SN.v.348f.

subrahmā →

dppn

Subrahmā1

A devaputta. He visits the Buddha at Veḷuvana and tells him that his heart is full of dismay. The Buddha replies that the only path out of sorrow is by way of wisdom, renunciat …

subāhu →

dppn

Subāhu1

He was the son of a seṭṭhi family of Benares, and was the friend of Yasa. When Yasa and his companions joined the Order Subāhu followed his example, and they all became arahants. V …

sucitti →

dppn

An Asura, one of the Dānaveghasas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

sudassā →

dppn

A Brahma world; one of the Suddhāvāsā. Five kinds of Anāgāmīs are born there. MN.i.289 DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237

sudassī →

dppn

…those of Akaniṭṭhā. DN.ii.52 MN.i.259 DN.iii.237…

suddhavāsa →

dppn

A Pacceka Brahmā who, with Subrahmā, went to visit the Buddha, but, finding him in meditation during the noonday heat, went to see a certain Brahmā who was infatuated with his own importance.

They to …

suddhāvāsakāyikādevā →

dppn

SuddhāvāsakāyikādevāSuddhāvāsakāyikā

A group of devas, inhabitants of the Suddhāvāsā, who appeared before the Buddha and recited three verses in praise of the Saṅgha. SN.i.26 DN.ii.253f.

suddhāvāsā →

dppn

…Buddha is mentioned as having visited the Suddhāvāsā. DN.ii.50

5heaven

sudhamma →

dppn

Sudhamma1

He lived in Macchikāsaṇḍa, in a monastery (the Ambātakārāma) provided by Citta. Citta used to invite Sudhamma to his house for meals. One day Sāriputta, at the head of several em …

sukkā →

dppn

Sukkā1

A bhikkhunī who was famous as a teacher of Dhamma, to the extent that a spirit went Rājagaha about praising her and exhorting others to listen to her Dhamma. Thig.54–56 SN.i.212 SN. …

suleyyā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sumana →

dppn

Sumana1

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of having accomplished all that he was aksed to do. Thag.330–334

Sumana2Cūḷasumana

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of ordaini …

sunakkhatta →

dppn

A Licchavi prince of Vesāli. He was, at one time, a member of the Order and the personal attendant of the Buddha, but was later converted to the views of Korakkhattiya and went about defaming the Budd …

sundarasamudda →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verses tell of how he was tempted by a courtesan. She showed herself to him, decked and adorned and wearing golden slippers, and invited him in with seductive manner. But seein …

suppavāsā →

dppn

SuppavāsāKoliyadhītā

A lay woman who lived in the Koliyan village of Sajjanela, where the Buddha visited her and preached to her on the efficacy…

suppiyā →

dppn

Suppiyā1

The name of the inhabitants of Rājagaha in the time of Kassapa Buddha. At that time Vepulla was called Supassa. SN.ii.192

Suppiyā2

An upāsaka of Benares. Her husban …

suriya →

dppn

A devaputta, the sun or the god of the sun. Once, when he was seized by Rāhu, lord of the Asuras, he invoked the power of the Buddha, and the Buddha enjoined on Rāhu to let him go. This Rāhu did, an …

suriyavaccasā →

dppn

SuriyavaccasāBhaddā

A Gandhabba maiden, daughter of Timbaru.

When she went to dance before Sakka, Pañcasikha saw her and fell in love with her, but she favoured Mātali’s son Sikhaṇḍī.

Later she hea …

sāgala →

dppn

SāgalaSāgalā

A city in India, mentioned in the Vinaya Vin.iii.67 as the residence of Daḷhika.

sākya →

dppn

A tribe in North India, to which the Buddha belonged. Their capital was Kapilavatthu. Mention is also made of other Sākyan settlements - e.g., Cātumā, Khomadussa, Sāmagāma, Devadaha, Sīlavatī, Nagara …

sālavatikā →

dppn

SālavatikāSālavatī

A Kosalan village, given by Pasenadi to the brahmin Lohicca. There the Lohicca Sutta was preached. DN.i.224

Kosala3town

sāmagāma →

dppn

…because, according to the Pāsādika Sutta, DN.iii.117 the Buddha was in the mango grove of the Vedhaññā Sākiyans when the news, as given in…

sāmaṇḍaka →

dppn

SāmaṇḍakaSāmaṇḍakāniSāmañcakāni

A Paribbājaka, mentioned SN.iv.261f. as having visited Sāriputta at Ukkacela and questioned him regarding Nibbāna, and again AN.v.121f. at Nālakagāma, where he que …

sāmuga →

dppn

SāmugaSāpūga

A village of the Koliyans, where Ānanda once stayed, and where he preached to the inhabitants. They were called Sāpūgiyā. AN.ii.194

Koliya3town

sāmā →

dppn

Sāmā1

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses speak of how she could not find peace after going to the monastery five times, then later attained the end of suffering. Thig.37–38

Sāmā2</s …

sātapabbata →

dppn

A mountain in the Middle country, the abode of Sātāgira. Many other Yakkas also lived there, three thousand of whom were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.257

4hill

sāti →

dppn

He was a fisherman’s son and held the false view that, according to the Buddha’s teaching, a man’s consciousness runs on and continues without break of identity. Sāti’s colleagues did their best to ch …

sāvatthī →

dppn

…the Buddha in Sāvatthī were Anāthapiṇḍika, Visākhā, Suppavāsā and Pasenadi.

27.517073, 82.0506191town

sāḷha →

dppn

…an inhabitant of the Suddhāvāsā informed him that the Vajjiputtakas were wrong. He was one of the four appointed on behalf of the Pācinakas…

sāṭimattiya →

dppn

SāṭimattiyaSātimattiya

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of one who formerly had faith but now has no more, and of wandering for alms, a little here and there. Thag.246–248

tacchakā →

dppn

A class of Nāgas present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258

tapussa →

dppn

TapussaTapassu

A merchant of Ukkalā. He and his friend, Bhalluka, while on their way to Rājagaha, saw the Buddha at the foot of the Rājāyatana tree, in the eighth week after the Enlightenment. They o …

timbaru →

dppn

A chieftain of the Gandhabbas and father of Suriyavaccasā. DN.ii.266 DN.ii.268

He was present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258

tissa →

dppn

Tissa1

One of the two chief disciples of Vipassī Buddha. DN.ii.4

Tissa2

A monk who was reborn as a Brahmā with great iddhi-powers. Moggallāna visited him soon after his bir …

todeyya →

dppn

Todeyya1

A Mahāsāla brahmin, mentioned in a list of eminent brahmins gathered together at Icchanankala and Manasākaṭa. DN.i.235…

tusita →

dppn

The fourth of the six deva worlds. AN.i.210

Four hundred years of human life are equal to one day of the Tusita world and four thousand years, so reckoned, is the term of life of a deva born in Tusit …

tuṭṭha →

dppn

A lay disciple of Ñātika who died and was reborn in the Suddhāvāsa, there to attain Nibbāna. SN.v.358 DN.ii.92

tārukkha →

dppn

One of the most eminent great brahmins, contemporary of the Buddha.

He was present at the assemblies of the brahmins in Icchānaṅgala and in Manasākaṭa.

He was the teacher of Bhāradvāja, companion of …

tāvatiṃsā →

dppn

TāvatiṃsāTidasāTidiva

The second of the six deva-worlds, the first being the Cātummahārājika world. Tāvatiṃsā stands at the top of Mount Sineru. Sakka is king of Tāvatiṃsā.

Tāvatiṃsā was also known …

uddaka →

dppn

…a claim.

Again, in the Pāsādika Sutta DN.iii.126–127 the Buddha tells Cunda that when Uddaka said “seeing, he sees not,” he had in mind…

udena →

dppn

Udena1Utena

King of Kosambī. He was the son of Parantapa. Once when be discovered that the women of the court had given five hundred costly robes to Ānanda, he was annoyed, but when in ans …

udāyibhadda →

dppn

UdāyibhaddaUdāyibhaddaka

Son of Ajātasattu. When Ajātasattu, after the death of his father, paid his first visit to the Buddha and saw the Buddha seated amidst the monks in a scene of perfect calm an …

ugga →

dppn

He once visited the Buddha and told him how he rivalled in power and wealth the seṭṭhi Migāra, grandson of Rohana. He was worth one hundred thousand in gold alone, to say nothing of silver. The Buddha …

uggatasarīra →

dppn

A great brahmin. Having made preparations for a great sacrifice, in which numerous animals were to be slaughtered, he visited the Buddha at Jetavana to consult him as to the efficacy of the sacrifice. …

uggāhamāna →

dppn

UggāhamānaSamaṇamaṇḍikāputtaSamaṇamuṇḍikāputta

A Paribbājaka. Once when he was staying near Sāvatthī in Mallikā’s pleasance at the Samayappavādaka hall, the carpenter, Pañcakaṅga, on his way to see t …

ujjenī →

dppn

The capital of Avanti. In the Buddha’s time, Caṇḍapajjota Vin.i.276 was king of Ujjenī and there was friendly intercourse between that city and Māgadha, whose king was Seniya Bimbisāra. After Bimbisār …

ujjhānasaññikā →

dppn

The name given to a group of devas who once visited the Buddha at Jetavana late at night. They charged the Buddha with inconsistency, but later, begging his forgiveness, they were pardoned by him. SN.i.23–25

ukkaṭṭha →

dppn

A town in Kosala, near the Himālaya. It has been given, free from all taxes (as brahmadeyya), to Pokkharasāti by the king of Kosala, in recognition of the former’s skill. It was thickly populated an …

ummāpupphā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

upacāla →

dppn

Son of Upacālā and nephew of Sāriputta and Khadiravaniya-Revata. He was ordained by Revata. Thag.43 He is mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.v.133 in a list of very eminent disciples, together with …

upaka →

dppn

Upaka1

An Ājivaka whom the Buddha met on his way between Gayā and the Bodhi Tree, after he set out from Isipatana for the preaching of the First Sermon. Upaka questioned the Buddha on his …

upamañña →

dppn

The family to which Pokkharasāti belonged. He was, therefore, called Opamañña. MN.ii.200

upasamā →

dppn

Upasamā>

A bhikkhunī whose verse is found in the Therīgāthā. Thig.10

upasena →

dppn

…charming (samantapāsādikānaṃ). AN.i.24 He visited the Buddha when the Buddha had enjoined on himself a period of solitude for a…

upavāna →

dppn

A monk who was occasionally the attendant of the Buddha, and who features in a number of discourses. Once when the Buddha was attacked by cramp, Upavāna, with the help of his lay-friend Devahita, obt …

upāli →

dppn

Upāli 1

One of the most eminent of the Buddha’s immediate disciples. He belonged to a barber’s family in Kapilavatthu and entered the service of the Sākiyan princes. When Anuruddha and his …

upāsabha →

dppn

Name of a Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.69

uruvelā →

dppn

UruvelāSenānigamaUruvelapattana

A locality on the banks of the Nerañjara, in the neighbourhood of the Bodhi-tree at Buddhagayā. MN.i.166 The place chosen by the Bodhisatta for his penances was calle …

uttara →

dppn

Uttara1

A monk whose verses are recorded in the Theragāthā. Thag.121–122

Uttara2

A monk whose verse are recorded in the Theragāthā. Thag.161–162

Uttara3

A *devapu …

vajjī →

dppn

The name of a country and of its people. It was one of the sixteen Great Nations. The inhabitants appear to have consisted of several confederate clans of whom the Licchavī and the Videhā were the chi …

vanasavhaya →

dppn

VanasavhayaVanasaVanasāvhayaTumbavanagaraPavanaVanasāvatthī

A city lying between Vedisa and Kosambī, on the road taken by Bāvarī’s disciples. Snp.1011

24.69943,80.1727292town

vappa →

dppn

Vappa 1

One of the group of five monks who practiced with the Bodhisatta before his Awakening, and who were his first monastic followers. Vappa was disappointed when the Buddha began takin …

varuṇā →

dppn

A class of deities present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta.DN.ii.259 DN.ii.260 They probably form the retinue of Varuṇa.

vasabha →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of one who kills himself and others, and then address a certain Sujampati, saying that a brahmin has color on the inside. Thag.139–140

vasavattī →

dppn

A devaputta, king of the devas of the Parinimmita-vassavatti world. DN.i.219 Because of his generosity and virtue practised in past births, he surpasses the devas of his world in ten things: divine …

vassakāra →

dppn

A brahmin, chief minister of Ajātasattu. He and Sunidha were in charge of the fortifications of Pāṭaligāma, built against the Vajjī. Vin.i.228 Ud.viii.6 DN.ii.72ff.

At Ajātasattu’s suggestion, Vass …

vedehiputta →

dppn

An epithet of Ajātasattu. It means either “son of the lady from Videha” or “son of the wise woman”.

vedhaññā →

dppn

…It was to them that the Pāsādika Sutta was preached. DN.iii.17 From the Sāmagāma Sutta MN.ii.244 it would appear that these Sākiyans lived…

vediyaka →

dppn

VediyakaVediya

A mountain to the north of Ambasaṇḍā, in which was the Indasālaguhā, where the Buddha stayed. The mountain was bathed in radiance when Sakka visited the Buddha on the occasion of the p …

veghanasā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

vepacitti →

dppn

VepacittiSambara

An Asura chieftain, who was present with Namuci (Māra) at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

Vepacitti was the friend of Rāhu, and when Rāhu seized Candimā and Suriya …

vessāmitta →

dppn

Vessāmitta1

A celebrated sage of old. Vin.i.245 DN.i.104 MN.ii.169 MN.ii.200 AN.iii.224 Vin.i.2451

Vessāmitta2

A Yakkha chief who, with five hundred others of the same name, w …

vesāli →

dppn

A city, capital of the Licchavis. It is not possible to know how many visits were paid by the Buddha to Vesāli, but the books would lead us to infer that they were several. Various Vinaya rules are me …

vesālā →

dppn

The Nāgas of Vesāli who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

veteṇḍu →

dppn

A vassal of the Four Great Kings, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

veḷuvana →

dppn

Veḷuvana1Veṇuvana

A park near Rājagaha, the pleasure garden of Bimbisāra. When the Buddha first visited Rājagaha, after his Enlightenment, he stayed at the Latthivanuyyāna. Vin.i.35 The da …

veṇhu →

dppn

A deva who was present, with his retinue, at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259 Veṇhu is a Pāḷi form of Viṣṇu.

vicakkanā →

dppn

A class of devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

vimala →

dppn

Vimala1

One of the four friends of Yasa who, following the latter’s example, joined the Order and attained arahantship. Vin.i.18f.

Vimala2

A monk whose Theragāthā verse spea …

visākhā →

dppn

…offered the Migāramātupāsāda in the Pubbārāma to the Saṅgha.

The Buddha accepted a face towel as a special gift from Visākhā but…

viḍūḍabha →

dppn

ViḍūḍabhaViḍūḍabha

Son of Pasenadi and Vāsabhakhattiyā. Both in the Piyajātika Sutta MN.ii.110 and the Kaṇṇakatthala Suttas. MN.ii.127 Viḍūḍabha is spoken of as general.

viṭeṇḍu →

dppn

One of the vassals of the Four Great Kings present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.257

viṭu →

dppn

Vassal of the Four Great Kings present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

viṭucca →

dppn

Vassal of the Four Great Kings present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

vāruṇā →

dppn

A class of deities, followers of Varuda, who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

vāsabhagāmaka →

dppn

VāsabhagāmakaVāsabhagāma

A village in Kāsī. It was once the residence of Kassapa Thera. Vin.i.312f.

Kāsī3town

vāsabhagāmī →

dppn

VāsabhagāmīVāsabhagāmika

One of the four Western monks appointed to the committee which considered the Ten Points raised by the Vajjiputtaka at the Second Council. Vin.ii.305

vāsabhā →

dppn

The second queen of King Pasenadi. MN.ii.110

vāsavanesī →

dppn

A class of devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

vāseṭṭha →

dppn

Vāseṭṭha1

An old sage held in high esteem for his knowledge. He was one of the originators of the Vedic mantras. Vin.i.245 DN.i.104 MN.ii.164 MN.ii.200

Vāseṭṭha2

A clan, proba …

vāyodevā →

dppn

A class of deities present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

yakkha →

dppn

A class of non human beings generally described as non-human. They are mentioned with Devas, Rakkhasas, Dānavas, Gandhabbas, Kinnaras, and Mahoragas (? Nāgas).

Elsewhere AN.ii.38 they rank, in progr …

yama →

dppn

The god of death. When beings die they are led before him to be judged according to their deeds. Birth, old age, illness, punishment for crime and death, are regarded as his messengers, sent among men …

yasa →

dppn

Yasa 1

He was the son of a very wealthy treasurer of Benares, and was brought up in great luxury, living in three mansions, according to the seasons and surrounded with all kinds of pleasu …

yasadatta →

dppn

While journeying in the company of Sabhiya, he came to Sāvatthī, where he was present at the discussion between Sabhiya and the Buddha. It was his purpose to try and discover flaws in the Buddha’s arg …

ākoṭaka →

dppn

A deva who visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana accompanied by Asama, Sahali, Ninka, Vetambarī and Mānava-Gāmiya. Ākoṭaka spoke before the Buddha in praise of various teachers of other schools: Pakuddha-K …

ākāsagotta →

dppn

A physician of Rājagaha who lanced the fistula of a monk. Meeting the Buddha, he told him of the lancing, trying to make fun of it. The Buddha, having made inquiries, declared the performance of such …

ākāsānañcāyatanūpagādevā →

dppn

A class of devas born in the Realm of Infinite Space. MN.iii.103 They belong to the Formless world and their life term is twenty thousand kappas. AN.i.267

āpā →

dppn

A class of deities who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

ātumā →

dppn

A town that lay between Kusinārā and Sāvatthī. Once the Buddha, with a large company of bhikkhus, visited the town. At that time there dwelt in it a monk who had been ordained late in life and had for …

āṇi →

dppn

ĀṇiĀṇakaĀṇṇaka

A mutiṅga (kettle-drum) belonging to the Dasārahas. As it grew old and began to split, they fixed in another peg, and this process was continued, until, at last, the original drumhe …

ākāsa →

farkas

tér, űr

ānāpānasati →

farkas

éber jelenlét a légzésben

āsava →

farkas

befolyás, túlcsordulás

dhamma-vicaya →

farkas

a Tan tanulmányozása, kutatása

kāmesu micchācāra →

farkas

paráznaság

pāṇātipāta →

farkas

ölés, élőlények elpuszítása

satipaṭṭhāna →

farkas

az éberség megalapozása

sīlabbata-parāmāsa →

farkas

előírásoktól és szertartásoktól függés

thīna-middha →

farkas

tompaság és tunyaság

upasampadā →

farkas

befogadás, felvétel, magasabb beavatás

yathā-bhūta-ñāṇa-dassana →

farkas

a valóságnak megfelelő tudás; annak tudása és látása, ami van

abbhasama →

ncped

like a cloud; high as the sky

abbhasampilāpa →

ncped

massing together of clouds

abbhokāsa →

ncped

an open space, the open; (a place in) the open air:

abbuḷhasalla →

ncped

with the dart or barb removed

abbūḷhasalla →

ncped

drawn out; pulled out; removed

abhihasati →

ncped

is excited; rejoices in the prospect of

abhihāsana →

ncped

gladdening, delighting.

abhimaṅgalasammata →

ncped

considered auspicious.

abhippasanna →

ncped

well disposed (towards); having faith or confidence (in, loc, sometimes gen.)

abhippasādeti →

ncped

makes well-disposed (towards); makes have confidence (in)

abhippasāreti →

ncped

stretches out towards.

abhivasana →

ncped

clothing, clothes.

abhivasanavaratara →

ncped

the very best of clothing, choice clothes

abhiññā →

ncped

…power or knowledge (five (or six): iddhividhā, dibbasota, paracittavijānana, pubbenivāsānussati, dibbacakkhu, + āsavānam khaye…

abhiṇhasannipāta →

ncped

holding frequent assemblies

abhiṭhāna →

ncped

deadly crime (one of the six great crimes: mātughāta, pitughāta, arahantaghāta, lohituppāda, saṅghabheda, aññasatthāruddesa)

accasarā →

ncped

give offense.

accasarī →

ncped

gave offense.

accharāsaṅghāta →

ncped

finger-snap; a moment.

accāsanna →

ncped

very near; too near; very close.

accāsanne →

ncped

very near; too close

adasaka →

ncped

without a fringe.

addhikaraṇavūpasamana →

ncped

the settling of a case or dispute

adhiccasamuppanna →

ncped

arisen fortuitously, without cause or reason; connected with fortuitous or causeless origination

adhiccasamuppannika →

ncped

one who believes in fortuitous or causeless origination

adhikaraṇasamatha →

ncped

(a method) of settling a case or dispute

adhikasatasahassa →

ncped

more than 100, 000

adhippayāsa →

ncped

particular effort.

adhivāsakajātika →

ncped

enduring or patient by nature.

adhivāsana →

ncped

  1. endurance; forbearance.
  2. assent; acceptance (esp. of an invitation).

adhivāsaya →

ncped

adhivāsayat →

ncped

adhivāsayati →

ncped

is patient, waits; bears patiently, endures; assents, gives in to; accepts (an invitation).

adhivāsaye →

ncped

adhivāsayeyya →

ncped

aggapasāda →

ncped

the best trust; trust in the best.

aggappasāda →

ncped

the best trust; trust in the best.

aggarasaparititta →

ncped

completely satisfied with the best flavored foods

aggasavaka →

ncped

chief disciple

aggāsana →

ncped

the first or chief seat

agāravasa →

ncped

household life

ajinasāṭī →

ncped

garment made of skins

ajjasaṭṭhim →

ncped

since six days ago, for six days

ajjhokāsa →

ncped

(from ajjhokāse) the open air.

ajjhokāsagata →

ncped

being in the open air

ajjhāsayaṃ →

ncped

as to the intention, state of mind.

ajjhāvasa →

ncped

ajjhāvasanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

ajjhāvasat →

ncped

ajjhāvasatha →

ncped

the inside or environs of a house or dwelling.

ajjhāvasathe →

ncped

within a house or dwelling.

ajjhāvasati →

ncped

inhabits; dwells in, lives on (as ruler or owner); esp. agāram ~ati, lives the settled life of a householder.

ajjhāvasaṃ →

ncped

akakkasa →

ncped

not harsh; not rough; smooth

akammāsa →

ncped

spotless; without blemish

akaniṭṭha →

ncped

the name of one of the highest classes of devas, the fifth class of suddhāvāsas.

akantehi →

ncped

unpleasantly; in an undesired way

akantena →

ncped

unpleasantly; in an undesired way

akantika →

ncped

unpleasant

akantiya →

ncped

unpleasant

akasāva →

ncped

without defect

akatupāsana →

ncped

akhīṇāsava →

ncped

in whom the āsavas have not perished, who is not an arhat

akkhuddāvakāsa →

ncped

being a considerable occasion (for …) (?)); of no mean appearance (?)

akkhīṇāsava →

ncped

in whom the āsavas have not perished, who is not an arhat

akkudhasanta →

ncped

unprovoked and calm, mild and un-angered

akkuṭṭhasanta →

ncped

being reviled; or calm when reviled.

alamatthadasatara →

ncped

more competent to see what is beneficial; wiser

alasa →

ncped

lazy, inactive; indolent, idle.

alasajātīka →

ncped

lazy by nature; disposed to laziness

alasaka →

ncped

flatulence.

alābulomasa →

ncped

hairy like a gourd

anadhivāsaya →

ncped

anadhivāsayat →

ncped

analasa →

ncped

diligent; active, energetic.

anapasādetvā →

ncped

anasana →

ncped

not eating, fasting; hunger

anassāsaka →

ncped

not getting one’s breath; unable to breathe.

anatthasaṃhita →

ncped

anatthasaṃhita1

neg. mfn. not connected with the goal; not useful, not profitable; not having meaning

anatthasaṃhita2

neg. mfn. connected with harm, harmful

anavakāsa →

ncped

what is out of the question; an impossibility.

anekasahassa →

ncped

consisting of many thousands

anekasata →

ncped

consisting of many hundreds

anekasārīrika →

ncped

relating to more than one body, connected with many bodies

anikkasāva →

ncped

not free from defect or impurity; impure

aniṭṭha →

ncped

not wished for; unpleasant; undesirable

anokasāri →

ncped

anokasārin →

ncped

anokāsaṃ kata →

ncped

ho has not given the opportunity; who has not consented or given permission

anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā →

ncped

without having consent

antaravāsaka →

ncped

an inner garment, esp. the innermost of the three robes of a bhikkhu

antarāppati →

ncped

an offence committed in the meantime (i.e. before the expiration of a parivāsa or mānatta period)

antimasārīra →

ncped

having his last body

anto-āvasatha →

ncped

anto-āvasatha

masculine the inner part of a dwelling

antokasambu →

ncped

rotten inside

anubhāsati →

ncped

speaks after, repeats; continually speaks.

anumasati →

ncped

touches; takes hold of (to examine); considers, examines.

anupasagga →

ncped

not causing trouble or misfortune

anupasampanna →

ncped

anupasanta →

ncped

anupasaṅkanta →

ncped

anupasaṭṭha →

ncped

free from trouble; free from affliction

anuppiya →

ncped

or ~aṃ ind. (what is) pleasant, flattering; or pleasantly, flatteringly.

anuppiyabhāṇi →

ncped

flattering; saying (only) pleasant things.

anuppiyabhāṇin →

ncped

flattering; saying (only) pleasant things.

anupāyāsa →

ncped

  1. trouble-free; not bringing annoyance.
  2. not irritated, at peace; free from trouble or annoyance

anussavappasanna →

ncped

who believes from hearsay or report

anussavasacca →

ncped

depending on tradition for one’s truths; accepting tradition as true

anussāvaka →

ncped

one who proclaims (the kammavācā); one who presents for upasampadā.

anussāvayati →

ncped

causes to be heard; speaks out; proclaims (esp. a kammavācā); presents (someone) for upasampadā; speaks repeatedly (in order to win support)

anussāveti →

ncped

causes to be heard; speaks out; proclaims (esp. a kammavācā); presents (someone) for upasampadā; speaks repeatedly (in order to win support)

anusāsa →

ncped

(someone) for upasampadä; speaks repeatedly (in).

anusāsaka →

ncped

order to win support).

anusāsana →

ncped

advice; instruction.

anusāsanī →

ncped

advice; instruction; admonition.

anusāsanīpāṭiharīya →

ncped

the miracle of teaching (one of the three marvels of the Buddha).

anusāsanīya →

ncped

anusāsat →

ncped

anusāsati →

ncped

teaches, instructs; advises, exhorts; guides, leads (a group); governs, administers.

anusāsayiṃ →

ncped

anusāveti →

ncped

causes to be heard; speaks out; proclaims (esp. a kammavācā); presents (someone) for upasampadā; speaks repeatedly (in order to win support)

anutrāsa →

ncped

free from fear; unafraid

anuvasati →

ncped

inhabits; dwells; stays.

anvaddhamāsaṃ →

ncped

every fortnight

anvaḍḍhamāsaṃ →

ncped

every fortnight

anvāsatta →

ncped

ensnared, entwined (by).

anvāsavati →

ncped

flows after, flows upon, flows continually over

anākappasampanna →

ncped

anāpannasattā →

ncped

pregnant; a pregnant woman.

anāsa →

ncped

lack of expectation; lack of desire

anāsaka →

ncped

not eating; fasting.

anāsakā →

ncped

fasting (as an ascetic practice)

anāsana →

ncped

an unsuitable seat, an unsuitable place for sitting

anāsanna →

ncped

not having approached; not near

anāsannavara →

ncped

best when not near

anāsasāna →

ncped

anāsava →

ncped

free from the āsavas

anāvasa →

ncped

  1. not a residence, an uninhabited place; a place not fit for staying in.
  2. not staying, not residing

anāyāsa →

ncped

free from trouble; without distress

apakāsati →

ncped

  1. draws away; removes; draws back.
  2. draws back, secedes; alienates oneself

apasabya →

ncped

to the left, placed on the left

apasakkati →

ncped

goes away or aside.

apasammajjati →

ncped

sweeps away; winnows.

apasavya →

ncped

to the left, placed on the left

apasavyato karoti →

ncped

goes round (something or someone) keeping one’s left side towards it or them (a mark of disrespect)

apasavyaṃ karoti →

ncped

goes round (something or someone) keeping one’s left side towards it or them (a mark of disrespect)

apasādana →

ncped

reproach; disparagement.

apasādayati →

ncped

dismisses; rebukes, reproaches; disparages

apasādesi →

ncped

apasādeta →

ncped

(from apasādeti) one who rebukes; one who disparages.

apasādetabba →

ncped

apasādetar →

ncped

(from apasādeti) one who rebukes; one who disparages.

apasādeti →

ncped

dismisses; rebukes, reproaches; disparages

apasādetvā →

ncped

apasādita →

ncped

dismissed; rebuked; disparaged

apasādiyamāna →

ncped

apasāraṇa →

ncped

removing; taking (a ship) out from land (?):

apañjasa →

ncped

going off one’s correct course.

appasacca →

ncped

little learning

appasadda →

ncped

appasadda1

mfn.

  1. free from noise quiet.
  2. making little or no noise quiet.

appasadda2

neuter quiet

appasattha →

ncped

with a small caravan

arahat →

ncped

(& f.?) ‘a worthy one’, an arahat; (in Buddhism) one who has realized nibbāna; one in whom the āsavas are destroyed and who is no longer liable to rebirth.

araha(t)2

part. pr. mfn.

ariyaddasa →

ncped

seeing what belongs to the noble ones, what is noble

ariyasacca →

ncped

truth of the noble ones; a sublime truth

ariyavāsa →

ncped

way of living of the noble ones; a sublime state

asabbha →

ncped

unbecoming, vulgar, low; uncivil; indecent, improper.

asaddhiya →

ncped

disbelief; lack of faith

asahānadhammatā →

ncped

the not being liable to fail or be wanting; the having qualities which are not liable to fail (?):

asakāma →

ncped

unwilling, not consenting; discontented; unsatisfied.

asampakampi →

ncped

not shaking, not trembling; unshakeable.

asampakampin →

ncped

not shaking, not trembling; unshakeable.

asampavedhi →

ncped

(~ī)n. not trembling; unshakeable.

asampavedhin →

ncped

(~ī)n. not trembling; unshakeable.

asana →

ncped

asana1

neuter eating; food.

asana2

neuter a shot; a missile, an arrow.

asanivicakka →

ncped

ring of lightning or thunderbolts

asanī →

ncped

thunderbolt; a lightning flash.

asati →

ncped

eats; enjoys

asatthika →

ncped

not traveling with a company or caravans.

asaṃ →

ncped

permanent; eternal

asaṅgahaka →

ncped

lacking kind treatment; not helpful, unsympathetic.

asenāsanaka →

ncped

without lodgings

asenāsanika →

ncped

without lodgings

assasadassa →

ncped

good noble horse

assasammadda →

ncped

thronged with horses

assasanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

assasati →

ncped

  1. breathes, breathes in; breathes on; breathes heavily.
  2. recovers one ’s breath, revives; takes courage; is comforted:

assāsa →

ncped

  1. breathing; breath.
  2. breathing freely; ease, relief; comfort, encouragement; self-confidence.

assāsaka →

ncped

wish; aspiration.

assāsaniya →

ncped

comforting; encouraging.

assāsapassāsa →

ncped

breathing in and out; breathing, breath; labored breathing

assāsapatta →

ncped

full of confidence; encouraged

assāsappatta →

ncped

full of confidence; encouraged

assāsati →

ncped

  1. breathes, breathes in; breathes on; breathes heavily.
  2. recovers one ’s breath, revives; takes courage; is comforted:

atappa →

ncped

the name of one of the highest classes of devas, the second class of suddhāvāsa devas.

atthasaṃhita →

ncped

connected with the goal; useful, profitable; having meaning

atthavasa →

ncped

reason; motive

atthopasaṃhita →

ncped

connected with the goal, or with what is beneficial

atītasatthuka →

ncped

no longer having a master or teacher

avapakāsati →

ncped

draws back, secedes; alienates oneself

avasajjetvā →

ncped

throwing down (on); putting into; (or hanging on, suspending)

avasarati →

ncped

goes down (to); moves away (to).

avasari →

ncped

avasariṃ →

ncped

avasaṭa →

ncped

gone away; withdrawn

avasādayati →

ncped

makes sink down; disheartens, discourages

avasādeti →

ncped

makes sink down; disheartens, discourages

avasāyi →

ncped

determined; reaching the end.

avasāyin →

ncped

determined; reaching the end.

aveccapasanna →

ncped

having a trust founded in knowledge

aveccapasāda →

ncped

trust founded in knowledge, intelligent faith.

aveccappasanna →

ncped

having a trust founded in knowledge

aveccappasāda →

ncped

trust founded in knowledge, intelligent faith.

aviha →

ncped

(or m.) and ~ā m.pl.

  1. (m.pl.) the name of one of the highest classes o/devas, the first class of suddhāvāsas.
  2. (n.) the world of the Aviha devas.

avyayaggamanasa →

ncped

with non-distracted mind; with mind focused

avyayaggamānasa →

ncped

with non-distracted mind; with mind focused

aya →

ncped

(nom. ayo; acc. ayo, ayaṃ; instr. ayasā, ayena; abl. ayasā, ayato) iron; metal.

ayas →

ncped

(nom. ayo; acc. ayo, ayaṃ; instr. ayasā, ayena; abl. ayasā, ayato) iron; metal.

ayasa →

ncped

made of iron

añjasa →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) straight; direct (of a road); upright (in morals).
  2. (n. (& m.?)) the direct road or way.

añjasayana →

ncped

the straight course

aññadatthudasa →

ncped

seeing absolutelyl the only seer ( of Brahmā or Tathāgata)

aḍḍhamāsa →

ncped

fortnight; half a month

aḍḍhateḷasa →

ncped

aḍḍhateḷasaaḍḍhaterasa

mfn. twelve and a half

aṇḍasambhava →

ncped

produced from an egg; a bird

aṭṭharasa →

ncped

num. & mfn. 18

aṭṭhasataṃ →

ncped

num. one hundred eight

aṭṭhasaṭṭhi →

ncped

num. sixty eight

aṭṭhasaṭṭhiṃ →

ncped

num. (same as aṭṭhasaṭṭhi)

aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgata →

ncped

  1. characterised by eight parts (i.e. by observance of the first eight precepts); having eight constituent parts.
  2. possessed of eight good qualities or of eight faults

aṭṭhikasañña →

ncped

the idea of bones, contemplation of the skeleton (as a meditation exercise).

aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikā →

ncped

chain of bones; a skeleton

aṭṭhādasa →

ncped

num. eighteen

aṭṭhārasaka →

ncped

group of eighteen.

aṭṭhārasama →

ncped

eighteenth

cakkasamārūḷha →

ncped

having mounted their vehicles (in an emergency)

candanamaṇḍitasāragandhika →

ncped

excellent scent because of sandalwood decoration.

candanasāra →

ncped

the essence of sandalwood; the best sandalwood; the pith of sandalwood.

caraṇasampanna →

ncped

perfect in good conduct.

cattārīsachabbassasatāyukā →

ncped

having a lifespan of 640 years.

cattārīsavassasahassāyuka →

ncped

having a lifespan of 40, 000 years.

catuddasa →

ncped

num. fourteen.

catumāsa →

ncped

period of four months; four months.

catumāsā →

ncped

caturaṅgasamannāgata →

ncped

consisting of four parts or aspects; with four factors or aspects.

caṅkamanasālā →

ncped

hall or enclosure for walking about in.

cetasa ceto paricca →

ncped

grasping, comprehending the thoughts (of others) with one’s own thoughts.

cetasa →

ncped

(from ceta(s)) with the ability of thought; thinking, intelligent.

cetavivaraṇasappāya →

ncped

beneficial for clearing the thoughts of obstructions.

chammāsa →

ncped

, ~ā, m.pl, ~anī, n. pl a period of six months; six months.

chamāsa →

ncped

, ~ā, m.pl, ~anī, n. pl a period of six months; six months.

chandasa →

ncped

intr. of chandena

chapaññāsā →

ncped

fifty six.

chapaññāsāṃ →

ncped

chapaṇṇāsa →

ncped

chappaññāsā →

ncped

fifty six.

chappaññāsāṃ →

ncped

chappaṇṇāsa →

ncped

chasahassa →

ncped

numbering six thousand.

chasamannāgata →

ncped

with six parts or six characteristics.

chasattati →

ncped

num. seventy six.

chayojanasatika →

ncped

measuring 600 yojanas.

chinnasassara →

ncped

not making the sound saṃsara?

chāyā →

ncped

  1. shade; shadow.
  2. the shadow (e.g. of a measuring-stick) measuring the time; the length of shadow (at the time of a bhikkhu’s upasampadā)

cittasamuṭṭhāna →

ncped

having its origin in thoughts or consciousness; arising from the mind or consciousness.

cittasamādhāna →

ncped

fixing; stilling of thoughts; profound meditation.

cittasaṅkhara →

ncped

mental motive force; mental activity.

cittavipariyāsakata →

ncped

afflicted with delusion of thought.

corasādhāraṇa →

ncped

vulnerable to thieves.

cuddasa →

ncped

num. & mfn.

  1. (num.) 14
  2. (mfn.) containing (poems) of 14 verses.

cuddasaka →

ncped

set of 14; containing (poems) of 14 verses.

cuddasama →

ncped

(~a, ī)n the 14th.

cātuddasa →

ncped

, mfn. & masculine

  1. (n.) the 14th day (of a lunar fortnight)
  2. (mfn.) on the 14th day (of a lunar fortnight); (m.) the uposatha observance on the fourteenth day (of a lunar fortnight)

cātummāsa →

ncped

cātumāsa →

ncped

period of four months.

cātumāsā →

ncped

cātumāsīnī →

ncped

(from catumasa) (the day of the full moon) which ends a four-month period (of rains residence)

cātuyāmasaṃvara →

ncped

control in regards to the four restraints.

cīrikāsadda →

ncped

the sound of the cricket.

cīriḷikāsadda →

ncped

the sound of the cricket.

cīvara →

ncped

one of the three robes of a bhikkhu (antaravāsaka, uttarāsaṅga and saṅghāti), or one of the five robes of a bhikkhuni (those three plus saṅkacchika and udakasāṭika), especially the *uttara …

cīvarakālasamaya →

ncped

, id. proper time when robe material is given.

cīvarakārasamaya →

ncped

time for making or working on robes.

cīvarapaccāsā →

ncped

the expectation of receiving a robe or material for a robe.

cīvarasaṅkamanīya →

ncped

robe which has to be handed back; a borrowed robe.

dakāsaya →

ncped

(a creature) living in water.

dantakāsāva →

ncped

an ivory colored robe.

dasa →

ncped

num. ten.

dasabala →

ncped

dasabala1

mfn. & masculine possessing ten powers; the one who possesses ten powers, a buddha.

dasabala2

neuter pl. ten powers.

dasabalāni →

ncped

dasaddha →

ncped

five.

dasadhā →

ncped

indeclinable in ten parts, in ten groups, into ten pieces; tenfold.

dasadisā →

ncped

adverb towards the ten directions; in every direction, all around.

dasaha →

ncped

period of ten days.

dasahā →

ncped

adverb within ten days.

dasahāpaṭicchanna →

ncped

concealed for ten days.

dasaka →

ncped

set of ten; a collection of ten, a decad; a section consisting of sets of ten.

dasakanipāta →

ncped

section consisting of sets of ten.

dasakkhattuṃ →

ncped

indeclinable a set of ten; a collection of ten, a decad; a section consisting of sets of ten.

dasama →

ncped

the tenth.

dasamūlaka →

ncped

(what is) based on ten items; (a statement or exposition) concerned with ten items.

dasapada →

ncped

checkered board (for gambling or playing a game)

dasasahassī →

ncped

consisting of 10, 000 (cakkavāḷas)

dasasata →

ncped

num. & mfn. (numbering) one thousand.

dasasatakkhatuṃ →

ncped

thousand times.

dasasikkhāpadika →

ncped

(one) who follows, observes, the ten sikkhāpadas.

dasavagga →

ncped

group of ten; consisting of a group of ten.

dasavaggika →

ncped

forming a group of ten.

dasavassa →

ncped

of ten years’ standing; one who has been ordained for ten years.

dasavassuddesika →

ncped

about ten years old.

dasavassāyuka →

ncped

having a life span of ten years.

dasavāsa →

ncped

following the ten ways of living.

dasā →

ncped

the loose end of a cloth; an edge or border.

daṇḍasatthaka →

ncped

knife with a handle.

devasadda →

ncped

shout of the devas; sound of the devas; thunder.

dhamma →

ncped

    1. how the world of experience works, the processes by which it works and is explained (especially as formulated in cattāri ariyasaccānī and paṭiccasamuppāda), and the possibility and way of transc …

dhammadasa →

ncped

seeing, understanding, dhamma.

dhammaddasa →

ncped

seeing, understanding, dhamma.

dhammasamuppāda →

ncped

an arising of dhammas; an event, a matter.

dhammasandosa →

ncped

defilement of, damage to, dhamma.

dhammasaṅgaha →

ncped

favoring, kind treatment, with dhamma.

dhammasāri →

ncped

following dhamma (?); impelling dhamma (?)

dhammasārin →

ncped

following dhamma (?); impelling dhamma (?)

dhammādāsa →

ncped

the mirror of the dhamma.

dhammūpasaṃhita →

ncped

  1. connected with the dhamma.
  2. connected with mental constructs.

dhaññasamavāpaka →

ncped

grain and seeds.

dhurasamādhi →

ncped

proper alignment, evenness of the yoke.

divasa →

ncped

day; day.

divasaṃ →

ncped

during the day.

doḷasa →

ncped

num. twelve.

doḷasaka →

ncped

set of twelve.

duddasa →

ncped

difficult to see; hard to understand.

dukkha →

ncped

  1. (mfn.)
    1. painful; unpleasant; bringing pain or distress; uneasy, uncomfortable; not what one wants; wrong.
    2. (used to characterize all experience) unsatisfactory; bringing distress or troub …

dukkhasamudaya →

ncped

the cause, origin, of dukkha.

dukkhavedanīya →

ncped

entailing painful or unpleasant feelings or experiences.

dukkhavepakka →

ncped

having painful or unpleasant consequences.

dukkhupasamana →

ncped

extinguishing dukkha.

dukūlasandāna →

ncped

with halters of dukūla cloth (?); with coverings of dukūla cloth (?)

dunnikkhasa →

ncped

hard to draw out or extract.

duppasaha →

ncped

hard to overcome; irresistible.

duradhivāsa →

ncped

hard to live in.

durupasaṅkama →

ncped

hard to approach.

durāsada →

ncped

hard or dangerous to approach; difficult to attack; difficult to be met with, unparalleled.

durāvāsa →

ncped

hard to live in

durūpasaṅkama →

ncped

duvūpasamaya →

ncped

hard to calm; hard to settle.

dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti →

ncped

sexual intercourse.

dvemāsa →

ncped

period of two months.

dvepaññāsa →

ncped

num. fifty two.

dvepaṇṇāsa →

ncped

num.

dvimāsa →

ncped

dviyojanasatika →

ncped

measuring 200 yojanas.

dvādasa →

ncped

num. & mfn.

  1. (num.) twelve.
  2. (mfn.) in the twelfth.

dvādasaka →

ncped

dvādasaka1

neuter a set of twelve.

dvādasaka2

mf(~ī)n. consisting of twelve.

dvādasaki →

ncped

(~ī)n. consisting of twelve.

dvādasakin →

ncped

(~ī)n. consisting of twelve.

dvādasama →

ncped

(~ī)n. the twelfth.

dvādasamāsika →

ncped

consisting of twelve months.

dvādasamāsiya →

ncped

dvādasanahuta →

ncped

(numbering) 120, 000

dvādasaporisa →

ncped

measuring the height of twelve men.

dvādasapurisa →

ncped

involving twelve men.

dvādasavassa →

ncped

twelve years old.

dvādasayojana →

ncped

extending twelve yojanas.

dvārasālā →

ncped

gatehouse; a room over the gate.

dvāsattati →

ncped

num. seventy two.

dvāsaṭṭhi →

ncped

num. sixty two.

dārumāsaka →

ncped

wooden coin.

dāsa →

ncped

slave.

dāsakammakarā →

ncped

slaves and servants.

dāsakaputta →

ncped

retainer, a vassal.

dāsaporisa →

ncped

slaves and serving-men.

dāsaviya →

ncped

dāsavya →

ncped

slavery; servitude; the condition of being a slave.

dāsidāsa →

ncped

dāsīdāsa →

ncped

male and female slaves.

dūtenūpasamapadā →

ncped

dūtopasampadā →

ncped

ordination by means of a messenger or proxy.

dūtūpasampadā →

ncped

ekacca-asassatika →

ncped

ekacca-asassatika

mfn. believing in the non-eternality of some things

ekasata →

ncped

101 or 100

ekasattati →

ncped

71

ekasaṭṭhi →

ncped

num. 61

ekasālaka →

ncped

containing one hall

ekasārīrika →

ncped

relating to one body; connected with one body

ekato-upasampanna →

ncped

ekato-upasampanna

mfn. ordained in (only) one saṅgha)

ekattasaññi →

ncped

having a notion of unity or identity; (ekattasaññi(n))

ekattasaññi(n)2

mfn. having perceptions or notions of the same nature; (ekattasaññi(n))

ekattasaññin →

ncped

having a notion of unity or identity; (ekattasaññi(n))

ekattasaññi(n)2

mfn. having perceptions or notions of the same nature; (ekattasaññi(n))

ekattavāsa →

ncped

living together

ekādasa →

ncped

num. n., & mf(~ā & ~ī)n.

  1. (num.) eleven.
  2. (n.) an eleven; a group of eleven.
  3. (mfn.) eleventh.

ekādasaka →

ncped

section dealing with a group or groups of eleven.

ekādasama →

ncped

(~ā & ~ī)n. the eleventh.

ekāsana →

ncped

  1. sitting alone; being alone, being separate.
  2. one seat, a single seat; the same seat

ekāsanabhojana →

ncped

eating only a single meal (a day); food at only a single meal.

ekāsani →

ncped

eating only at one sitting each day; (or possibly: sitting alone)

ekāsanika →

ncped

one who eats each day only once, only at one sitting

ekāsanin →

ncped

eating only at one sitting each day; (or possibly: sitting alone)

ekūnapaññāsa →

ncped

num. 49

ekūnapaññāsaṃ →

ncped

num. 49

ekūnapaṇṇāsa →

ncped

num. 49

eḷakasamāna →

ncped

like sheep or goats

eḷakasaṃvāsa →

ncped

living like a sheep; a sheep’s life

gahapatimahāsala →

ncped

very wealthy householder.

gambhīrobhāsa →

ncped

gambhīrāvabhāsa →

ncped

appearing deep.

gharāvāsa →

ncped

living in a household; household; family life.

ghasa →

ncped

of ghasati

ghasat →

ncped

of ghasati

ghasati →

ncped

eats; devours; destroys.

ghasāna →

ncped

of ghasati

ghāsa →

ncped

(& n). pasturing; fodder; food; eating.

ghāsacchāda →

ncped

food and clothing.

ghāsacchādaparama →

ncped

having or wanting nothing more than (mere) food and clothing.

ghāsahāraka →

ncped

(one) who fetches or carries fodder.

gilānasālā →

ncped

sick room; an infirmary.

giriaggasamajja →

ncped

festival held at rājagaha.

giñjakāvasatha →

ncped

the brick hall.

gorasa →

ncped

dairy product, milk, and its derivatives.

guhāsaya →

ncped

being in the body.

guḷāsava →

ncped

spirit distilled from sugar or molasses.

ikkāsa →

ncped

or neuter a sticky substance used to bind pigment.

indagopakasañchanna →

ncped

covered with indagopaka; (according to commentaries) covered with red grass

indasagotta →

ncped

who has the same gotra as Inda

issāsa →

ncped

an archer, a bowman.

itihāsa →

ncped

tradition, traditional accounts; history

itihāsapañcama →

ncped

(the vedas) with itihāsa as the fifth

jarasakata →

ncped

an old cart.

jarasālā →

ncped

old hall or shed.

jarāmaraṇasaṅghāta →

ncped

meeting, a joining, of or with old age and death.

jatumāsaka →

ncped

coin made of or marked with lac.

jālāsaṅkhāta →

ncped

(that) which is called a net.

jātasara →

ncped

natural pond or lake.

jīvajīvaka →

ncped

the name of a bird, a sort of a pheasant (or partridge)

jīvitāsā →

ncped

wish for life.

kakkasa →

ncped

hard; harsh; rough; scabrous.

kalasa →

ncped

pot; a water pot.

kalisāsana →

ncped

an instruction, statement influence by anger (?)

kalyāṇasahāya →

ncped

having the companionship of a good man or good men; associating with people of fine qualities

kalyāṇasampavaṅka →

ncped

influenced by a good man or good men; inclining towards, associating with, people of fine qualities

kalyāṇasaṅghatika →

ncped

having good fortune; fortunate in fate

kammāsa →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) spotted; blemished.
  2. (n.) a spot; a stain, a blemish.

kammāsakāri →

ncped

making a blemish (on); making blemished

kammāsakārin →

ncped

making a blemish (on); making blemished

kantika →

ncped

desirable; pleasant

kantiya →

ncped

desirable; pleasant

kappāsa →

ncped

raw cotton, cotton wool; cotton thread; cotton cloth, calico.

kappāsapicu →

ncped

cotton; cotton wool.

karuṇāsahagata →

ncped

associated with compassion; accompanied by compassion

kasa →

ncped

kasaka →

ncped

plowman.

kasambu →

ncped

decomposed or rotten matter; refuse.

kasambujāta →

ncped

decomposed; rotten

kasambuka →

ncped

or mfn. rotten matter; (or rotten).

kasambukajāta →

ncped

decomposed; rotten.

kasanta →

ncped

kasat →

ncped

kasati →

ncped

hurts, injures.

kasā →

ncped

whip.

kasāniviṭṭha →

ncped

intent on the whip, aware of the whip (?); entered (the influence of) the whip, under the whip (?).

kasāpetabba →

ncped

making plow.

kasāva →

ncped

an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum

kasāya →

ncped

an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum

katasāmaṇa →

ncped

who has performed the duties of a sāmana

kathāsallāpa →

ncped

conversation; dialogue

katokāsa →

ncped

having been given the opportunity; having been given permission; having found an opportunity or scope; where space or scope has been made

katupāsana →

ncped

practiced, skilled (esp. in archery)

katāvakāsa →

ncped

having been given the opportunity; having been given consent; having obtained a chance or scope

kañcanasannibhattaca →

ncped

with the skin like gold, golden skinned (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahāpurisa).

kaṇhasappa →

ncped

the black venomous snake Coluber nāga

kaṭhina →

ncped

kaṭhina

neuter a framework (covered with a mat) to which the cloth for making robes was attached while being sewn; esp. kaṭhinaṃ attharati

  1. spreads or covers the kaṭhina, i.e. makes a robe u …

kaṭhinasamuṭṭhāna →

ncped

the section listing the kaṭhina sikkhāpadas and those sikkhāpadas having a similar origin

khattiyamahāsāla →

ncped

rich khattiya

khaṭakhaṭasadda →

ncped

making a clacking or clattering noise; (n.) a clacking or clattering noise.

kheḷāsaka →

ncped

one who eats spittle; one who eats or uses what ought to be rejected

khipitasadda →

ncped

the sound of sneezing

khurakāsa →

ncped

dragging the hoof, furrowing with the hoof (a trick of horses).

khīṇāsava →

ncped

(one) in whom the āsavas have perished; free from the āsavas, i.e. an arahant

kilāsa →

ncped

kind of leprosy.

kiṭṭhasambādha →

ncped

(or mfn.) an abundance of grain; (or with an abundance of corn; crammed with corn).

kodhasammadasammatta →

ncped

exhilarated with the intoxication of anger

kodhasāmanta →

ncped

close to anger, associated with anger

kokavighāsa →

ncped

wolf’s leavings, the remnants of a wolfs meal.

kokāsakajāta →

ncped

(with opened flowers) like the red lotus.

kukkuṭasampāda →

ncped

no further (from another village) than a cock can walk

kukkuṭasampāta →

ncped

no more than a cock’s flight (from another village)

kukkuṭasampātika →

ncped

no more than a cock’s flight apart

kulappasādaka →

ncped

adding to a family’s faith

kummāsa →

ncped

kind of grain (probably a type of barley or wheat); a porridge or dumpling made from this; a broth or gruel.

kusalupasaṃhita →

ncped

(according to commentary) coming from what is good, resulting from what is good; or perhaps: producing good in the future

kuṭajakasāva →

ncped

an astringent decoction from the kuṭaja tree.

kuṭhārīpāsa →

ncped

of an axe (the ring (?) the blade)

kākoravasadda →

ncped

the sound of cawing crows

kāmūpasaṃhita →

ncped

connected with desire or with sensual pleasure

kārakasaṅgha →

ncped

the saṅgha which performs a formal act; the enacting saṅgha

kāsa →

ncped

kāsa1

masculine a species of grass.

kāsa2

masculine a cough.

kāsaṃ →

ncped

kāsāva →

ncped

yellowish-red cloth or robe (the dress of those outside society, esp. ascetics, bhikkhus, bhikkhīs).

kāsāvakaṇṭha →

ncped

having a yellowish-red throat, i.e. wearing a yellowish-red robe or cloth

kāsāvavattha →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe

kāsāvaṭa →

ncped

bath attendant; a barber.

kāsāya →

ncped

of a yellowish-red color; dyed a reddish color.

kāsāyavasana →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe

kāsāyavattha →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe; wearing yellowish red clothes

kāsāyavatthavasana →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe

kāsāyavāsi →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe

kāsāyavāsin →

ncped

wearing a yellowish-red robe

kāyagatāsati →

ncped

mindfulness centered on the body; (se kāya)

kāyasakkhi →

ncped

one who has (physically) experienced (all) the stages of the jhānas

kāyasakkhin →

ncped

one who has (physically) experienced (all) the stages of the jhānas

kāyasaṅkhāra →

ncped

bodily motive force; physical motion

kāḷasāma →

ncped

black and/or dark brown

kāḷasāmaka →

ncped

black and/or dark brown

kūṭāsakkhi →

ncped

false witness

nabha →

ncped

(nom. ~aṃ, ~o ; acc. ~aṃ ; instr. ~asā ; gen. ~assa ; abl. , ~asā, ~aso ; loc. ~asi, ~asmiṃ, ~amhi, ~e), the sky, the atmosphere.

nabhas →

ncped

(nom. ~aṃ, ~o ; acc. ~aṃ ; instr. ~asā ; gen. ~assa ; abl. , ~asā, ~aso ; loc. ~asi, ~asmiṃ, ~amhi, ~e), the sky, the atmosphere.

nakhasā →

ncped

kind of (skin) disease (?)

naravasabha →

ncped

narāsabha →

ncped

leader of men.

natthukaraṇī →

ncped

nasal-dropper.

navasassa →

ncped

the first-fruits of the harvest

nevasaññanāsañña →

ncped

nevasaññanāsaññāyatana →

ncped

  1. the sphere or stage of neither apperception nor non-apperception, i.e.
  2. the fourth of the arūpa states of existence; and.
  3. the fourth arūpajhana or one of the vimokkhas.

nevasaññīnāsaññī →

ncped

(cpd from n’eva saññi nasaññi), possessing neither apperception nor nonapperception.

nevasaññīnāsaññīn →

ncped

(cpd from n’eva saññi nasaññi), possessing neither apperception nor nonapperception.

nibbasana →

ncped

worn out, cast off (of clothes)

niddhantakasāvamoha →

ncped

with impurity and delusion got rid of.

niketasāri →

ncped

keeping to a home; clinging; attached.

niketasārin →

ncped

keeping to a home; clinging; attached.

nikkasava →

ncped

free from defect or impurity

ninnītakasāva →

ncped

with impurities cleaned off.

nipannokasa →

ncped

the place where (someone) lies or is lying down.

nirasassāda →

ncped

not bringing enjoyment; without relish; listless.

nirāsa →

ncped

without desire; without hope or expectation

nirāsasa →

ncped

without desire; without expectation.

nirāsatti →

ncped

free from attachment

nirāsaya →

ncped

without a resting place or resort; without desires; without (wrong) intentions or dispositions

nirāsāsa →

ncped

without desire; without expecatation.

nissayasampanna →

ncped

, ~ā, feminine having a support; having supporters or mentors.

nissinnokasa →

ncped

of nisinna the place where (someone) sits or is sitting or has sat

nivasati →

ncped

nivasati1

pr. 3 sg. clothes; dresses oneself.

nivasati2

pr. 3 sg. passes or spends time; dwells, lives (in), inhabits.

nivāsa →

ncped

  1. living, dwelling; stay, residence; where one lives, a dwelling-place, a home.
  2. where one is, a state of existence.

nivāsana →

ncped

dress, clothing; an undergarment; wearing (an (under) garment)

nivāsayati →

ncped

nivāseti →

ncped

of nivāsati puts on (a garment), wears; dresses, clothes oneself (in an (under) garment); makes put on, clothes

niyasa →

ncped

nābhasa →

ncped

celestial, being in the sky.

nālikasaṇḍāsa →

ncped

blowing pipe and tongs.

nāliyasāka →

ncped

nāmarūpa →

ncped

  1. name and form;
    1. individual person or identity; interpreted as the mental and physical aspects of an individual.
    2. esp. in the paṭiccasamuppāda series: with viññāṇa furnishing (the poss …

nānattasaññi →

ncped

having different perceptions or notions.

nānattasaññin →

ncped

having different perceptions or notions.

nānāsaṃvāsaka →

ncped

who belongs to a different community (for carrying out official acts of the saṅgha); who is separated from the saṅgha community.

nārīsahanāmasavhaya →

ncped

called by a feminine name.

nāsacchidda →

ncped

nostril.

nāsacchinna →

ncped

(one) whose nose has been cut or cut off.

nāsanāntika →

ncped

defined by loss or destruction.

nāsayati →

ncped

nāsayi →

ncped

of nāseti

nāsayitvāna →

ncped

of nāseti

nāsā →

ncped

the nose (of a human or animal); the trunk of an elephant.

nāsāpeti →

ncped

of nāseti

nāḷikāsaka →

ncped

kind of (prepared) vegetable.

nāḷiyasāka →

ncped

nīlanibhāsa →

ncped

of dark-blue appearance or luster.

obhāsa →

ncped

obhāsa1

masculine light, luster, radiance; appearance, manifestation.

obhāsa2

masculine intimation.

obhāsana →

ncped

suggestive or lewd speech.

obhāsanta →

ncped

obhāsate →

ncped

speaks to suggestively or lewdly or offensively; insults

obhāsati →

ncped

obhāsati1

pr. 3 sg. speaks to suggestively or lewdly or offensively; insults

obhāsati2

pr. 3 sg. shines forth, is bright; becomes manifest, appears; (perhaps also: shines thro …

obhāsaya →

ncped

making bright, illumining

obhāsayat →

ncped

making bright, illumining

odātanibhāsa →

ncped

appearing white; having a white appearance

odātavasana →

ncped

wearing white clothes (the mark of a householder)

ogha →

ncped

rapid flow of water, a torrent; the torrent or flood of phenomenal life, of saṃsāra; a torrent or flood of evil or passion etc. (often identified with the āsavas).

okasāri →

ncped

frequenting a house; keeping to a refuge

okasārin →

ncped

frequenting a house; keeping to a refuge

okkhāsata →

ncped

hundred cooking pots

okāsa →

ncped

space, room; place, area; occasion, opportunity; possibility, chance.

okāsaṃ karoti →

ncped

makes a space; gives way; gives the opportunity (esp. for speech); allows, permits; consents

okāsaṃ kāreti →

ncped

causes to give an opportunity; obtains consent; gains permission (esp. to speak)

okāsaṃ kārāpeti →

ncped

causes to give an opportunity; obtains consent; gains permission (esp. to speak)

omakacātumāsaṃ →

ncped

for less than four months

omasa →

ncped

piercing, striking, attacking (verbally).

omasanta →

ncped

omasanā →

ncped

stroking in a downwards direction; lowering.

omasati →

ncped

omasati1

pr. 3 sg. hurts; pierces; strikes; strikes in a downward direction; attacks verbally.

omasati2

pr. 3 sg. touches, strokes (in a downward direction).

omasavāda →

ncped

aggressive speech; hurtful speech

opasamika →

ncped

bringing clam, leading to tranquility.

opasāyika →

ncped

(one) who lies by the side of, who keeps near to.

orasa →

ncped

belonging to one’s breast; one’s own; one’s own son, a true or legitimate son.

sa-upasagga →

ncped

sa-upasagga

mfn. causing trouble or misfortune

sa-upāyāsa →

ncped

sa-upāyāsa

mfn.

  1. bringing trouble, involving annoyance or irritation.
  2. suffering trouble or irritation

sa-upāyāsaṃ →

ncped

sa-upāyāsaṃ

acc. adv.

sakasāva →

ncped

defective, imperfect; impure

saṃvāsam kappeti →

ncped

lives with; esp. lives as a man and wife, cohabits (with saddhiṃ + instr.)

sukusalasampahaṭṭha →

ncped

polished skilfully, polished by a very skilful worker

sāsava →

ncped

connected with the āsavas ; not free from the āsavas

sāsaṅka →

ncped

provoking fear or apprehension, dangerous.

tacasara →

ncped

of which the essential or strong part is the skin or bark.

takkāsaya →

ncped

disposition to speculation; the store of harmful thoughts.

talasattikā →

ncped

the palm of the hand as a weapon.

tasa →

ncped

trembling, frightened; moving; living.

tasara →

ncped

shuttle.

tasathāvara →

ncped

( ~a, ~ani, m.n.pl.), moving and unmoving beings; trembling and still beings.

tasati →

ncped

tasati1

pr. 3 sg. is thirsty; craves for.

tasati2

pr. 3 sg. trembles, shakes; is afraid.

tassapāpiyasakā →

ncped

proceeding of censure (against a bhikkhu accused of a serious offense who prevaricates or denies the offense; one of the methods of settling a case or dispute)

tassapāpiyasakākamma →

ncped

formal act of the saṅgha authorizing censure.

tassapāpiyasakākammakata →

ncped

dealt with a tassapāpiyasakā formal act of the saṅgha.

taṃdasama →

ncped

with that one as the tenth, consisting of that one and nine others

taṇhāsammudita →

ncped

finding joy in craving.

tedasa →

ncped

num., mfn.

teja →

ncped

  1. (sg. nom. tejo; acc. tejo, tejaṃ; instr. tejasā, tejena; gen. tejaso, tejassa; loc. tejasmiṃ; pl. nom. tejā; iic tejo-, teja-)
  2. fire, flame, heat.
  3. fiery energy; fiercen …

tejas →

ncped

  1. (sg. nom. tejo; acc. tejo, tejaṃ; instr. tejasā, tejena; gen. tejaso, tejassa; loc. tejasmiṃ; pl. nom. tejā; iic tejo-, teja-)
  2. fire, flame, heat.
  3. fiery energy; fiercen …

temāsa →

ncped

period of three months; three months.

tepaññasa →

ncped

num.

tepaññasaṃ →

ncped

num. fifty three.

terasa →

ncped

num., mfn.

  1. (num.) thirteen.
  2. (mfn.) containing (a poem of) 13 verses (Theragāthā)

terasaka →

ncped

group of 13

terasama →

ncped

(~ā ~ī)n. the 13th.

teḷasa →

ncped

num., mfn. of terasa

thaṇḍilasāyikā →

ncped

the act of sleeping on the bare ground.

theyyasattha →

ncped

dishonest caravan.

theyyasaṃvāsaka →

ncped

one who lives dishonestly in the saṅgha (claiming status to which he has no right)

theyyasaṅkhātaṃ →

ncped

adverb with dishonest intent, with intent to steal.

tidasa →

ncped

and m.pl.) numbering thirty(-three), (one of) the thirty(-three) gods.

tilasaṅguḷikā →

ncped

sesame cake.

tipakkhavasana →

ncped

garment made of three parts.

titikkhācammasannāha →

ncped

armed with the shield of forbearance.

tiyojanasatika →

ncped

measuring 300 yojanas.

tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇakasaṭa →

ncped

tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇasaṭa →

ncped

rubbish of (dead) grass, twigs, and leaves.

tiṇasanthara →

ncped

tiṇasantharaka →

ncped

tiṇasanthāra →

ncped

layer of grass as a bed or mat.

tiṇasanthāraka →

ncped

layer of grass as a bed or mat.

tiṇavatthāraka →

ncped

“a covering of grass”, one of the seven adhikaraṇasamatha (method of setting a case or dispute)

tārāsabha →

ncped

the lord of the stars; the moon.

tāsa →

ncped

fear, anxiety, alarm.

tāsayati →

ncped

tāseti →

ncped

of tasati makes tremble; frightens, scares

tūlasannibha →

ncped

cotton-like.

ubbega-uttāsabhayāpanūdana →

ncped

ubbega-uttāsabhayāpanūdana

mfn. driving away alarm and fear

uccasadda →

ncped

making a loud noise, noisy

uccāsadda →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) making a loud noise, noisy.
  2. (m.) a loud noise

udakasāṭi →

ncped

bathing cloth

udakupasaṭṭhā →

ncped

let go, handed over (in marriage) with (the pouring of) water

uddhaṃsarāsatti →

ncped

attachment to, devotion to moving on (?)

ujjhānasaññi →

ncped

whose ideas are (based on) complaining or faultfinding; conscious of cause for indignation.

ujjhānasaññika →

ncped

whose ideas are (based on) complaining or faultfinding; conscious of cause for indignation.

ujjhānasaññin →

ncped

whose ideas are (based on) complaining or faultfinding; conscious of cause for indignation.

ukkhāsata →

ncped

hundred cooking pots

ukkāsati →

ncped

coughs; clears one’s throat.

ukkāsitasadda →

ncped

the sound of coughing.

ummasanā →

ncped

stroking upwards; lifting.

ummasati →

ncped

touches; strokes in an upward direction; lifts.

upahaccaparinibbāyi →

ncped

who realizes nibbāna in the latter half of his existence in one of the suddhāvāsas

upahaccaparinibbāyin →

ncped

who realizes nibbāna in the latter half of his existence in one of the suddhāvāsas

upajjhāya →

ncped

  1. a companion, adviser; teacher.
  2. the preceptor (of a bhikkhu); an instructor; the sponsor for a bhikkhu’s upasampadā.

uparipāsāda →

ncped

the upper terrace, the flat roof of a mansion

uparivehāsakutī →

ncped

hut with its top story open to the air (?)

upasagga →

ncped

misfortune; trouble.

upasama →

ncped

becoming quite, alleviation, stopping; calmness, peace, tranquility.

upasamaddhiṭṭhāna →

ncped

  1. (n.) fixing the mind on tranquillity; resolution for calmness.
  2. (mfn.)fixing the mind on tranquility; resolving for calmness

upasamati →

ncped

becomes calm or quite; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished

upasammati →

ncped

becomes calm or quite; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished

upasampadā →

ncped

  1. attainment.
  2. full ordination, admission into the saṅgha.

upasampajja →

ncped

  1. reaching, attaining; having entered upon.
  2. being ordained; after ordination

upasampajjati →

ncped

obtains; is ordained, is received into the saṅgha; obtains the upasampadā ordination.

upasampajjituṃ →

ncped

upasampanna →

ncped

possessed of; ordained; who is a member of the saṅgha.

upasampādayati →

ncped

ordains, receives into the saṅgha (with the upasampadā ordination)

upasampādenta →

ncped

(~entī)n.

upasampādesi →

ncped

upasampādesuṃ →

ncped

upasampādeta →

ncped

(from upasampādeti) one who ordains.

upasampādetabba →

ncped

upasampādetar →

ncped

(from upasampādeti) one who ordains.

upasampādeti →

ncped

ordains, receives into the saṅgha (with the upasampadā ordination)

upasampādetvā →

ncped

upasampādita →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) given ordination, ordained (with the upasampadā ordination).
  2. (n.) ordaining

upasanta →

ncped

calmed, pacified, at peace; calm, tranquil; ceased, extinguished

upasantapadissa →

ncped

of calm appearance, looking at peace

upasaṃharanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

upasaṃharati →

ncped

draws together, collects; puts together with, puts in; brings, brings near to, provides; brings about; brings into contact with; brings to bear on, focuses on; brings together (for comparison), sees as similar.

upasaṃharitvā →

ncped

upasaṃhariṃsu →

ncped

upasaṃhasi →

ncped

upasaṃyāti →

ncped

comes in a body towards.

upasaṅgayha →

ncped

taking hold of, clasping.

upasaṅkama →

ncped

upasaṅkamana →

ncped

going to see, visiting; approaching.

upasaṅkamanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

upasaṅkamat →

ncped

upasaṅkamati →

ncped

approaches; goes to, goes to see, visits.

upasaṅkami →

ncped

upasaṅkamita →

ncped

(from upasaṅkamati) one who approaches, goes to; one who goes to see; visits.

upasaṅkamitabba →

ncped

upasaṅkamitar →

ncped

(from upasaṅkamati) one who approaches, goes to; one who goes to see; visits.

upasaṅkamituṃ →

ncped

upasaṅkamitvā →

ncped

upasaṅkamiṃsu →

ncped

upasaṅkamma →

ncped

upasaṅkanta →

ncped

who has approached, gone to, visited; having approached, gone to

upasaṅkheyya →

ncped

to be reckoned (as).

upasaṭṭha →

ncped

troubled, afflicted, visited by troubles; trouble, affliction

upasāmayati →

ncped

calms, makes settle.

upavasati →

ncped

lives in a state of abstinence, observes (a fast or (the duties of) an uposatha day).

upavāsa →

ncped

tenant; dependant.

upaṭṭhānasālā →

ncped

audience hall, assembly hall

upekkhāsahagata →

ncped

associated with disinterestedness, accompanied by disinterestedness

uposathūpavāsa →

ncped

observance of the duties of the uposatha day

upāhanapappoṭhanasadda →

ncped

the sound of the knocking of sandals

upāsaka →

ncped

lay-follower, a lay-disciple (of the Buddha)

upāsamāna →

ncped

upāsana →

ncped

shooting (arrows); practice (of archery); practicing (a skill).

upāsati →

ncped

sits near, stays near; waits upon, serves, is devoted to; approaches; approaches respectfully.

upāsitar →

ncped

(from upāsati) one who serves, who honors.

upāyāsa →

ncped

trouble, unrest; annoyance, irritation.

upāyāsabahula →

ncped

irritable, easily annoyed

utrāsa →

ncped

trembling; fear; dread

utrāsi →

ncped

(from uttāsa) fearful, very afraid.

utrāsin →

ncped

(from uttāsa) fearful, very afraid.

uttarapāsaka →

ncped

an upper loop or fastening (for hanging a door)

uttarāsaṅga →

ncped

an upper or outer garment

uttasa →

ncped

uttasat →

ncped

uttasati →

ncped

trembles; is fearful (of, acc. and (in commentaries ) abl.)

uttānobhāsa →

ncped

appearing shallow; appearing plain

uttāsa →

ncped

trembling; fear; dread

uttāsava →

ncped

fearful, afraid

uttāsavat →

ncped

fearful, afraid

uttāsayati →

ncped

impales (on a stake)

uttāsi →

ncped

(from uttāsa) fearful, very afraid.

uttāsin →

ncped

(from uttāsa) fearful, very afraid.

uñchāsaka →

ncped

involving eating by means of gleaning or begging

uṭṭhānasampanna →

ncped

abounding in energy; zealous

vāsaṃ kappeti →

ncped

makes one’s dwelling; lives

ācamanasarāvaka →

ncped

dish for holding water (for sipping or washing)

ādānasatta →

ncped

or masculine attached to grasping; or creature of attachment

ādāsa →

ncped

looking-glass; a mirror.

ādāsaka →

ncped

mirror.

ākappasampanna →

ncped

of good deportment or appearance; decorous

ākiñcanasambhava →

ncped

the origin of the state of nothingness.

ākāsa →

ncped

  1. the ether; air, sky; space; open space.
  2. a game, playing in the air.

ākāsagata →

ncped

in the air; belonging to the sky or space

ākāsakasiṇa →

ncped

concentration on space, meditation based on space; the meditation object space

ākāsaṅgata →

ncped

in the air; belonging to the sky or space

ākāsaṭṭha →

ncped

living in the sky; being in the sky; being in the air

ākāsānañcāyatana →

ncped

the sphere or stage of the infinity of space, i.e.

  1. the first of the arūpa states of existence; and.
  2. the state of the consciousness of the infinity of space, the first arūpajhāna or one of the vimokkhas

ālokasandhi →

ncped

window; an opening to let the light in; shutters

āmasabrahmacāri →

ncped

fellow religious student belonging to the same house or community.

āmasabrahmacārin →

ncped

fellow religious student belonging to the same house or community.

āmasana →

ncped

touching; touch; considering.

āmasati →

ncped

touches, lays hold on; touches on, refers to; considers.

āmisasanthāra →

ncped

the laying out, distribution, of material goods

ānapānasati →

ncped

intentness of mind on one’s breathing in and out

ārakkhasārathi →

ncped

guarding charioteer

āsabha →

ncped

(~ī)n. coming from or produced from a bull; bull-like; belonging to a leader; lordly.

āsada →

ncped

approach; attack, attacking.

āsado →

ncped

āsadā →

ncped

āsajja →

ncped

āsajjana →

ncped

āsajjanaṃ →

ncped

āsana →

ncped

sitting; a place for sitting.

āsanantarikā →

ncped

an interval or seat

āsanapariyanta →

ncped

the last seat

āsandi →

ncped

large or long chair (generally made of basket-work)

āsandika →

ncped

bench; a chair.

āsandipañcama →

ncped

with a chair as the fifth’, four carrying a chair (as a bier)

āsanna →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) near, near at hand; close together; ~aṃ, adv., near.
  2. (n.)
    1. nearness, vicinity; loc. ~e, adv., near, nearby; in the vicinity (of)

āsasāna →

ncped

or aor.

āsatta →

ncped

fixed or fastened to; attached to; intent on (+ loc).

āsatti →

ncped

attachment; clinging to.

āsava →

ncped

  1. ‘inflowing’, influence (the concerns, attitudes, predispositions, listed as kāma, bhava, avijjā, and sometimes, ditthi, which form an obstacle to the realization of the truth.
  2. affliction, pain ( …

āsavakhīna →

ncped

with āsavas destroyed; free from the āsavas

āsavakkhaya →

ncped

ending, destruction of the āsavas, arahatship

āsavaṭṭhaniya →

ncped

being a basis or cause of afflictions; being a basis or cause of the āsavas

āsaya →

ncped

resting-place; home, lair, nest; receptacle; the stomach.

āsaṃsa →

ncped

āsaṃsuka →

ncped

full of expectation; hoping.

āsaṅkamāna →

ncped

āsaṅkati →

ncped

suspects; distrusts; fears.

āsādana →

ncped

insult, offensiveness.

āsādanapekkha →

ncped

looking to insult, aiming to be offensive

āsādayati →

ncped

meets, encounters, reaches; approaches with (physical or verbal) violence; strikes against, hits; offends, insults

āsādesi →

ncped

āsādetabba →

ncped

āsādeti →

ncped

meets, encounters, reaches; approaches with (physical or verbal) violence; strikes against, hits; offends, insults

āsādi →

ncped

āsādimhase →

ncped

(or of caus.)

āsādiya →

ncped

āsāvacchedika →

ncped

depending on the disappointment of expectation

āsāḷhi →

ncped

the full-moon day in the month āsāḷha; (iic) the month āsāḷha.

āsāṭikā →

ncped

the egg of a fly or other insect; a nit; vermin.

āvasa →

ncped

āvasanta →

ncped

(~antī)n.

āvasat →

ncped

āvasatha →

ncped

hose, dwelling; lodging; a public rest-house; hostel.

āvasathacīvara →

ncped

household robe (allowed to menstruating bhikkhunīs)

āvasathagāra →

ncped

dwelling; rest-house

āvasathapiṇḍa →

ncped

meal at a public rest-house

āvasati →

ncped

lives in, lives on; inhabits; dwells.

āvasika →

ncped

(from āvasati) living in or on.

āvāsa →

ncped

living, sojourn; dwelling place, inhabited place; residence, esp. a residence or dwelling for bhikkhus.

āvāsakappa →

ncped

residence practice (the practice of several residences holding separate uposathas within the same boundary)

āvāsamacchari →

ncped

selfish about dwellings

āvāsamaccharin →

ncped

selfish about dwellings

āvāsamacchariya →

ncped

selfish, meanness about dwellings

āvāsapaligedhi →

ncped

greedy, selfish about dwellings

āvāsapaligedhin →

ncped

greedy, selfish about dwellings

āvāsaparamparā →

ncped

succession of residences or dwellings

āvāsaparamparāṃ →

ncped

to all the dwellings in succession

āyasa →

ncped

made of iron

āyasakka →

ncped

disgrace, ill-repute, dishonor

āyasakya →

ncped

disgrace, ill-repute, dishonor

āyasampanna →

ncped

provided with an inlet

āyāsa →

ncped

exertion; trouble; weariness, distress.

ūhasati →

ncped

laughs; smiles at (flirtatiously)

ūnadasavassa →

ncped

(one) less than ten years’ standing

ḍasati →

ncped

ṭhitokāsa →

ncped

the place where (someone) stands or is standing or has stood or been placed.

abandonment →

nyana

Abandonment: contemplation of: patinissaggānupassanā is one of the 18 chief kinds of insight; see: vipassanā further ānāpānasati 16.

abhiññā →

nyana

…existences pubbe - nivāsānussati, 5: divine eye dibba-cakkhu, 6: ceasing of all fermentation āsavakkhaya. The stereotype text met…

abodes →

nyana

Abodes: vihāra The 4 Divine abodes: brahma-vihāra The 9 abodes of beings: sattāvāsa

adherence →

nyana

Adherence: parāmāsa clinging or attachment.

adherent →

nyana

Adherent: upāsaka disciple.

adhitthāna →

nyana

Adhitthāna, as a doctrinal term, occurs chiefly in two meanings:

  1. ‘Foundation’: four ‘foundations or basics’ of an Arahat’s mentality, mentioned and explained in M. 140: the foundatio …

adukkha-m-asukhā vedanā →

nyana

[[adukkha-m-asukhā vedanā]]Adukkha-m-asukhā vedanā: ‘feeling which is neither painful nor pleasant’, i.e. neutral or indifferent feeling; see: vedanā - khandha

akanittha →

nyana

Akanittha: the ‘Great or Non-junior Ones’, i.e. ‘Highest Gods’, are the inhabitants of the 5th and highest heaven of the Pure Abodes suddhāvāsa, cf. avacara deva II Anāgāmī

anattā →

nyana

Anattā: No-self, egolessness, soullessness, impersonality, absence of identity, is the last of the 3 universal characteristics of existence ti-lakkhana. This anattā doctrine, which only is t …

anicca →

nyana

Anicca: Impermanent, transient or, as abstract noun, aniccatā impermanence or change is the first of the three universal characteristics of existence tilakkhana, which is easily observable and …

anupubba-nirodha →

nyana

…sphere of Infinite space ākāsānañcāyatana, the perception of forms rūpa - saññā are extinguished. Having entered the sphere of…

anussati →

nyana

Anussati: ‘recollection’, reflection, meditation, contemplation. The six recollections often described in the Suttas e.g. A. VI, 10, 25; D. 33 are:

1: Recollection of the Buddha, *buddhānussati …

anāgāmī →

nyana

Anāgāmī: T he Non-Returner is a Noble Disciple Ariya-puggala on the 3rd stage of Nobility. There are 5 classes of Non-Returners, as it is said e.g. Pug. 42-46:

A being, through the disappea …

appamāda →

nyana

Appamāda: Alertness, attentiveness, carefulness, non-laxity, earnestness, diligence, vigilance, is considered as the foundation of all advantageous progress.

Just as all the footprints of living …

ariya-puggala →

nyana

Ariya-puggala: or simply Ariya: Noble Ones, noble persons:
The 8, Ariya = Noble Ones are those who have realized one of the 8 stages of Nobility, i.e. the 4 supra-mundane paths magga

asankhata →

nyana

Asankhata: The Unformed, Unoriginated, Unconditioned, Uncreated & Unconstructed is a name for Nibbāna, the beyond of all becoming and conditionality.

asankhāra-parinibbāyī →

nyana

Asankhāra-parinibbāyī: The one reaching Nibbāna without effort, is one of the five classes of Non-Returners anāgāmī

asankhārika-citta →

nyana

Asankhārika-citta: An Abhidhamma term signifying a ’state of consciousness arisen spontaneously, i. e. without previous deliberation, preparation, or prompting by others; hence: ’unprepared, unpr …

asañña-satta →

nyana

Asañña-satta: The unconscious beings, are a class of divine beings in the fine-material world; see: deva II. There are, Bhikkhus, divine beings known as the unconscious ones. As soon, however, …

association →

nyana

Association: sampayutta-paccaya is one of the 24 conditional relations paccaya. *

Asubha:* Impurity, loathsomeness, foulness, disgust. - In Vis.M VI, it is the cemetery contemplations * …

assāsa-passāsa →

nyana

Assāsa-passāsa: In-and-out-breathing, are bodily constructions kāya - sankhāra, while directed thought and sustained thinking vitakka and vicāra are called verbal constructions *vacī\ …

atappa →

nyana

Atappa: T he unworried, is the name of a class of deities see: deva inhabiting the first of the five Pure Abodes suddhāvāsa, in which the Anāgāmī has his last rebirth.

atta-saññā →

nyana

Atta-saññā: Atta- citta & atta- ditthi: perception, thought, & view of an ego, self or soul is one of the 4 perversions vipallāsa.

attachments →

nyana

Attachments: see: parāmāsa

avacara →

nyana

Avacara: S phere, realm, level or dimension. The 3 levels of existence are: the sense-level kāmāvacara, the fine-material level rūpāvacara, the formless level arūpāvacara. Which things are …

aviha →

nyana

Aviha: Non-falling, immovable yet derivation is uncertain; Sanskrit avrha is one of the five Pure Abodes suddhāvāsa in the fine-material level. For details, see: under Anāgāmī

avijjā →

nyana

Avijjā: I gnorance, nescience, the blindness of not knowing, is synonymous with confusion moha (see mūla ), is the primary & deepest root of all evil and suffering in the world, veiling man’s …

bala →

nyana

Bala: ‘powers’. Among various groups of powers the following five are most frequently met with in the texts: 1 faith saddhā, 2 energy viriya, 3 awareness or mindfulness sati, 4 concentration …

beauty →

nyana

Beauty: deliverance through the perception of: cf. vimokkha II. 3 To hold for beautiful or pure subha what is impure asubha, is one of the 4 perversions see: vipallāsa.

beings →

nyana

Beings: The 9 worlds of: sattāvāsa.

bhavāsava →

nyana

Bhavāsava: ‘fermentation of existence’; see: āsava

bhāvanā →

nyana

Bhāvanā: ‘mental development’ lit. ‘calling into existence, producing’ is what in English is generally but rather vaguely called ‘meditation’. One has to distinguish 2 kinds: development of tranqu …

biases →

nyana

Biases: see: Āsava

breathing →

nyana

Breathing: awareness or mindfulness of in-and-out-breathing ānāpānasati.

buddha-sāsana →

nyana

Buddha-sāsana: see: sāsana

ceto-vimutti →

nyana

Ceto-vimutti: ‘deliverance of mind’. In the highest sense it signifies the fruition of Arahatship see: ariya-puggala and in particular, the concentration associated with it. It is often linked …

citta-vipallāsa →

nyana

Citta-vipallāsa: ‘perversion of mind’; see: vipallāsa

comprehension →

nyana

Comprehension: clear c.: see: sampajañña c. in insight, see: sammasana As an alternative tr. for full understanding, see: pariññā

ego-belief →

nyana

Ego-belief: see: ditthi, sakkāya-ditthi, vipallāsa.

ego-idea →

nyana

Ego-idea or Ego-perception: see: vipallāsa

eka-vokāra-bhava →

nyana

Eka-vokāra-bhava: one-group existence, is the existence of the unconscious beings asañña-satta as they possess only the materiality-group. Cf. catu-vokāra-bhava pañca-vokāra-bhava.

ekāsanik'anga →

nyana

[[ekāsanik’anga]]Ekāsanik’anga: the exercise of eating at one sitting, is one of the ascetic practices; see: dhutānga

fermentations →

nyana

Fermentations: see: āsava.

floods →

nyana

Floods: the 4: ogha are identical with the 4 fermentations āsava.

freedom of will →

nyana

[[freedom of will]]Freedom of will: problem of the: cf. paticcasamuppāda X.

gantha →

nyana

Gantha: ‘ties’.;There are 4 ties: the bodily tie kāyagantha of covetousness abhijjhā of ill-will vyāpāda, of clinging to rule and ritual sīlabbata-parāmāsa of dogmatical fanaticism *idam …

grasping →

nyana

Grasping: cf. parāmāsa, upādāna.

happiness →

nyana

Happiness: feeling of h.: see: sukha - The idea of h. of the world, see: vipallāsa.

hiri-ottappa →

nyana

Hiri-ottappa: ‘moral shame and Fear of Wrongdoing’, are associated with all kammically advantageous consciousness see: Tab. II.

To be ashamed of what one ought to be ashamed of, to be ashamed of …

ignorance →

nyana

*Ignorance: avijjā, further see: paticcasamuppāda 1.

indriya →

nyana

Indriya: ‘abilities’, is a name for 22, partly physical, partly mental, phenomena often treated in the Suttas as well as in the Abhidhamma. They are:

6 Bases āyatana:

  1. eye: …

influxes →

nyana

Influxes: fermentations, the 4: āsava

intoxicants →

nyana

Intoxicants: see: āsava.

jarā →

nyana

Jarā: ‘old age, decay’, is one of the 3 divine messengers see: deva-dūta. For its conditioning by birth, see: paticcasamuppāda 11.

jhāna →

nyana

…sphere of Infinite space ākāsānañcāyatana and abides therein.

(By ‘perceptions of matter’ rūpa - saññā are meant the…

jāti →

nyana

Jāti: ‘birth’, comprises the entire embryonic process beginning with conception and ending with parturition.

The birth of beings belonging to this or that order of beings, their being born, their …

materiality →

nyana

Materiality: produced through consciousness, kamma, etc.; see: samutthāna - Sensitive c.: pasāda-rūpa

paccaya →

nyana

Paccaya: ‘condition’, is something on which something else, the so-called ‘conditioned thing’, is dependent, and without which the latter cannot be. Many are the ways in which one thing, or one o …

papañca →

nyana

Papañca: Sanskrit prapañca In doctrinal usage, it signifies the expansion, differentiation, ‘diffuseness’ or ‘manifoldness’ of the world; and it may also refer to the ‘phenomenal world’ in gener …

paranimmita-vasavatti-deva →

nyana

Paranimmita-vasavatti-deva: ‘divine beings with power over the productions of others’, constitute a class of divine beings in the sense-sphere kāma-loka. Māra is said to be their ruler. Cf. …

paricchinnākāsa-kasina →

nyana

Paricchinnākāsa-kasina: ‘limited-space kasina’ = space kasina; see: kasina App..

parāmāsa →

nyana

Parāmāsa: ‘adherence’, attachment, ‘misapprehension’, is according to Vis.M XXII a name for wrong views; in that sense it occurs in Dhs. 1174 ff. - See sīlabbata-parāmāsa.

pasāda-rūpa →

nyana

Pasāda-rūpa: ‘sensitive materiality’, is a name for the 5 physical sense-organs responding to sense-stimuli. Cf. āyatana

paticcasamuppāda →

nyana

Paticcasamuppāda: ‘dependent origination’, is the doctrine of the conditionality of all physical and psychical phenomena, a doctrine which, together with that of impersonality anattā, forms the …

patipadā →

nyana

Patipadā: 1. ‘Road’, ’ Path ’; for instance in dukkhanirodha - gāminī - patipadā ‘the road leading to the ceasing of suffering’ = 4th Noble Truth; majjhima - patipadā ‘the Middle Way’ …

patisandhi →

nyana

Patisandhi: lit. ‘reunion, relinking’, i.e. rebirth, is one of the 14 functions of consciousness viññāna-kicca. It is a kamma-resultant type of consciousness and arises at the moment of concep …

pañca-vokāra-bhava →

nyana

Pañca-vokāra-bhava: ‘five-group existence’, is a name for existence in the sense-sphere kāmāvacara or in the fine-material sphere rūpāvacara avacara since all the 5 groups of existence …

permanency →

nyana

Permanency: idea of: see: vipallāsa

personality →

nyana

Personality: s. sakkāya For personality-belief, see: sakkāya ditthi, ditthi, attā, satta, puggala, vipallāsa.

perversions →

nyana

Perversions: the 4: vipallāsa

phala →

nyana

Phala: lit. ‘fruit’. - 1. result, effect often together with hetu cause; 2. benefit e.g. in Sāmañña-phala Sutta, ‘The Results, or Benefits, of Recluseship’; D. 2.

As ’ path -result’, or ’fru …

pleasantness →

nyana

Pleasantness: idea of: see: vipallāsa, subhanimitta.

powers →

nyana

Powers: the 5 spiritual: see: bala - For the 6 higher p., see: abhiññna For the 10 p. of a Buddha, see: dasabala - For the 4 roads to p., see: iddhipāda. For magical p.,

pubbenivāsānussati →

nyana

Pubbenivāsānussati: ‘remembrance of former births’, is one of the higher powers abhiññā, and a factor of threefold knowledge tevijja.

pure abodes →

nyana

[[pure abodes]]Pure abodes: suddhāvāsa

puthujjana →

nyana

Puthujjana: lit.: ‘one of the many folk’, ‘worldling’, ordinary man, is any layman or Bhikkhu who is still possessed of all the 10 mental chains samyojana binding to the round of rebirths, and t …

puñña-kiriya-vatthu →

nyana

Puñña-kiriya-vatthu: ‘bases of meritorious action’. In the suttas, 3 are mentioned consisting of giving generosity; dāna - maya - p of morality sīla - maya - p and of mental de …

pātihāriya →

nyana

Pātihāriya: ‘miracle’, marvel. Three marvels are ascribed to the Buddha: the marvel of magic iddhi - p the marvel of mind-reading ādesanā - p and the marvel of instruction anusāsanī \ …

taints →

nyana

Taints: Āsava

tanhā-kkhaya →

nyana

Tanhā-kkhaya: ‘ceasing of craving’, is identical with ‘ceasing of fermentations’ āsavakkhaya and the attainment of perfect Nobility or Arahatship. Cf. ariya-puggala.

tanhā →

nyana

Tanhā: lit. ‘thirst’: ‘craving’, is the chief root of suffering, and of the ever-continuing cycle of rebirths.;What, o Bhikkhus, is the origin of suffering? It is that craving which gives rise to …

tathāgata-bala →

nyana

Tathāgata-bala: the ‘ten powers of the Perfect One’; see: dasa - bala.

tatra-majjhattatā →

nyana

Tatra-majjhattatā: ‘equanimity, equipoise, mental balance’ lit., ‘remaining here and there in the middle’, is the name for a high ethical quality belonging to the sankhāra - khandha see: *kh …

ti-lakkhana →

nyana

Ti-lakkhana: the ‘3 charactcristies of existence’, or signata, are impermanency anicca, suffcring or misery dukkha see: sacca, dukkhatā no-self anattā.

Whether Perfect Ones appear in th …

āhāra →

nyana

Āhāra: ‘nutriment’, ‘food’, is used in the concrete sense as material food and as such it belongs to derived materiality see: khandha Summary I. In the figurative sense, as ‘foundation’ or susta …

ākāsa dhātu →

nyana

[[ākāsa dhātu]]Ākāsa dhātu: ‘space element’; see above and dhātu

ākāsa-kasina →

nyana

Ākāsa-kasina: ‘space-kasina exercise’; see: kasina

ākāsa →

nyana

…sphere of Infinite space ākāsānañcāyatana. According to Abhidhamma philosophy, endless space has no objective reality being purely…

ākāsānañcāyatana →

nyana

Ākāsānañcāyatana: ‘Sphere of Infinite space’, is identical with the 1st formless absorption; see: jhāna 5.

ānantarika-kamma →

nyana

Ānantarika-kamma: the 5 heinous ‘actions with immediate destiny’ are: Killing father, killing mother, killing an Arahat, wounding a Buddha so he bleeds, creating schism in the Bhikkhu-Sangha. In …

ānāpāna-sati →

nyana

Ānāpāna-sati: Awareness or mindfulness on & by in-and-out-breathing, is one of the most important trainings for reaching mental concentration and the 4 absorptions jhāna. In the Satipatthāna …

āsava →

nyana

Āsava: lit: fermentations, taints, corruptions, intoxicant biases. There is a list of four as in D. 16, Pts.M., Vibh.:
1: The mental fermentation of sense-desire kāmāsava, Ex: ’All is pleasan …

āsavakkhaya →

nyana

Āsavakkhaya: see above.

āyatana →

nyana

*Āyatana:
* 1: Spheres, is a name for the four formless absorptions; see: jhāna 5-8.
2: The 12 sources or bases on which depend the mental processes, consist of five physical sense-organs an …

a →

pts

A-1

the prep. ā shortened before double cons., as akkosati (ā + kruś), akkhāti (ā + khyā), abbahati (ā + bṛh)

Best to be classed here is the a- we call expletive. …

abbhokāsa →

pts

the open air, an open & unsheltered space DN.i.63 (= alagganatthena a. viya DN-a.i.180), DN.i.71 (= acchanna DN-a.i.210), DN.i.89; MN.iii.132; AN.ii.210; AN.iii.92; AN.iv.437, AN.v.65; Snp.p.139 (˚e …

abbhokāsika →

pts

adjective belonging to the open air, one who lives in the open, the practice of certain ascetics. DN.i.167; MN.i.282; AN.iii.220; Vin.v.131, Vin.v.193; Ja.iv.8 (+ nesajjika); Pp.69; Mil.20, Mil.342. …

abbhuggacchati →

pts

to go forth, go out, rise into DN.i.112, DN.i.127; AN.iii.252 (kitti-saddo a.) Pp.36. ger. -gantvā Ja.i.88 (ākāsaṃ), Ja.i.202; Dhp-a.iv.198 aor. -gañchi MN.i.126 (kittisaddo); Ja.i.93
pp *[a …

abbhuta →

pts

Abbhuta1

adj. nt. terrifying, astonishing; strange, exceptional puzzling, extraordinary, marvellous, supernormal Described as a term of surprise & consternation (vimhay;’ āvahass’ adhivaca …

abbhuṃ →

pts

(interj.) alas, terrible, dreadful, awful (excl. of fright & shock) Vin.ii.115 (Bdhgh. explains as “utrāsa-vacanam-etaṃ”); MN.i.448. See also abbhu & abbhuta.

Vedic abhvaṃ, nt. of abhva, see expl …

abbuda →

pts

…Vin.iii.307 (only in Samantapāsādikā; both times as sāsanassa a). 3. a very high numeral, appld. exclusively to the denotation of a…

abbūḷha →

pts

adjective drawn out, pulled (of a sting or dart), fig. removed destroyed. Most freq. in combn. -salla with the sting removed, having the sting (of craving thirst, taṇhā) pulled out DN.ii …

abhi →

pts

Abhi-

I. Meaning

  1. The primary meaning of abhi is that of taking possession and mastering, as contained in E. coming by and over-coming, thus literally having the function of facing …

abhibhavati →

pts

to overcome, master, be lord over, vanquish, conquer SN.i.18, SN.i.32, SN.i.121 (maraṇaṃ); SN.iv.71 (rāgadose), SN.i.117 (kodhaṃ), SN.i.246, SN.i.249 (sāmikaṃ); Ja.i.56 Ja.i.280; Pv-a.94 (= balīyati, …

abhibhāsana →

pts

enlightenment or delight (“light & delight” trsl.) Thag.613 (= tosana C.).

abhi + bhāsana fr. bhās

abhibhū →

pts

noun adjective overcoming, conquering, vanquishing, having power over, a Lord or Master of (-˚) DN.iii.29; SN.ii.284; Snp.211 (sabba˚), Snp.545 (Māra˚, cp. Mārasena-pamaddana Snp.561), Snp.642
■ O …

abhibhūta →

pts

overpowered, overwhelmed, vanquished DN.i.121; SN.i.137 (jāti-jarā˚); SN.ii.228 (lābhasakkāra-silokena); AN.i.202 (pāpakehi dhammehi); Ja.i.189; Pv-a.14, Pv-a.41 (= pareta), Pv-a.60 (= upagata), …

abhiceteti →

pts

to intend, devise, have in mind Ja.iv.310 (manasā pāpaṃ).

abhi + ceteti

abhihāra →

pts

bringing, offering, gift SN.i.82; Snp.710; Ja.i.81 (āsanâ).

fr. abhiharati

abhikkanta →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) lit. gone forward, gone out, gone beyond. According to the traditional expln. preserved by Bdhgh. & Dhp (see e.g. DN-a.i.227 = Kp-a.114 = Vv-a.52) it is used in …

abhilāsa →

pts

desire, wish, longing Pv-a.154.

Sk. abhilāṣa, abhi + laṣ

abhimata →

pts

adjective desired, wished for; agreeable, pleasant C on Thag.91.

BSk. abhimata, e.g. Jtm.211; pp. of abhimanyate

abhinikkhamati →

pts

…life, to retire from the world Snp.64 (= gehā abhinikkhamitvā kāsāya-vattho hutvā Snp-a.117).

abhi + nikkhamati

abhinimanteti →

pts

to invite to (c. instr.), to offer to DN.i.61 (āsanena).

abhi + nimanteti

abhinivesa →

pts

“settling in”, i.e. wishing for, tendency towards (-˚) inclination, adherence; as adj. liking, loving, being given or inclined to DN.iii.230; MN.i.136, MN.i.251; SN.ii.17; SN.iii.10 SN.iii.13, SN.iii …

abhinivisati →

pts

to cling to, adhere to, be attached to Mnd.308, Mnd.309 (parāmasati +)
pp abhiniviṭṭha; cp. also abhinivesa.

abhi + nivisati

abhippasanna →

pts

adjective finding one’s peace in (c. loc.), trusting in having faith in, believing in, devoted to (loc.) Vin.iii.43; DN.i.211 (Bhagavati) SN.i.134; SN.iv.319; SN.v.225, SN.v.378; AN.iii.237, AN.iii.27 …

abhippasāda →

pts

faith, belief, reliance, trust Dhs.12 (“sense of assurance” trsl., + saddhā), Dhs.25, Dhs.96, Dhs.288; Pv-a.223.

abhi + pasāda, cp. BSk. abhiprasāda Avs.12 (cittasyu˚) & vippasāda

abhippasādeti →

pts

to establish one’s faith in (loc.), to be reconciled with, to propitiate Thag.1173 = Vv.21#2 (manaṃ arahantamhi = cittaṃ pasādeti Vv-a.105).

Caus. of abhippasīdati, cp. BSk. abhiprasādayati Divy.68, …

abhippasīdati →

pts

to have faith in DN.i.211 (fut. ˚issati)
pp abhippasanna; Caus. abhippasādeti.

abhi + pasīdati

abhippāsāreti →

pts

to stretch out Vin.i.179 (pāde).

abhi + pasāreti, cp. BSk. abhiprasārayati Divy.389

abhiruci →

pts

delight, longing, pleasure, satisfaction Pv-a.168 (= ajjhāsaya).

Sk. abhiruci, fr. abhi + ruc

abhiruda →

pts

adjective -˚ resounding with (the cries of animals, esp. the song of birds), full of the sound of (birds) Thag.1062 (kuñjara˚), Thag.1113 (mayūra-koñca˚) Ja.iv.466 (adāsakunta˚); Ja.v.304 (mayūra-k …

abhirūpa →

pts

abhirūpa dassanīya pāsādika (+ paramāya vaṇṇa-pokkharatāya samannāgata), e.g. Vin.i.268; DN.i.47, DN.i.114, DN.i.120;…

abhisamaya →

pts

“coming by completely”, insight into, comprehension, realization clear understanding, grasp, penetration. See on term Kvu trsl. 381 sq
■ Esp. in full phrases: attha˚; grasp of what is proficient …

abhisambhuṇāti →

pts

to be able (to get or reach); only in neg ppr. anabhisambhuṇanto unable DN.i.101 (= asampāpuṇanto avisahamāno vā DN-a.i.268); Mnd.77, Mnd.312.

considered to be a bastard form of abhisambhavati, bu …

abhisambuddha →

pts

  1. (pass.) realised, perfectly understood DN.iii.273; SN.iv.331; Iti.121 an˚; not understood MN.i.71, MN.i.92, MN.i.114, MN.i.163, MN.i.240
  2. (med.) one who has come to the realisation of the highe …

abhisambujjhati →

pts

to become wideawake, to awake to the highest knowledge, to gain the highest wisdom (sammāsambodhiṃ) DN.iii.135; Iti.121 aor. -sambujjhi SN.v.433; Pv-a.19. In combn. *abhisambujjhati abh …

abhisameta →

pts

completely grasped or realised, understood mastered SN.v.128 (dhamma a.), SN.v.440 (anabhisametāni cattāri ariyasaccāni, cp. Divy.654 anabhisamitāni c.a.) AN.iv.384 (appattaṃ asacchikataṃ +).

pp. of …

abhisameti →

pts

to come by, to attain, to realise grasp, understand (cp. adhigacchati) Mil.214 (catusaccâbhisamayaṃ abhisameti). frequently in combn. *abhisambujjhati abhisameti; abhisambujjhitvā abhisamet …

abhisaṅga →

pts

I. sticking to, cleaving to, adherence to Ja.v.6; Ne.110 Ne.112; Dhs-a.129 (˚hetukaṃ dukkhaṃ), Dhs-a.249 (˚rasa).

fr. abhi + sañj, cp. abhisajjati & Sk. abhisanga

abhisitta →

pts

  1. sprinkled over, anointed Snp.889 (manasā, cp. Mnd.298); Mil.336 (amatena loka a.).
  2. consecrated (King), inaugurated (more freq. in this conn. is avasitta), Vin.iii.44; AN.i.107 (khattiyo khattiye …

abhivissattha →

pts

confided in, taken into confidence MN.ii.52 (variant reading ˚visaṭṭha).

abhi + vissattha, pp. of abhivissasati, Sk. abhiviśvasta

abhiṇhaṃ →

pts

adverb repeatedly, continuous, often MN.i.442 (˚āpattika a habitual offender), MN.i.446 (˚kāraṇa continuous practice); Snp.335 (˚saṃvāsa continuous living together); Ja.i.190; Pp.32; Dhp-a.ii.239; Vv …

accasara →

pts

adjective

  1. going beyond the limits (of proper behaviour), too self-sure, overbearing, arrogant, proud SN.i.239 (variant reading accayasara caused by prolepsis of foll. accaya); Ja.iv.6 (atisara); …

accasari →

pts

of atisarati to go beyond the limit, to go astray Ja.v.70.

fr. ati + sṛ.

accasarā →

pts

overbearing, pride, selfsurity Vb.358 (+ māyā). Note. In id. p. at Pp.23 we read acchādanā instead of accasarā.

abstr. to accasara

accasārin →

pts

adjective = accasara 1., aspiring too high Snp.8 sq. (yo nâccasārī, opp. to na paccasārī; expld. at Snp-a.21 by yo nâtidhāvi, opp. na ohiyyi).

accaya →

pts

…Snp.102 (catunnaṃ māsānaṃ), Snp.p.110 (rattiyā); Ja.i.253 (ekāha-dvīh˚), Ja.i.291 (katipāh˚ after a few days); Pv-a.47…

accharā →

pts

Accharā1

feminine the snapping of the fingers, the bringing together of the finger-tips:

  1. (lit.) accharaṃ paharati to snap the fingers Ja.ii.447; Ja.iii.191; Ja.iv.124, Ja.iv.126 Ja. …

acchati →

pts

  1. to sit, to sit still Vin.i.289; AN.ii.15; Iti.120 (in set carati tiṭṭhati a. sayati, where otherwise nisinna stands for acchati) Vv.74#1 (= nisīdati Vv-a.298); Pv-a.4.
  2. to stay remain, to lea …

acchera →

pts

adjective = acchariya wonderful, marvellous SN.i.181; Vv.84#13 (comp. accheratara); Pv.iii.5#1 (˚rūpa = acchariyasabhāva Pv-a.197); Sdhp.244, Sdhp.398.

acchādanā →

pts

covering, hiding, concealment Pp.19, Pp.23
Note. In id. p. at Vb.358 we read accasarā for acchādanā. Is the latter merely a gloss?

= prec.

accāsanna →

pts

adjective very near, too near Pv-a.42 (na a. n’âtidūra neither too near nor too far, at an easy distance).

ati + asanna

acittaka →

pts

adjective

  1. without thought or intention, unconscious, unintentional Dhp-a.ii.42.
  2. without heart or feeling, instr. acittakena (adv.) heartlessly Ja.iv.58 (C. for acetasā).

a + citta2 + ka

adasaka →

pts

adjective see dasā.

addasā →

pts

3rd sg. aor. of *dassati; see *dassati 2 a. Adda & Addayana

addha →

pts

Addha1

(num.) one half, half (˚-) DN.i.166 (˚māsika); AN.ii.160 (-māsa); Ja.i.59 (-yojana); iii. 189 (˚māsa).

= aḍḍha, q.v.

Addha2

adjective soiled, wet; fig. attached …

addhan →

pts

(in compounds addha˚;)

  1. (of space a path, road, also journey (see compounds & derivations); only in one ster. phrase Ja.iv.384 = Ja.v.137 (pathaddhuno paṇṇarase va cando, gen. for loc. ˚addha …

adhama →

pts

adjective the lowest (lit. & fig.), the vilest, worst Snp.246; (narādhama), 135 (vasalâdhama); Dhp.78 (purisa˚) Ja.iii.151 (miga˚); Ja.v.394 (uttamâdhama), Ja.v.437 (id.), Ja.v.397 Sdhp.387.

Vedic …

adhi →

pts

…cp Fr. sur-nom; ˚vāsāna assent, ˚vāseti to dwell in, give in = consent 2. where: ˚tiṭṭhati (˚ṭṭhāti) to stand by =…

adhibhāsati →

pts

to address, to speak to; aor. ajjhabhāsi Vin.ii.195; SN.i.103; SN.iv.117; Snp.p.87; Pv-a.56, Pv-a.90.

adhi + bhāsati

adhigacchati →

pts

to get to, to come into possession of, to acquire, attain, find; fig. to understand DN.i.229 (vivesaṃ) MN.i.140 (anvesaṃ n’ âdhigacchanti do not find); SN.i.22 (nibbānaṃ); SN.ii.278 (id.); AN.i.162 (i …

adhika →

pts

adjective exceeding, extraordinary, superior, Pp.35; Vv-a.80 (= anadhivara, visiṭṭha); DN-a.i.141, DN-a.i.222; Dpvs.v.32 (an˚); Dhp-a.iii.238 Kp-a.193 (= anuttara); Sdhp.337, Sdhp.447
■ compar …

adhikaraṇa →

pts

  1. attendance, supervision, management of affairs, administration Pv-a.209.
  2. relation, reference, reason, cause, consequence DN.ii.59 (-˚: in consequence of); SN.ii.41; SN.v.19. Esp. acc. -ṃ as …

adhimana →

pts

-adj. n. attention, direction of mind, concentration Snp.692 (adhimanasā bhavātha). (adj.) directing one’s mind upon, intent (on) Ja.iv.433 (= pasannacitta); Ja.v.29 (an˚; variant reading ˚māna).

adhi + mano

adhivattha →

pts

adjective inhabiting, living in (c. loc.) Vin.i.28; SN.i.197; Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.385; Ja.iii.327; Pv-a.17. The form adhivuttha occurs at Ja.vi.370.

pp. of adhivasati

adhivāsa →

pts

endurance, forbearance, holding out; only as adj. in dur˚; difficult to hold out Thag.111.

fr. adhi + vas

adhivāsaka →

pts

Adhivāsaka & Adhivāsika

adjective willing, agreeable, enduring, patient Vin.iv.130; MN.i.10, MN.i.526; AN.ii.118 AN.iii.163; AN.v.132; Ja.iii.369 (an˚); Ja.iv.11, Ja.iv.77.

fr. adhivāsa

adhivāsana →

pts

  1. assent AN.iii.31; Dhp-a.i.33.
  2. forbearance, endurance MN.i.10; Ja.ii.237 Ja.iii.263; Ja.iv.307; Ja.v.174.

fr. adhi + vas

adhivāsanatā →

pts

patience, endurance, Dhs.1342; Vb.360 (an˚).

abstr. fr. adhivāsana

adhivāseti →

pts

…SN.iv.76; Dhp-a.i.33; Pv-a.17, Pv-a.20, Pv-a.75 and freq. passim

caus adhivāsāpeti to cause to wait Ja.i.254.

Caus. of…

adhivāsika →

pts

Adhivāsaka & Adhivāsika

adjective willing, agreeable, enduring, patient Vin.iv.130; MN.i.10, MN.i.526; AN.ii.118 AN.iii.163; AN.v.132; Ja.iii.369 (an˚); Ja.iv.11, Ja.iv.77.

fr. adhivāsa

adhiṭṭhāna →

pts

  1. decision, resolution, self-determination, will (cp. on this meaning Cpd. 62; DN.iii.229 (where 4 are enumerated, viz. paññā˚, sacca˚ cāga upasama˚); Ja.i.23; Ja.v.174; Pts.i.108; Pts.ii.171 sq., …

adho →

pts

adverb below, usually combd. or contrasted with uddhaṃ “above” and tiriyaṃ “across”, describing the 3 dimensions
uddhaṃ and …

adinna →

pts

past participle that which is not given, freq. in phrase adinn’ ādāna (BSk. adattādāna Divy.302 seizing or grasping that which is not given to one i.e. stealing, is the 2nd of the ten qua …

adāsa →

pts

kind of bird Ja.iv.466.

prob. = adaṃsa, from ḍasati to bite, cp. dāṭhā tooth; lit meaning “toothless” or “not biting”

agga →

pts

Agga1

adjective noun

  1. (adj.)
    1. of time: the first, foremost Dpvs.iv.13 (saṅgahaṃ first collection). See cpds
    2. of space: the highest, topmost, Ja.i.52 (˚sākhā)
    3. of qual …

agghanaka →

pts

adjective (-˚) having the value of, equal to, worth Vin.iv.226; Ja.i.61 (satasahass˚), Ja.i.112; DN-a.i.80 (kahāpaṇ˚); Dhp-a.iii.120 (cuddasakoṭi˚); Mhvs.26, Mhvs.22; Mhvs.34, Mhvs.87
■ f. *-ikā …

agghati →

pts

intr. to be worth, to have the value of (acc.), to deserve Ja.i.112 (satasahassaṃ; aḍḍhamāsakaṃ); Ja.vi.174, Ja.vi.367 (padarajaṃ); Dhp-a.iii.35 (maṇin nâgghāma); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.28. Freq. in stock phr …

aggi →

pts

fire.

  1. fire, flames, sparks; conflagration Vin.ii.120 (fire in bathroom); MN.i.487 (anāhāro nibbuto f. gone out for lack of fuel); SN.iv.185, SN.iv.399 (sa-upādāno jalati provided with fuel blazes …

agha →

pts

Agha1

neuter evil, grief, pain, suffering, misfortune SN.i.22; MN.i.500 (roga gaṇḍa salla agha); AN.ii.128 (id.); Ja.v.100; Thig.491; Sdhp.51
■ adj. painful, bringing pain Ja.vi.507 (a …

agāra →

pts

…1. kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati “to shave off hair & beard, put on the yellow…

ahe →

pts

indeclinable exclamation of surprise or bewilderment: alas! woe etc., perhaps in cpd. ahevana a dense forest (lit. oh! this forest, alas! the forest (i.e. how big it is) Ja.v.63 (uttamāhevanandaho, …

ahāsa →

pts

absence of exultancy, modesty Ja.iii.466 (= an-ubbillāvitattaṃ C.).

a + hāsa, cp. Sk. ahāsa & aharṣa

ajja →

pts

Ajja & Ajjā

adverb to-day, now Snp.75 Snp.153, Snp.158, Snp.970, Snp.998; Dhp.326; Ja.i.279; Ja.iii.425 (read bahutaṃ ajjā; not with Kern, Toev. s. v. as “food”); Pv.i.11#7 (= idāni Pv-a.59); Pv-a …

ajjhapara →

pts

SN.v.218: substitute variant reading accasara (q.v.).

ajjhatta →

pts

adjective noun that which is personal, subjective, arises from within (in contrast to anything outside, objective or impersonal); as adv. & ˚interior, personal, inwardly (opp.; bahiddhā bāhira etc o …

ajjhokāsa →

pts

the open air, only in loc. ajjhokāse in the open Vin.i.15; SN.i.212; Dhp-a.iv.100.

adhi + okāsa

ajjhosita →

pts

hanging on, cleaving to, being bent on, (c. loc.) SN.ii.94 (+ mamāyita); AN.ii.25 (diṭṭha suta muta +); Mnd.75 Mnd.106, Mnd.163 = Nd ii under nissita; Thig.470 (asāre = taṇhāvasena abhiniviṭṭha Thag …

ajjhosāya →

pts

being tied to, hanging on, attached to only in phrase a. tiṭṭhati (+ abhinandati, same in Divy MN.i.266; SN.iv.36 sq.; SN.iv.60, SN.iv.71 sq.; Mil.69. See also ajjhosa.

ger. o …

ajjhācāra →

pts

  1. minor conduct (conduct of a bhikkhu as to those minor rules not included in the Pārājikas or Saṃghādisesas) Vin.i.63 (see note in Vin. Texts, i.184.
  2. flirtation Vin.iii.128 (in the Old Cy as ex …

ajjhāpīḷita →

pts

harassed, overpowered, tormented Pv-a.180 (khuppipāsāya by hunger & thirst).

adhi + ā + pīḷita

ajjhāsaya →

pts

intention, desire, wish, disposition, bent DN.ii.224 (adj.: intent on, practising); Ja.i.88, Ja.i.90; Ja.ii.352; Ja.v.382; Dhs-a.314, Dhs-a.334; Pv-a.88, Pv-a.116, Pv-a.133 (adj. dān˚ intent on o …

ajjhāsayatā →

pts

desire, longing Pv-a.127 (uḷār˚ great desire for c. loc.).

abstr. to ajjhāsaya

ajjhāvasatar →

pts

one who inhabits DN.i.63 (agāraṃ).

n. ag. to ajjhāvasati

ajjhāvasati →

pts

to inhabit (agāraṃ a house; i.e. to be settled or live the settled life of a householder DN.ii.16; MN.i.353; Vin.iv.224; Ja.i.50; Pp.57; Mil.348
pp ajjhāvuttha (q.v.).

adhi …

ajjhāvuttha →

pts

inhabited, occupied (of a house) Vin.ii.210; Ja.i.145; Ja.ii.333; Pv-a.24 (˚ghara); fig. (not) occupied by Snp-a.566 (= anosita).

cp. Sk. adhyuṣita; pp. of ajjhāvasati

ajjā →

pts

Ajja & Ajjā

adverb to-day, now Snp.75 Snp.153, Snp.158, Snp.970, Snp.998; Dhp.326; Ja.i.279; Ja.iii.425 (read bahutaṃ ajjā; not with Kern, Toev. s. v. as “food”); Pv.i.11#7 (= idāni Pv-a.59); Pv-a …

akkha →

pts

Akkha1

the axle of a wheel DN.ii.96; SN.v.6; AN.i.112; Ja.i.109, Ja.i.192; Ja.v.155 (akkhassa phalakaṃ yathā; C.: suvaṇṇaphalakaṃ viya, i.e. shiny, like the polished surface of an axle …

akkhi →

pts

the eye MN.i.383 (ubbhatehi akkhīhi); Snp.197, Snp.608; Ja.i.223, Ja.i.279; Ja.v.77; Ja.vi.336; Pv.ii.9#26 (akkhīni paggharanti: shed tears, cp. Pv-a.123); Vv-a.65 (-īni bhamanti, my eyes swi …

akkhāna →

pts

telling stories, recitation; tale, legend DN.i.6 (= DN-a.i.84: Bhārata-Rāmāyanādi); DN.iii.183; MN.i.503; MN.iii.167; Sdhp.237
■ preaching, teaching Mnd.91 (dhamm˚;). The 5th Veda J …

akkosa →

pts

shouting at, abuse, insult, reproach, reviling Snp.623; Mil.8 (+ paribhāsa); Snp-a.492 Thag-a.256; Pv-a.243; Dhp-a.ii.61.

  • -vatthu always as dasa a˚\ …

akkosaka →

pts

adjective one who abuses, scolds or reviles, + paribhāsaka AN.ii.58; AN.iii.252; AN.iv.156; AN.v.317; Pv-a.251.

from last

akkosati →

pts

to scold, swear at, abuse, revile Ja.i.191; Ja.ii.416; Ja.iii.27; Dhp-a.i.211; Dhp-a.ii.44. Often combined with paribhāsati, e.g. Vin.ii.296; Dhp-a.iv.2; Pv-a.10
aor *[a …

akkuṭṭha →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) being reviled, scolded, railed at Snp.366 (= dasahi akkosavatthūhi abhisatto Snp-a.364); Ja.vi.187.
  2. (nt.) reviling, scolding, swearing at; in combination *akkuṭṭha-vandi …

alasa →

pts

adjective idle, lazy, slack, slothful, languid SN.i.44, SN.i.217; Snp.96 (= jāti-alaso Snp-a.170); Ja.iv.30; Dhp.280 (= mahā-alaso Dhp-a.iii.410). Opp. analasa vigorous energetic SN.i.44; DN.iii …

alasatā →

pts

sloth, laziness; only in neg. analasatā zeal, industry Vv-a.229.

abstr. fr. alasa

alaṃ →

pts

indeclinable emphatic particle

  1. in affirmative sentences: part. of assurance emphasis = for sure, very much (so), indeed, truly. Note. In connection with a dat. or an infin. the latter only app …

alla →

pts

adjective (only ˚-)

  1. moist, wet MN.iii.94 (-mattikā -puñja a heap of moist clay; may be taken in meaning 2).
  2. fresh (opp. stale), new; freshly plucked, gathered or caught, viz.
    • *-kusam …

alola →

pts

adjective undisturbed, not distracted (by desires), not wavering: of firm resolution, concentrated Snp.65 (= nillolupa Cnd.98; = rasavisesesu anākula Snp-a.118).

a + lola

amama →

pts

adjective not egotistical, unselfish Snp.220 (+ subbata), Snp.777; Ja.iv.372 (+ nirāsaya); Ja.vi.259 (= mamāyana-taṇhā-rahita C.); Pv.iv.1#34 (= mamaṃkāravirahita Pv-a.230); Mhvs.1, Mhvs.66, comb …

amata →

pts

Amata1

neuter

  1. The drink of the gods, ambrosia, water of immortality, (cp BSk. amṛta-varṣa “rain of Ambrosia” Jtm.221).
  2. A general conception of a state of durability & non-change a …

ambala →

pts

at Ja.ii.246 (˚koṭṭhaka-āsana-sālā) for ambara1 (?) or for ambaka2 (?), or should we read kambala˚?.

ambila →

pts

adjective sour, acid; one of the 6 rasas or tastes, viz. a., lavaṇa, tittaka, kaṭuka kasāya, madhura (see under rasa): thus at Mil.56. Another enumeration at Cnd.540 & Dhs.629
■ Ja …

amha →

pts

…Snp-a.392 reads asmanā pāsāṇena).

  • -maya made of stone, hard Dhp.161 (= pāsāṇa˚ Dhp-a.iii.151).

Sk. aśman, see…

amājāta →

pts

adjective born in the house, of a slave Ja.i.226 (dāsa, so read for āmajāta, an old mistake, expld. by C. forcibly as “āma ahaṃ vo dāsī ti”!). See also āmāya.

amā + jāta; amā adv. “at hom …

amāyāvin →

pts

adjective without guile, not deceiving, honest DN.iii.47 (asaṭha +), DN.iii.55 (id.), DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69 (asaṭhena a.).

a + māyāvin, cp. amāya

anabhisambhuṇamāna →

pts

adjective not obtaining, unable to get or keep up DN.i.101 (= asampāpuṇanto avisahamāno vā DN-a.i.268).

ppr. med. of an + abhisambhuṇāti

anabhāva →

pts

the utter cessation of becoming. In the oldest Pali only in adj. form anabhāvaṃ kata or gata. This again found only in a string of four adjectives together expressing the most utter destruction. They …

anasana →

pts

not eating, fasting, hunger DN.iii.75 & in same context at Snp.311 (= khudā Snp-a.324).

an + asana, cp. Sk. an-aśana

anasitvāna →

pts

without eating, fasting Ja.iv.371.

ger. of an + aśati

anassana →

pts

imperishableness, freedom from waste Ja.iv.168.

a + nassana, naś; cp. Sk. naśana

anassāsika →

pts

adjective not consoling, discouraging not comforting MN.i.514; SN.ii.191.

an + assāsa + ika; cp. Sk. āśvāsana & BSk. anāśvāsika Divy.207

anassāvin →

pts

adjective not intoxicated, not enjoying or finding pleasure in Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. = sātavatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhasanthavavirahita Snp-a.549).

an + assāvin; cp. assāva + āsava

anaya →

pts

misfortune, distress Mil.277, usually combd. with vyasana (as also in BSk, e.g. Jtm.215; Vin.ii.199; SN.iv.159; AN.v.156; Mil.292; Vv-a.327 Sdhp.362.

a + naya

anikkasāva →

pts

adjective not free from impurity, impure, stained Dhp.9 = Thag.969 = Ja.ii.198 = Ja.v.50; Dhp-a.i.82 (= rāgâdīhi kasāvehi sakasāva).

a + nikkasāva, cp. nikasāva

anna →

pts

“eating”, food, esp. boiled rice, but includes all that is eaten as food, viz. odana, kummāsa, sattu, maccha, maṃsa (rice gruel, flour, fish, meat) Mnd.372 = Mnd.495. Anna is spelt *[aṇṇa](/define/aṇṇ …

anoka →

pts

houselessness, a houseless state, fig freedom from worldliness or attachment to life, singleness SN.v.24 = AN.v.232 = Dhp.87 (okā anokaṃ āgamma). adj. homeless, free from attachment SN.i.176; Dhp.87 ( …

anta →

pts

Anta1

  1. end, finish, goal SN.iv.368 (of Nibbāna); Snp.467; Ja.ii.159. antaṃ karoti to make an end (of) Snp.283, Snp.512; Dhp.275, cp. antakara, ˚kiriyā
    ■ loc. ante at the end of, …

antalikkha →

pts

the atmosphere or air DN.ii.15; AN.iii.239; AN.iv.199; Snp.222, Snp.688; Dhp.127; Mil.150 = Pv-a.104; Pv.i.3#1 (= vehāyasa-saññita a Pv-a.14); Kp-a.166.

  • -ga going through the air AN.i.215.

antamaso →

pts

adverb even Vin.iii.260; Vin.iv.123; DN.i.168; MN.iii.127; AN.v.195; Ja.ii.129; DN-a.i.170; Snp-a.35; Vv-a.155.

orig. abl. of antama, *Sk. antamaśah; cp. BSk. antaśah as same formation fr. anta, …

antara →

pts

adjective Primary meanings are “inside” and “in between” as adj. “inner”; in prep. use & in compounds “inside, in between”. Further development of meaning is with a view of contrasting the (two) sides …

antaraṭṭhaka →

pts

adjective only in phrases rattisu antaraṭṭhakāsu and antaraṭṭhake hima-pātasamaye (in which antara functions as prep. c. loc., according to antara II. b.) i.e. in the nights (& in the time of the …

antarāyikin →

pts

adjective noun one who meets with an obstacle, finding difficulties Vin.iv.280 (an˚ = asati antarāye).

cp. antarāyika

antima →

pts

adjective last, final (used almost exclusively with ref. to the last & final reincarnation thus in combn. with deha & sarīra;, the last body) DN.ii.15; Dhp.351; Iti.50 (antimaṃ dehaṃ dhār …

anto →

pts

indeclinable prep. inside, either c. acc. denoting direction = into, or c. loc. denoting place where = in. As prefix (˚-) in, within, inside, inner (see compounds)

  1. prep c. acc. anto nivesanaṃ g …

anu →

pts

Anu1

indeclinable prep. & pref

A.

As prep. anu is only found occasionally, and here its old (Vedic) function with acc. is superseded by the loc. Traces of …

anubhavana →

pts

experiencing, suffering; sensation or physical sensibility (cf. Cpd. 229, 2321) Ne.28 (iṭṭhâniṭṭh-ânubhavana-lakkhanā vedanā “feeling is characterised by the experiencing of what is ple …

anubhāsati →

pts

to speak after, to repeat DN.i.104; Mil.345; DN-a.i.273.

anu + bhāsati

anuga →

pts

(-˚) adjective suffix following or followed by, going after, undergoing, being in or under standing under the influence of Snp.332 (vasa˚; in the power of), Snp.791 (ejā˚; = abhibhūta Snp.527), 1 …

anugacchati →

pts

to go after, to follow, to go or fall into (w. acc.) Kp-a.223; Pv-a.141 (˚gacchanto) aor. -gamāsi Vin.i.16, & anvagā Mhvs.7, Mhvs.10; 3rd pl *[anvagū](/define/anvag …

anuhasati →

pts

to laugh at, to ridicule DN-a.i.256.

anu + hasati

anukūla →

pts

adjective favourable, agreeable, suitable, pleasant Vv-a.280; spelt anukula at Sdhp.297, Sdhp.312.

  • -bhava complaisance, willingness Vva.71.
  • -yañña a propi …

anuloma →

pts

adjective “with the hair or grain”, i.e. in natural order, suitable, fit, adapted to, adaptable straight forward DN.ii.273 (anānuloma, q.v.) SN.iv.401; Pts.ii.67, Pts.ii.70; Dhp-a.ii.208
■ nt. dire …

anumajjati →

pts

  1. to strike along, to stroke, to touch DN-a.i.276 (= anumasati).
  2. to beat, thresh fig. to thresh ont Ja.vi.548; Mil.90

pass anumajjīyati Mil.275 (cp. p. 428).

anu + majjati

anumasati →

pts

to touch DN.i.106 (= anumajjati DN-a.i.276).

anu + masati

anunāsika →

pts

adjective nasal; as tt. g. the sound ṃ; in -lopa apocope of the nasal ṃ Vv-a.114 Vv-a.253, Vv-a.275, Vv-a.333.

anu + nāsā + ika

anupahata →

pts

Anupahata1

thrown up, blown up Mil.274.

anu + pa + hata, pp. of anu + pa + han

Anupahata2

adjective not destroyed, not spoilt Dhp-a.ii.33 (˚jivhapasāda) …

anupasaṅkamati →

pts

Anupasaṅkamati1

to go along up to (c. acc.) Pv-a.179.

anu + pa + saṃkamati

Anupasaṅkamati2

not to go to. not to approach Dhp-a.ii.30 (+ apayirupāsati).

an + upasank˚

anupasaṇṭhapanā →

pts

not stopping, incessance, continuance Pp.18 (but id. p. at Vb.357 has anusansandanā instead); cp. anupabandhanā.

an + upasaṇṭhapanā

anupañcāhaṃ →

pts

adverb every five days Pv-a.139 (+ anudasāhaṃ).

anu + pañcā + ahaṃ

anupiya →

pts

(anuppiya) adjective flattering, plessant, nt. pleasantness, flattery, in -bhāṇin one who flatters I iii.185; Ja.ii.390; Ja.v.360; and -bhāṇitar id. Vb.352.

anu + piya

anuposathikaṃ →

pts

anupubba →

pts

adjective following in one’s turn, successive, gradual, by and by, regular Vin.ii.237 (mahāsamuddo a˚-ninno etc.); DN.i.184; Snp.511; Ja.v.155 (regularly formed, of ūrū). Cases adverbially: *[anupubb …

anupāyāsa →

pts

see upāyāsa.

anurūpa →

pts

adjective suitable, adequate, seeming, fit, worthy; adapted to, corresponding, conform with (-˚ Ja.i.91; Ja.vi.366 (tad˚); Pv-a.61 (ajjhāsaya˚ according to his wish), Pv-a.128 (id.), Pv-a.78, Pv- …

anusandhi →

pts

connection, (logical) conclusion, application DN-a.i.122 (where 3 kinds are enumerated, viz. pucchā˚, ajjhāsayā˚, yathā˚); Ne.14 (pucchato; Hard., in Index “complete cessation”?!). Esp. freq in (Jā …

anusatthar →

pts

instructor, adviser Ja.iv.178 (ācariya +). Cp anusāsaka.

n. ag. to anu + sās, cf. Sk. anuśāsitṛ & P. satthar

anusatthi →

pts

admonition, rule, instruction Ja.i.241; Mil.98, Mil.172, Mil.186 (dhamma˚), Mil.225, Mil.227, Mil.347.

Sk. anuśāsti, anu + śās, cp. anusāsana

anusavati →

pts

at SN.ii.54 (āsavā na a.; variant reading anusayanti) & iv. 188 (akusalā dhammā na a.; variant reading anusenti) should preferably be read anusayati: see anuseti 2.

anusiṭṭha →

pts

instructed, admonished, advised; ordered, commanded MN.ii.96; Ja.i.226; Pv.ii.8#11; Mil.284, Mil.349.

Vedic anuśiṣṭa, pp. of anusāsati

anussarati →

pts

to remember, recollect, have memory of (acc.), bear in mind; be aware of DN.ii.8, DN.ii.53, DN.ii.54 (jātito etc.); SN.iii.86 sq. (pubbenivāsaṃ), SN.v.67 (dhammaṃ a. anuvitakketi), 303 (kappasahassaṃ) …

anussati →

pts

remembrance, recollection, thinking of, mindfulness. A late list of subjects to be kept in mind comprises six anussati-ṭṭhānāni, viz. Buddha˚, Dhamma˚, Saṅgha˚ sīla˚, cāga˚, devatā˚; i.e. prope …

anusāsaka →

pts

adviser, instructor, counsellor Ja.ii.105; Mil.186, Mil.217, Mil.264. Cp. anusatthar.

fr. anusāsati

anusāsana →

pts

advice, instruction, admonition DN.iii.107; AN.i.292 (˚pāṭihāriya cp. anusāsanī); Mil.359.

Vedic anuśāsana, fr. anu + śās

anusāsanī →

pts

instruction, teaching, commandment, order SN.v.108; AN.ii.147; AN.iii.87 AN.v.24 sq., AN.v.49, AN.v.338; Ja.v.113; Thig.172, Thig.180; Pv.iii.7#6 Thag-a.162; Vv-a.19, Vv-a.80, Vv-a.81.

  • *-[pāṭi …

anusāsati →

pts

  1. to advise, admonish, instruct in or give advice upon (c. acc.) to exhort to Vin.i.83; DN.i.135; DN.ii.154; Dhp.77, Dhp.159 (aññaṃ); Ja.vi.368; Cp.i.10#3; Pv.ii.6#8; Pv-a.148
    grd anusāsiya V …

anuttara →

pts

adjective “nothing higher”, without a superior, incomparable, second to none, unsurpassed, excellent, preeminent Snp.234 (= adhikassa kassaci abhāvato Kp-a.193), 1003; Dhp.23, Dhp.55 (= asadisa appaṭ …

anuvasati →

pts

to live with somebody, to dwell, inhabit Ja.ii.421. Caus. -vāseti to pass, spend (time) Ja.vi.296
pp -vuttha (q.v.).

anu + vasati

anuvattin →

pts

adjective following, acting according to or in conformity with (-˚), obedient Ja.ii.348 (f. ˚inī), Ja.iii.319 (id.); Dhp.86 (dhamma˚); Vv.15#5 (vasa˚ = anukūlabhāvena vattana sīla Vv-a.71); Dhp-a.i …

anuvicarati →

pts

to wander about, stroll roam through, explore DN.i.235; Ja.ii.128; Ja.iii.188; Pv-a.189 (= anupariyāti)
caus -vicāreti to think over (lit. to make one’s mind wander over), to meditate ponder (cp …

anuvicarita →

pts

reflected, pondered over, thought out SN.iii.203 (manasā); DN-a.i.106 (= anucarita).

pp. of anuvicāreti

anuvuttha →

pts

living with, staying, dwelling Ja.ii.42 (cira˚); Ja.v.445 (id.).

pp. of anuvasati, cf. Sk. anūṣita

anuvāsana →

pts

an oily enema, an injection Mil.353.

fr. anuvāseti

anuvāseti →

pts

to treat with fragrant oil, i.e. to make an injection or give an enema of salubrious oil Mil.169; grd. -vāsanīya ibid.; pp. -vāsita Mil.214.

anu + vāseti, Caus. of vāsa3 odour, perfume

anuḍasati →

pts

to bite Ja.vi.192.

anu + ḍasati

anvaḍḍhamāsaṃ →

pts

adverb every fortnight, twice a month MN.ii.8; Vin.iv.315 (= anuposathikaṃ) Dhp-a.i.162; Dhp-a.ii.25.

anu + aḍḍha + māsa

anvāhata →

pts

struck, beaten; perplexed Dhp.39 (˚cetasa).

pp. of anu + ā + han

anvāsanna →

pts

endowed with, possessed of, attacked by, Ud.35 (doubtfull; variant reading ajjhāpanna) = AN.iv.356 which has anvāsatta.

pp. of anu + ā + sad

anvāsatta →

pts

clung on to, befallen by (instr.), attached to AN.iv.356 (variant reading anvāhata), cp. Ud.35 (anvāsanna q.v.) See also foll.

pp. of anu + ā + sañj, cp. anusatta = Sk. anusakta

anvāsattatā →

pts

being attacked by, falling a prey to (instr.), attachment to Dhp-a.i.287 (in same context as anvāsatta AN.iv.356 & anvāsanna Ud.35).

abstr. fr. anvāsatta

anvāya →

pts

undergoing, experiencing, attaining; as prep. (c. acc.) in consequence of, through after DN.i.13 (ātappaṃ by means of self-sacrifice), DN.i.97 (saṃvāsaṃ as a result of their cohabitation); Ja.i.56 (b …

anāsaka →

pts

adjective fasting, not taking food SN.iv.118. f. [cp. Sk. anāśaka nt.] fasting, abstaining from food Dhp.141 (= bhatta-paṭikkhepa Dhp-a.iii.77).

an + āsaka

anāsakatta →

pts

fasting Snp.249 (= abhojana Snp-a.292).

abstr. of anāsaka

anāsasāna →

pts

adjective not longing after anything Snp.369 (Snp-a.365 however reads anāsayāna & has anāsasāna as variant reading Cp. also vv.ll. to āsasāna. Expld by kañci rūpâdi-dhammaṃ nâsiṃsati Snp\ …

anāsava →

pts

adjective free from the 4 intoxications (see āsava) Vin.ii.148 = Vin.ii.164; DN.iii.112; Snp.1105, Snp.1133; Dhp.94, Dhp.126, Dhp.386; Cnd.44; Iti.75; Pp.27, Dhs.1101 Dhs.1451; Vb.4 …

anāvuttha →

pts

adjective not dwelt in DN.ii.50.

an + āvuttha, pp. of āvasati

anāvāsa →

pts

adjective noun uninhabited, an uninhabited place Vin.ii.22, Vin.ii.33; Ja.ii.77.

an + āvāsa

anāyasa →

pts

adjective void of means, unlucky, unfortunate Vv.84#5 (= natthi ettha āyo sukhan ti anāyasaṃ Vv-a.335).

an + āya + sa, or should we read anāyāsa?

anāyāsa →

pts

adjective free from trouble or sorrow, peaceful Thag.1008.

an + āyāsa

anītiha →

pts

adjective not such and such, not based on hearsay (itiha), not guesswork or (mere) talk AN.ii.26; Thag.331 (cp. MN.i.520); Snp.1053 (= Cnd.49, Cnd.151); Ja.i.456; Ne.166 (cp. Iti.28).

an + ītīha, th …

anūhata →

pts

adjective not rooted out, not removed or destroyed Thag.223 = Cnd.97#4; Dhp.338 (= asamucchinna Dhp-a.iv.48).

pp. of an + ūhaññati, ud + han

apakassati →

pts

to throw away, remove Snp.281 (variant reading BB & Snp-a ava˚; expld. by niddhamati & nikkaḍḍhati Snp-a.311)
ger apakassa Sn.ii.198 = Mil.389. See also *[apakāsat …

apakāsati →

pts

at Vin.ii.204 is to be read as apakassati and interpreted as “draw away, distract, bring about a split or dissension (of the Sangha)”. The variant reading on p. Vin.ii.325 just …

apalāsin →

pts

adjective either “not neglectful, pure, clean” (= apalāpin fr. palāsa chaff cp. apalāyin at Ja.v.4), or “not selfish, not hard, generous (as inferred from combn. with amakkhin & amaccharin) …

apalāyin →

pts

adjective not running away, steadfast, brave, fearless Cnd.13 (abhīru anutrāsin apalāyin as expln. of acchambhin and vīra); Ja.iv.296; Ja.v.4 (where C gives variant “apalāpinī ti pi pāṭho …

apara →

pts

adjective another, i.e. additional, following next, second (with pron. inflexion, i.e. nom. pl apare) DN.iii.190 (˚pajā another, i.e. future generation) Snp.791, Snp.1089 (n’); Ja.i.59 (aparaṃ divasaṃ …

aparaṇṇa →

pts

…AN.iv.112 (tila-mugga-māsā˚; opp. sāli-yavaka etc.); Cnd.314 (aparaṇṇaṃ nāma sūpeyyaṃ); Ja.v.406 (˚jā = hareṇukā pea);…

apasakkati →

pts

to go away, to go aside Ja.iv.347 (variant reading for apavattati); Vv-a.101; Pv-a.265 (aor ˚sakki = apakkami).

apa + sakkati

apasavya →

pts

adjective right (i.e. not left), contrary Ud.50 (T. has niṭṭhubhitvā abyāmato karitvā; vv ll. are apabhyāmāto, abhyāmato & C. apasabyāmato) where C. explains apasabyāmato karitvā by apasabyaṃ katvā “w …

apasāda →

pts

putting down, blame, disparagement MN.iii.230.

fr. apa + sad

apasādeti →

pts

  1. to refuse, decline Vin.iv.213, Vin.iv.263; Ja.v.417 (= uyyojeti).
  2. to depreciate blame, disparage Vin.iii.101; MN.iii.230 (opp. ussādeti) DN-a.i.160

pp *[apasādita](/defin …

apasādita →

pts

blamed, reproached, disparaged SN.ii.219; Snp-a.541.

pp. of apasādeti

apavattati →

pts

to turn away or aside, to go away Ja.iv.347 (variant reading apasakkati).

apa + vṛt, cp. Lat. āverto

apavyāma →

pts

disrespect, neglect, in phrase apayvāmato (apaby˚) karoti to treat disrespectfully, to insult, defile SN.i.226 (variant reading abyāmato; C. explains apabyāmato karitvā abyāmato …

apeta →

pts

adjective gone away; (med.) freed of, rid of, deprived of (instr., abl. or ˚-) Dhp.9 (damasaccena); Pv-a.35 (dukkhato); usually ˚-in sense of “without, -less”, e.g. apeta-kaddama free from mud st …

api →

pts

indeclinable both prep. & conj., orig meaning “close by”, then as prep. “towards, to, on to on” and as adv. “later, and, moreover”.

  1. (prep. pref.)
    1. prep. c. loc.: api ratte later on in the n …

appa →

pts

adjective small, little, insignificant, often in the sense of “very little = (next to) nothing” (so in most compounds); thus expld. at Vv-a.334 as equivalent to a negative part. (see *[a …

appamatta →

pts

Appamatta1

adjective see appa.

appa + matta

Appamatta2

adjective not negligent, i.e. diligent, careful, heedful, vigilant, alert zealous MN.i.391–MN.i.92; …

appamaññā →

pts

boundlessness, infinitude, as psych. t. t. appld. in later books to the four varieties of philanthropy, viz mettā karuṃā muditā upekkhā i.e. love, pity, sympathy desinterestedness, and as …

appamāda →

pts

thoughtfulness, carefulness, conscientiousness, watchfulness, vigilance, earnestness, zeal DN.i.13 (: a. vuccati satiyā avippavāso DN-a.i.104); DN.iii.30 DN.iii.104 sq., DN.iii.112, DN.iii.244, DN.ii …

appasāda →

pts

see pasāda.

appatissa →

pts

(& appaṭissa) adjective not docile, rebellious, always in combn. with agārava AN.ii.20; AN.iii.7 sq., AN.iii.14 sq., AN.iii.247, AN.iii.439. Appatissa-vāsa an unruly state anarchy Ja.ii. …

appaṭivāṇitā →

pts

not being hindered, non-obstruction, free effort; only in phrase “asantuṭṭhitā ca kusalesu dhammesu appaṭivāṇitā ca padhānasmiṃ” (discontent with good states and the not shrinking back in the strug …

appesakkha →

pts

adjective of little power, weak, impotent SN.ii.229; Mil.65; Sdhp.89.

acc. to Childers = Sk. *alpa + īśa + ākhya, the latter fr. ā + khyā “being called lord of little”; Trenckner on Mil.65 (see …

appita →

pts

adjective

  1. fixed, applied, concentrated (mind) Mil.415 (mānasa) Sdhp.233 (citta).
  2. brought to, put to, fixed on Ja.vi.78 (maraṇamukhe); visappita (an arrow to which) poison (is) applied, so rea …

appossukka →

pts

adjective unconcerned, living at ease, careless, “not bothering”, keeping still, inactive Vin.ii.188; MN.iii.175, MN.iii.176; SN.i.202 (in stock phrase appossukka tuṇhībhūta saṅkasāya “living at eas …

apāhata →

pts

driven off or back, refuted, refused Snp.826 (˚smiṃ = apasādite vade Snp-a.541).

pp. of apa + hṛ.

apāya →

pts

“going away” viz.

  1. separation, loss Dhp.211 (piya˚ = viyoga Dhp-a.iii.276).
  2. loss (of property) DN.iii.181, DN.iii.182; AN.ii.166; AN.iv.283; Ja.iii.387 (atth˚).
  3. leakage, out flow (of water) …

arahant →

pts

adjective noun Before Buddhism used as honorific title of high officials like the English ʻHis Worship’; at the rise of Buddhism applied popularly to all ascetics (Dial. iii.3–⁠6). Adopted by the Bu …

arañña →

pts

forest DN.i.71; MN.i.16; MN.iii.104; SN.i.4, SN.i.7, SN.i.29, SN.i.181, SN.i.203 (mahā); AN.i.60 (˚vanapatthāni); AN.ii.252; AN.iii.135, AN.iii.138; Snp.39, Snp.53, Snp.119; Dhp.99, Dhp.329, Dhp.330; …

ariya →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (racial) Aryan DN.ii.87.
  2. (social) noble, distinguished, of high birth.
  3. (ethical) in accord with the customs and ideals of the Aryan clans, held in esteem by Aryans, gene …

asabala →

pts

adjective unspotted DN.ii.80 = DN.iii.245.

a + sabala

asabbha FIXME double →

pts

Asabbhin = asabbha

Ja.i.494, more freq. in compounds as asabbhi˚; e.g.

  • -kāraṇa a low or sinful act Mil.280.
  • -rūpa low, common Ja.vi.386 (= asādhu-jātik …

asabbha →

pts

adjective not belonging to the assembly-room, not consistent with good manners; impolite, vile, low, of base character Ja.iii.527 (mātugāma); Dhp.77 = Ja.iii.367 = Thag.994; Mil.221; Dhp-a.i.256; Th …

asabbhin →

pts

Asabbhin = asabbha

Ja.i.494, more freq. in compounds as asabbhi˚; e.g.

  • -kāraṇa a low or sinful act Mil.280.
  • -rūpa low, common Ja.vi.386 (= asādhu-jātik …

asabha →

pts

*Asabha

see usabha.

Sk. ṛṣabha

asacca →

pts

adjective not true, false Ja.v.399.

a + sacca

asaddha →

pts

adjective not believing, without faith DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282.

a + saddha

asaddhamma →

pts

evil condition, sin, esp. sexual intercourse; usually mentioned as a set of several sins, viz. as 3 at Iti.85; as 4 at AN.ii.47; as 7 at DN.iii.252, DN.iii.282; as 8 at Vin.ii.202.

a + sat + dhamma …

asadisa →

pts

adjective incomparable, not having its like Dhp-a.ii.89; Dhp-a.iii.120 (˚dāna).

a + sadisa

asagguṇa →

pts

bad quality, vice Sdhp.382 (˚bhāvin, the a˚ belongs to the whole cpd.). Asankita & iya;

a + sagguṇa

asahana →

pts

adjective not enduring, non-endurance, inability Ja.iii.20; Pv-a.17.

a + sahana

asahāya →

pts

adjective one who is without friends; who is dependent on himself Mil.225.

a + sahāya

asajjamāna →

pts

adjective not clinging, not stuck, unattached Snp.38, Snp.71 (cp. Cnd.107) Dhp.221 (nāmarūpasmiṃ a. = alaggamana Dhp-a.iii.298).

ppr. med. of a + sajjati, sañj

asajjhaya →

pts

non-repetition Dhp.241 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.347).

a + sajjhāya

asajjittho →

pts

2nd sg. pret. med. of sajjati to stick or cling to, to hesitate Ja.i.376. See sajjati.

asakka →

pts

adjective impossible Ja.v.362 (˚rūpa).

a + sakka; Sk. aśakya

asakkhara →

pts

adjective not stony, free from gravel or stones, smooth Ja.v.168; Dhp-a.iii.401 (opp. sasakkhara).

a + sakkhara

asakkuṇeyya →

pts

adjective impossible, unable to Ja.i.55; Kp-a.185 and passim.

grd. of a + sakkoti

asakyadhītā →

pts

not a true Buddhist nun Vin.iv.214.

a + sakyadhītā

asama →

pts

Asama1

adjective unequal, incomparable Ja.i.40 (+ appaṭipuggala); Sdhp.578 (+ atula). Esp. freq. in cpd -dhura lit. carrying more than an equal burden, of incomparable strength, very …

asamaggiya →

pts

lack of concord, disharmony Ja.vi.516 (so read for asāmaggiya).

abstr. fr. a + samagga

asamapekkhana →

pts

(f.) lack of consideration SN.iii.261; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162.

fr. a + sam + apekkhati

asamaṇa →

pts

at Pp.27 is to be read assamaṇa (q.v.).

asambādha →

pts

adjective unobstructed Snp.150 (= sambādha-virahita Kp-a.248); Ja.i.80; Thag-a.293.

a + sambādha

asamiddhi →

pts

misfortune, lack of success Ja.vi.584.

a + samiddhi

asamijjhanaka →

pts

adjective unsuccessful, without result, fruitless; f. -ikā Ja.iii.252.

a + samijjhana + ka

asammodiya →

pts

disagreement, dissension Ja.vi.517 (= asamaggiya C.).

a + sammodiya

asammosa →

pts

absence of confusion DN.iii.221 = Dhs.1366.

a + sammosa cp. B.Sk. asammoṣadharman epithet of the Buddha; Divy.49 etc

asamosaraṇa →

pts

not coming together, not meeting, separation Ja.v.233.

a + samosaraṇa

asampajañña →

pts

lack of intelligence DN.iii.213; Dhs.390, Dhs.1061, Dhs.1162, Dhs.1351.

a + sampajañña

asampakampiya →

pts

adjective not to be shaken, not to be moved Snp.229 (= kampetuṃ vā cāletuṃ vā asakkuṇeyyo Kp-a.185).

grd. of a + sampakampeti

asampāyanto →

pts

unable to solve or explain Snp.p.92.

ppr. of a + sampāyati

asamāhita →

pts

adjective not composed, uncontrolled, not firm Iti.113 (opp. susamāhita); Dhp.110, Dhp.111; Pp.35.

a + samāhita

asana →

pts

Asana1

neuter stone, rock Ja.ii.91; Ja.v.131.

Vedic aśan(m)

Asana2

neuter eating, food; adj. eating Ja.i.472 (ghatâsana epithet of the fire; Ja.v.64 (id.) Usually in neg. for …

asandhitā →

pts

absence of joints, disconnected state Ja.vi.16.

a + sandhi + tā

asani →

pts

orig. a sharp stone as hurling-weapon thence in mythol. Indra’s thunderbolt thunder-clap, lightning Ja.i.71, Ja.i.167; Ja.ii.154; Ja.iii.323; Mil.277; Vv-a.83.

  • -aggi the fire …

asannata →

pts

adjective not bent or bending Sdhp.417.

a + sannata

asantanto →

pts

Asantasaṃ & ˚anto

adjective fearless, not afraid Snp.71, Snp.74; Ja.iv.101; Ja.vi.306; Cnd.109.

ppr. of a + santasati

asantasaṃ →

pts

Asantasaṃ & ˚anto

adjective fearless, not afraid Snp.71, Snp.74; Ja.iv.101; Ja.vi.306; Cnd.109.

ppr. of a + santasati

asanthava →

pts

dissociation, separation from society, seclusion Snp.207.

a + santhava

asanto →

pts

Asat (Asanto)

not being, not being good, i.e. bad, not genuine (cp. asa); freq., e.g. Snp.94 Snp.131, Snp.881, Snp.950; Dhp.73, Dhp.77, Dhp.367; Iti.69 (asanto nirayaṃ nenti). See also *[asaddhamma]( …

asantuṭṭha →

pts

not contented with, greedy, insatiate, unhappy Snp.108. Cp. next.

pp. of a + santussati

asantuṭṭhitā →

pts

dissatisfaction, discontentment DN.iii.214 (so read for tutth˚ = AN.i.95.

abstr. fr. asantuṭṭhita = asantuṭṭha

asantāsin →

pts

adjective fearless, not trembling, not afraid Snp.850; Dhp.351; Cnd.109; Dhp-a.iv.70.

a + santāsin, cp. asantāsaṃ

asanāti →

pts

to eat, to consume (food) Ja.i.472; Ja.v.64; Ja.vi.14 (Esb. note: read asnāti; C. paribhuñjati).

see asati

asapatta →

pts

adjective noun (act.) without enmity, friendly (med.) having no enemy or foe, secure peaceful DN.ii.276; Snp.150 (= vigata-paccatthika, mettavihārin Kp-a.249); Thig.512.

a + sapatta = Sk. sapatna

asapattī →

pts

without co-wife or rival in marriage SN.iv.249.

a + sapattī

asappurisa →

pts

low, bad or unworthy man MN.iii.37; Snp-a.479 (= anariya Snp.664).

a + sappurisa, cp. asat

asat →

pts

Asat (Asanto)

not being, not being good, i.e. bad, not genuine (cp. asa); freq., e.g. Snp.94 Snp.131, Snp.881, Snp.950; Dhp.73, Dhp.77, Dhp.367; Iti.69 (asanto nirayaṃ nenti). See also *[asaddhamma]( …

asati →

pts

*Asati

(& Asanāti q.v.) to eat; imper. asnātu Ja.v.376; fut. asissāmi Thag.223; Snp.970
ppr med asamāna Ja.v.59; Snp.239. ger. asitvā Mil.167; & *a …

asatiyā →

pts

adverb heedlessly, unintentionally Ja.iii.486.

instr. of a + sati

asatta →

pts

adjective not clinging or attached, free from attachment Snp.1059; Dhp.419; Cnd.107, Cnd.108; Dhp-a.iv.228.

pp. of a + sajjati

asattha →

pts

noun adjective absence of a sword or knife, without a knife, usually combd. with adaṇḍa in var. phrases see under daṇḍa. Also at Thag.757 (+ avaṇa).

a + sattha

asayaṃvasin →

pts

adjective not under one’s own control, i.e. dependent DN.ii.262; Ja.i.337.

a + sayaṃ + vasiṃ

asayha →

pts

adjective impossible, insuperable Ja.vi.337. Usually in cpd. -sāhin conquering the unconquerable, doing the impossible, acchieving what has not been achieved before Thag.536; Pv.ii.9#22 (Angīrasa); …

asañña →

pts

adjective unconscious, -sattā unconscious beings Name of a class of Devas DN.i.28 (cp. DN-a.i.118 and BSk. asaṃjñika-sattvāḥ Divy.505).

a + saññā

asaññata →

pts

adjective unrestrained, intemperate, lacking self-control Iti.43 = Iti.90; Snp.662 = Dhp.307.

a + saññata, pp. of saṃ + yam

asaññin →

pts

adjective unconscious DN.i.54 (˚gabbhā, cp. DN-a.i.163); iii.111, iii.140, iii.263; Iti.87; Snp.874.

a + saññin

asaṃhārima →

pts

adjective = asaṃhāriya (?) Vin.iv.272.

asaṃhāriya →

pts

adjective not to be destroyed or shattered Iti.77; Thag.372; Cnd.110.

grd. of a + saṃharati

asaṃhīra →

pts

adjective immovable, unconquerable, irrefutable Vin.ii.96; SN.i.193; AN.iv.141 AN.v.71; Snp.1149 (as epithet of Nibbāna, cp. Cnd.110); Ja.i.62; Ja.iv.283 (˚citta unfaltering); Dpvs.iv.12.

= asaṃhāriy …

asaṃsaṭṭha →

pts

adjective not mixed or mixing, not associating, not given to society MN.i.ai4; SN.i.63; Snp.628 = Dhp.404 (= dassana-savana-samullāpa paribhogakāya-saṃsaggānaṃ abhāvena Snp-a.468 = Dhp-a.iv.173). …

asaṃvara →

pts

absence of closing or restraint, no control Dhs.1345.

a + saṃvāra

asaṃvata →

pts

adjective unrestricted, open Ja.vi.306.

pp. of + saṃvuṇati, cp. saṃvuta

asaṃvindaṃ →

pts

not finding, not knowing Thag.717.

ppr. a + saṃvindati

asaṃvuta →

pts

adjective not restrained Dhs.1345, Dhs.1347.

pp. of a + saṃvuṇāti, cp. saṃvata

asaṃvāsa →

pts

adjective deprived of co-residence, expelled from the community Vin.iv.213, Vin.iv.214.

a + saṃvāsa

asaṃṭhita →

pts

adjective not composed, unsettled, fickle Iti.62, Iti.94.

a + saṇṭhita

asaṅga →

pts

adjective not sticking to anything, free from attachment, unattached Thig.396 (˚mānasa, = anāsattacitta Thag-a.259); Mil.343. Cp. next.

a + sanga

asaṅgita →

pts

adjective not sticking or stuck, unimpeded, free, quick Ja.v.409.

fr. asanga, a + sangita, or should we read asangika?

asaṅkheyya →

pts

adjective incalculable, innumerable, nt. an immense period AN.ii.142; Mil.232 (cattāri a.), Mil.289; Dhp-a.i.5, Dhp-a.i.83, Dhp-a.i.104.

a + sankheyya, grd. of saṃ- khyā

asaṅkita →

pts

Asaṅkita & ˚iya

adjective not hesitating, not afraid, not anxious, firm, bold Ja.i.334 (˚iya), Ja.v.241; Sdhp.435, Sdhp.541.

a + sankita, pp. of śaṅk

asaṅkiya →

pts

Asaṅkita & ˚iya

adjective not hesitating, not afraid, not anxious, firm, bold Ja.i.334 (˚iya), Ja.v.241; Sdhp.435, Sdhp.541.

a + sankita, pp. of śaṅk

asaṅkuppa →

pts

adjective not to be shaken; immovable; steady, safe (Ep. of Nibbāna) Snp.1149 (cp. Cnd.106); Thag.649.

a + sankuppa, grd. of kup

asaṅkusaka →

pts

adjective [a + sankusaka, which is distorted from Sk. sankasuka splitting, crumbling, see Kern,

Toevoegselen

p. 18 not contrary Ja.vi.297 (˚vattin, C. appaṭilomavattin, cp. Ja trsln.vi.143).

asaṭha →

pts

adjective without guile, not fraudulent, honest DN.iii.47, DN.iii.55, DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69.

a + saṭha

asecanaka →

pts

adjective unmixed, unadulterated, i.e. with full and unimpaired properties, delicious, sublime, lovely MN.i.114; SN.i.213 (a. ojava “that elixir that no infusion needs Mrs Rh. D.) = Thig.55 (expl<su …

asekha →

pts

Asekha & Asekkha

adjective & noun not requiring to be trained, adept, perfect, m. one who is no longer a learner, an expert; very often meaning an Arahant (cp B.Sk. aśaikṣa occurring only in phrase ś …

asekkha →

pts

Asekha & Asekkha

adjective & noun not requiring to be trained, adept, perfect, m. one who is no longer a learner, an expert; very often meaning an Arahant (cp B.Sk. aśaikṣa occurring only in phrase ś …

asevanā →

pts

not practising, abstinence from Snp.259 (= abhajanā apayirupāsanā Kp-a.124).

a + sevanā

asi →

pts

sword, a large knife DN.i.77 (= DN-a.i.222); MN.ii.99; AN.i.48 = (asinā sīsaṃ chindante); AN.iv.97 (asinā hanti attānaṃ); Ja.iv.118 (asi sunisito), Ja.iv.184; Ja.v.45 (here meaning “sickle”), Ja.v.47 …

asita →

pts

Asita1

having eaten, eating; (nt.) that which is eaten or enjoyed, food MN.i.57; AN.iii.30, AN.iii.32 (˚pīta-khāyita etc.); Pv-a.25 (id.); Ja.vi.555 ˚(āsana having enjoyed one’s food, sa …

asman →

pts

stone, rock; only in instr. asmanā Snp-a.362.

Vedic aśman; the usual P. forms are amha and asama2

asmasati →

pts

to trust, to rely on Ja.v.56 (Pot. asmase).

spurious form for the usual assasati = Sk. āśvasati

asmiye →

pts

pres. med. of to eat, in sense of a fut. “I shall eat” Ja.v.397, Ja.v.405 (C. bhuñjissāmi). The form is to be expld. as denom. formn. fr
■ āśa food, = aṃsiyati and with me …

asnāti →

pts

to eat; imper asnātu Ja.v.376.

Sk. aśnāti to eat, to take food; the regular Pāli forms are asati (as base) and asanāti

assaka →

pts

Assaka1

(-˚) with a horse, having a horse; an’ without a horse Ja.vi.515 (+ arathaka).

assa3 + ka

Assaka2

adjective not having one’s own, poor, destitute MN.i.4 …

assamaṇa →

pts

not a true Samaṇa Vin.i.96; Snp.282; Pp.27 (so read for asamaṇa); Pp-a.207
■ f assamaṇī Vin.iv.214.

a + samaṇa

assasati →

pts

  1. to breathe, to breathe out, to exhale Ja.i.163; Ja.vi.305 (gloss assāsento passāsento susu ti saddaṃ karonto); Vism.272. Usually in combn. with passasati to inhale …

assattha →

pts

Assattha1

the holy fig-tree, Ficus, Religiosa the tree under which the Buddha attained enlightenment i.e. the Bo tree Vin.iv.35; DN.ii.4 (sammā-sambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho); …

assavanīya →

pts

adjective not pleasant to hear Sdhp.82.

a + savanīya

assavati →

pts

to flow Ja.ii.276 (= paggharati C.). Cp. also āsavati.

ā + sru

assādeti →

pts

to taste SN.ii.227 (lābha-sakkārasilokaṃ); Vism.73 (paviveka-sukha-rasaṃ); Dhp-a.i.318.

Denom. fr. assāda

assāraddha →

pts

variant reading at Iti.111 for asāraddha.

assāsa →

pts

  1. (lit.) breathing, esp. breathing out (so Vism.272), exhalation, opp. to passāsa inhalation, with which often combd. or contrasted; thus as cpd. assāsa-passāsa mea …

assāsaka →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (cp. assāsa 1) having breath, breathing, in an˚; not able to draw breath Vin.iii.84; Vin.iv.111.
  2. (cp. assāsa2) (m. & nt.) that which gives comfort & relief, confiden …

assāseti →

pts

to console, soothe, calm, comfort, satisfy Ja.vi.190, Ja.vi.512; Dhp-a.i.13.

Caus. of assasati

assāsika →

pts

adjective only in neg. an˚; not able to afford comfort, giving no comfort or security. MN.i.514 MN.iii.30 Ja.ii.298 (= aññaṁ assāsetuṁ asamatthaṭāya na assāsika). cp. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit anāśvā …

assāvin →

pts

adjective only in an˚; not enjoying or finding pleasure, not intoxicated Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. sāta-vatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhā-santhava-virahita Snp-a.549) See also āsava.

ā + sru

asu →

pts

pronoun pron. dẹmonstr “that”, that one, usually combd. with yo (yaṃ), e.g. asu yo so puriso MN.i.366; yaṃ aduṃ khettaṃ SN.iv.315. nom. sg. m. asu SN.iv.195; Mil.242; f. *[ …

asubha →

pts

adjective impure, unpleasant, bad, ugly, nasty; nt. ˚ṃ nastiness, impurity. Cp. on term and the Asubha-meditation, as well as on the 10 asubhas or offensive objects Dhs. trsl. 70 and Cpd. 121 n. …

asura →

pts

fallen angel, a Titan pl. asurā the Titans, a class of mythological beings. Dhpāla at Pv-a.272 & the C. on Ja.v.186 define them as kāḷakañjaka-bhedā asurā. The are classed with other similar infer …

asādhāraṇa →

pts

adjective not general, not shared, uncommon, unique Vin.iii.35 Kp.viii.9; Ja.i.58, Ja.i.78; Mil.285; DN-a.i.71; Sdhp.589, Sdhp.592.

a + sādhāraṇa cp. asādhāraṇa Divy.561

asāhasa →

pts

absence of violence, meekness, peaceableness DN.iii.147 (asāhase rata fond of peace); acc as adv. asāhasaṃ without violence, not arbitrarily Ja.iii.319 instr. asāhasena id. Ja.vi.280; Dhp.257 (= amu …

asāmapāka →

pts

adjective one who does not cook (a meal) for himself (a practice of ascetics) DN-a.i.270.

a + sāma + pāka

asāra →

pts

noun adjective that which is not substance, worthlessness; adj. worthless, vain, idle Snp.937 (= asāra nissāra sārâpagata Mnd.409); Dhp.11, Dhp.12 (cp. Dhp-a.i.114 for interpretation).

a + sāra

asāraddha →

pts

adjective not excited, cool AN.i.148 = Iti.119 (passaddho kāyo a.; variant reading assāraddha).

a + sāraddha

asāraka →

pts

adjective unessential, worthless, sapless, rotten Thag.260; Ja.ii.163 = Dhp-a.i.144.

a + sāraka

asāta →

pts

adjective disagreeable Vin.i.78 (asātā vedanā, cp. asātā vedanā M Vastu I 5); Snp.867; Ja.i.288, Ja.i.410; Ja.ii.105; Dhs.152, Dhs.1343.

a + sāta, Sk. aśāta, Kern’s interpretation & etymology of asā …

asīti →

pts

number 80 (on symbolical meaning & freq. application see; aṭṭha1 B 1 c, where also most of the ref’s In addition we mention the foll.:) Ja.i.233 (˚hattha 80 hands, i.e. 80 cubits deep); J …

ati →

pts

indeclinable adv. and prep of direction (forward motion), in primary meaning “on and further”, then “up to and beyond”.

I. in abstr position

adverbially (only as ttg.): in excess, extremel …

atibrūheti →

pts

to shout out, roar, cry Ja.v.361 (= mahāsaddaṃ nicchāreti).

ati + brūheti, bṛh2, but by C. taken incorrectly to brū; cp. Sk. abhi-bṛṇhayati

aticca →

pts

gerundive

  1. passing beyond, traversing, overcoming, surmounting Snp.519, Snp.529, Snp.531 Used adverbially = beyond, in access, more than usual exceedingly Snp.373, Snp.804 (= vassasataṃ atikkamitvā …

atidūra →

pts

adjective very or too far Vin.i.46; Ja.ii.154; Pv.ii.9#65 = Dhp-a.iii.220 (vv.ll. suvidūre); Pv-a.42 (opp. accāsanna).

ati + dūra

atikkamati →

pts

  1. to go beyond, to pass over, to cross, to pass by.
  2. to overcome, to conquer, to surpass, to be superior to

■ Ja.iv.141; Dhp.221 (Pot. ˚eyya overcome);
■ Pv-a.67 (maggena: passes by).
grd *at …

atikkanta →

pts

passed beyond, passed by, gone by, elapsed; passed over, passing beyond, surpassing Ja.ii.128 (tīṇi saṃvaccharāni); Dhp-a.iii.133 (tayo vaye passed beyond the 3 ages of life); Pv-a.55 (māse ˚e after …

atipāta →

pts

attack, only in phrase pāṇātipāta destruction of life, slaying, killing, murder DN.i.4 (pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, refraining from killing, the first of the dasasīla or decalogue); DN-a.i.69 (= pāṇavadha …

atireka →

pts

adjective surplus, too much; exceeding, excessive, in a high degree extra Vin.i.255; Ja.i.72 (˚padasata), Ja.i.109; Ja.i.441 (in higher positions); Mil.216; Dhs-a.2; Dhp-a.ii.98.

  • *-[cīvara](/def …

atisara →

pts

adjective transgressing, sinning Ja.iv.6; cp. atisāra.

fr. atisarati; cp. accasara

atisarati →

pts

to go too far, to go beyond the limit, to overstep, transgress, aor. accasari (q.v.) Snp.8 sq (opp. paccasari; C. atidhāvi); Ja.v.70 and atisari Ja.iv.6. ger …

ativasa →

pts

adjective being under somebody’s rule, dependent upon (c. gen.) Dhp.74 (= vase vattati Dhp-a.ii.79).

ati + vasa fr. vas

attan →

pts

atta (the latter is the form used in compn.)

I. Inflection

  1. of attan- (n. stem); the foll. cases are the most freq:
    ■ acc. attānaṃ DN.i.13, DN.i.18 …

attha →

pts

Attha1

(also aṭṭha, esp. in combinations mentioned under 3) masculine & neuter

  1. interest, advantage, gain; (moral) good blessing, welfare; profit, prosperity, well-b …

atthi →

pts

to be, to exist.
pres Ind. 1st sg. asmi Snp.1120, Snp.1143; Ja.i.151; Ja.iii.55 and amhi MN.i.429; Snp.694; Ja.ii.153; Pv.i.10#2; Pv.ii.8#2.
■ 2

atīta →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (temporal) past, gone by (cp. accaya 1)
    1. adj.; atītaṃ addhānaṃ in the time which is past SN.iii.86; AN.iv.219; AN.v.32
      ■ Pv.ii.12#12 (atītānaṃ, scil. attabhāvāuaṃ par …

ava →

pts

Ava˚

prefix

I. Relation between ava & o

Phonetically the difference between ava & o is this, that; ava is the older form, whereas o represents a later development. Histor …

avabhāsa →

pts

Only in cpd. gambhīrāvabhāso DN.ii.55, looking deep. Same cpd. at AN.ii.105 Pp.46 has obhāsa.

later form of obhāsa

avabhāsaka →

pts

(-˚) adjective shining, shedding light on, illuminating Sdhp.14.

fr. avabhāsa

avacchedaka →

pts

…after the manner of cutting off mouthfuls (of food) Vin.ii.214 Vin.iv.196; cp. āsāvacchedika whose hope or longing has been cut off…

avahasati →

pts

to laugh at, deride, mock Ja.v.111 (aññamaññaṃ); Pv-a.178
aor avahasi Ja.iv.413.

ava + has

avahāra →

pts

taking, acquiring, acquisition Vin.v.129 (pañca avahārā, viz. theyya˚, pasayha˚, parikappa˚ paṭicchanna˚, kusa˚).

fr. avaharati

avakārin →

pts

adjective (-˚) despising, degrading, neglecting Vb.393 sq. (an˚). Avakasa & okasa;

fr. avakāra

avakāsa →

pts

Avakāsa & okāsa

  1. “appearance”: akkhuddâvakāso dassanāya not little (or inferior) to behold (of appearance) DN.i.114; ariyāvakāsa appearing noble or having the app. of an Aryan Ja.v.87; katâvakāsa pu …

avapakāsati →

pts

is a doubtful compd. of kassati, the combd. ava + pa occurring only in this word. In all likelihood it is a distortion of vavakassati (vi + ava + kass …

avasa →

pts

adjective powerless Sdhp.290. Avasata & Osata;

a + vasa

avasarati →

pts

to go down, to go away (to) Snp.685 (variant reading BB. T. avaṃsari).

ava + sṛ.

avasaṭa →

pts

Avasaṭa & Osaṭa

withdrawn, gone away; one who has left a community & gone over to another sect, a renegade Vin.iv.216, Vin.iv.217 (= titthāyatanaṃ saṃkata).

Sk. apasṛta, cp. also samavasṛta, pp. of …

avassana →

pts

not bleating Ja.iv.251.

a + vassana, Sk. vāsana of vāś to bleat

avasseti →

pts

to lean against, to depend on, find shelter in (loc.) Ja.ii.80 (aor. avassayiṃ = vāsaṃ kappesiṃ C.). pp. avassita.

ava + ā + śri, for the usual *apāśrayati; see *[apasseti] …

avassuta →

pts

adjective

  1. (lit.) flowing out or down, oozing, leaking Ja.iv.20.
  2. (fig.) (cp. anvāssava & āsava) filled with desire lustful (opp.; anavassuta, q.v.) Vin.ii.236; SN.iv.70, SN.iv.184 (an˚); AN. …

avasāna →

pts

(-˚) neuter stopping ceasing; end, finish, conclusion Ja.i.87 (bhattakicc-âvasāne at the end of the meal); Pv-a.76 (id.).

for osāna

avasāya →

pts

stopping, end, finish Thig.12 (= avasānaṃ niṭṭhānaṃ Thag-a.19). But the id. p. at Dhp.218 has anakkhāte.

fr. avaseti

avaṃ →

pts

adverb the prep. ava in adv. use, down, downward; in C. often expld. by adho. Rarely absolute, the only passage found so far being Snp.685 (avaṃ sari he went down, variant …

avecca →

pts

adverb certainly, definitely, absolutely, perfectly, expld. by Bdhgh. as acala (on DN.ii.217), or as paññāya ajjhogahetvā (on Snp.229); by Dhp. as apara-paccaya-bhāvena (on Pv.iv.1#25)

avedha →

pts

adjective not to be hurt or disturbed, inviolable unshakable, imperturbable Snp.322 (˚dhamma = akampanasabhāva Snp-a.331).

a + vedha, grd. of vidh (vyadh) to pierce, Sk. avedhya

aviddasu →

pts

adjective ignorant, foolish Snp.762 (= bāla Snp-a.509); Dhp.268 = Cnd.514 (= aviññū Dhp-a.iii.395); Pv-a.18 (so read for avindasu). Avinasaka (ika)

a + viddasu

avijjā →

pts

ignorance; the main root of evil and of continual rebirth (see paṭicca-samuppāda, cp. SN.ii.6, SN.ii.9, SN.ii.12; Snp.p.141 & many other passages) See on term; Cpd. 83 n. 3, 18 …

avikampamāna →

pts

adjective not hesitating, not wavering, not doubting Ja.iv.310 (= anosakkamāna C.; Kern takes it at this passage as a + vikalpamāna, see

Toevoegselen

s.v., but unnecessarily), Ja.vi.176 (= nirāsa …

avināsaka →

pts

Avināsaka (˚ika)

adjective not causing destruction AN.iii.38 (˚ika); Ja.v.116 (= anāsaka C.).

a + vināsa + ka

avināsana →

pts

adjective imperishable Dpvs.iv.16.

a + vināsana

avināsika →

pts

Avināsaka (˚ika)

adjective not causing destruction AN.iii.38 (˚ika); Ja.v.116 (= anāsaka C.).

a + vināsa + ka

avippavāsa →

pts

adjective noun thoughtfulness, mindfulness, attention; adj. not neglectful, mindful, attentive eager Vin.v.216; Snp.1142 (cp. Cnd.101: anussatiyā bhāvento); DN-a.i.104 (appamādo vuccati satiyā avippa …

avissāsaniya →

pts

adjective not to be trusted, untrustworthy Ja.iii.474.

a + visāsana + iya, ika

avisāhaṭa →

pts

adjective imperturbed Dhs.15, Dhs.24, Dhs.287, Dhs.570. (˚mānasata).

a + visāhaṭa

aya FIXME double →

pts

Ayo & Aya

neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa

ayasa →

pts

ill repute, disgrace Mil.139, Mil.272; Dāvs i.8.

a + yasa, cp. Sk. ayaśaḥ

ayaṃ →

pts

pronoun demonstr. pron. “this, he”; f. ayaṃ; nt. idaṃ & imaṃ “this, it” etc. This pron. combines in its inflection two stems, viz. as˚; (ayaṃ in nom. m. & f.) & im˚; (id in nom. nt.).

I. Form …

ayo →

pts

Ayo & Aya

neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa

añhamāna →

pts

eating, taking food; enjoying: only SS at Snp.240; all MSS at Snp.239 have asamāna. Snp-a.284 explains by āhārayamāna.

Sk. aśnāna, ppr. med. of aśnāti, to eat

añja →

pts

adverb suddenly, lit. with a pull or jerk pull on! go on! gee up! Ja.i.192.

orig. imper. of añjati1; cp. Sk. anjasā (instr.) quickly, Goth. anaks

añjali →

pts

extending, stretching forth, gesture of lifting up the hands as a token of reverence (cp. E. to “tender” one’s respect), putting the ten fingers together and raising them to the head (Vv-a.7: dasanak …

añjalikā →

pts

the raising of the hands as a sign of respectful salutation Vv.1#5 (explained at Vv-a.24 as dasanakha-samodhāna samujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi paggaṇhantī guṇa-visiṭṭhānaṃ apacayānaṃ akāsiṃ).

= añjali

añjasa →

pts

straight, straightforward (of a road) DN.i.235; Ja.i.5; Thig.99; Vv.50#20 (cp. Vv-a.215); Vv-a.84 (akuṭila); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.5; Mil.217; Sdhp.328, Sdhp.595. Cp pañjasa.

Sk. āñjasa (?). Cp. ārjava = P …

añjati →

pts

Añjati1

See añja, añjaya, añjali, añjasa.

= Sk. ṛñjati, ṛjyati to stretch, pull along, draw out, erect; cp. Sk. ṛju straight, caus. irajyati; Gr. ὀρέγω Lat. rego, rectus = erect. See also …

añjaya →

pts

adjective straight Ja.iii.12 (vv.ll. ajjava & and ājjava better?) expld by C. as ujuka, akuṭila. See also ajjava. Should we assume misreading for añjasa?

from añjati1

añña →

pts

pronoun another etc

A. By itself

  1. other not the same, different, another, somebody else (opp oneself) Vin.iii.144 (aññena, scil. maggena, gacchati to take a different route); Snp.459, Sn …

aññadatthu →

pts

adverb part. of affirmation = surely, all-round absolutely (ekaṃsa-vacane nipāto DN-a.i.111) only, at any rate DN.i.91; DN.ii.284; Snp.828 (na h’ aññadatth’ atthi pasaṃsa-lābhā, expld.

aḍḍha →

pts

…two and a half Vv-a.66 (māsā); Ja.i.49, Ja.i.206, Ja.i.255 (˚sata 250). Cp. next.

  • -teyya = ˚tiya 2 1/2; Vin.iv.117; Ja.ii.129 (˚sata);…

aṃsa →

pts

Aṃsa1

  1. the shoulder AN.v.110; Snp.609. aṃse karoti to put on the shoulder, to shoulder Ja.i.9.
  2. a part (lit. side) (cp. ˚āsa in koṭṭhāsa and expln of …

aṃsi →

pts

corner, edge (= aṃsa2 Vv.78#2 (= aṃsa-bhāga Vv-a.303).

cp. Vedic aśri, aśra, aśani; Gr. α ̓́κρος pointed, α ̓́κρις, also ὀςύς sharp: Lat. ācer sharp. Further connections in Walde Lat …

aṅga →

pts

  1. (lit.) a constituent part of the body, a limb, member; also of objects: part, member (see cpd. ˚sambhāra); uttam˚aṅga the reproductive organ Ja.v.197; also as “head” at Thag-a.209. Usually in cp …

aṅgulika →

pts

finger Ja.iii.13 (pañc˚); Ja.v.204 (vaṭṭ˚ = pavāḷ˚ ankurasadisā vaṭṭangulī Ja.v.207). See also pañcangulika. Anguli & Anguli;

= angulī

aṅkusa →

pts

hook, a pole with a hook, used

  1. for plucking fruit off trees, a crook Ja.i.9 (˚pacchi hook & basket); Ja.v.89 = Ja.vi.520 (pacchikhanitti˚), Ja.vi.529 (= phalānaṃ gaṇhanatthaṃ ankusaṃ)
  2. to drive …

aṭṭa →

pts

Aṭṭa1

a platform to be used as a watchtower Vin.i.140; DN-a.i.209.

cp. see aṭṭaka

Aṭṭa2

lawsuit, case, cause Vin.iv.224; Ja.ii.2, Ja.ii.75; Ja.iv.129 (˚ṃ …

aṭṭha →

pts

Aṭṭha1

num. card, eight, decl. like pl. of adj. in-a A. The number in objective significance, based on natural phenomena: see compounds ˚angula, ˚nakha, ˚pada, ˚pāda B. The number in …

aṭṭhi →

pts

Aṭṭhi˚1

in combn. with katvā: to make something one’s attha, i.e. object, to find out the essence or profitableness or value of anything to recognise the natu …

babbhara →

pts

imitation of a confused rumbling noise MN.i.128
■ Cp. also P. mammana and sarasara.

onomat., cp. Sk. balbalā-karoti to stammer or stutter, barbara = Gr. βάρβαρος stuttering, …

baddha →

pts

Baddha1

  1. bound, in bondage MN.i.275; SN.i.133; SN.iv.91; Snp.957 (interpreted as “baddhacara by Mnd.464); Dhp.324.
  2. snared, trapped Ja.ii.153 Ja.iii.184; Ja.iv.251, Ja.iv.414.
  3. made f …

bahi →

pts

adverb outside

  1. (adv.) Ja.i.361 (˚dvāre-gāma a village outside the city gates); Pv.i.10#2; Dhp-a.iii.118; Pv-a.24, Pv-a.61.
  2. (prep.) with acc. (direction to) Ja.i.298 (˚gāmaṃ) with loc. ( …

bahiddhā →

pts

adverb outside (adv. & prep.) DN.i.16; DN.ii.110; SN.i.169; SN.iii.47, SN.iii.103 SN.iv.205; SN.v.157; Vin.iii.113 (˚rūpa opp. ajjhatta-rūpa Snp.203; Vb-a.260 (kāye); Dhp-a.i.211 (c. gen); Dhp-a.i …

bahu →

pts

adjective to strengthen, cp. upabrūhana, paribbūḷha much, many, large, abundant; plenty; in compound also very, greatly (˚-) instr. sg. bahunā Dhp.166; nom. pl bahavo Vin.iii.90; Dhp.307, & *bahū …

bahula →

pts

adjective much, abundant, nt. abundance (˚-); full of, rich in, fig. given to, intent on, devoted to DN.ii.73; SN.i.199, SN.i.202; AN.iii.86 (pariyatti˚), AN.iii.432 (āloka˚); AN.iv.35; Iti.27, Iti.3 …

bahūtaso →

pts

adverb in abundance Ja.iii.484 (where C. expln with bahūtaso is faulty and should perhaps be read pahūtaso), Ja.vi.538.

der. fr. bahūta, cp. Sk. prabhūtaśaḥ

bala →

pts

Bala1

neuter

  1. strength power, force DN.ii.73; AN.i.244; Thag.188; Dhp.109 (one of the 4 blessings, viz. āyu, vaṇṇa, sukha, bala; cp Dhp-a.ii.239); Pv.i.5#12 (= kāya-bala Pv-a.30); Pv …

balasata →

pts

see palasata.

bali →

pts

  1. religious offering, oblation DN.ii.74 (dhammika); AN.iv.17, AN.iv.19; Snp.223; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.88 (particularly to subordinate divinities, cp. Mvu. translation 263) Dhp-a.ii.14 (variant reading ˚k …

bandhati →

pts

to bind etc.

I. Forms

imper bandha DN.ii.350; pl. bandhantu Ja.i.153.
pot bandheyya SN.iv.198; Vin.iii.45
fut bandhayissati Mhvs.24.6;
aor abandhi Ja.iii. …

bhabba →

pts

adjective

  1. able, capable, fit for (-˚ or with dat. or inf.); abhabba unfit, incapable Vin.i.17; SN.iii.27 (dukkha-kkhayāya); SN.iv.89 (id.) Pp.12, Pp.13; Vism.116 (bhikkhu), neg. Iti.106 (antakir …

bhadda →

pts

Bhaddaa & Bhadrab

adjective

  1. auspicious lucky, high, lofty, august, of good omen reverend (in address to people of esteem), good, happy fortunate DN.ii.95a; SN.i.1 …

bhaga →

pts

luck, lot, fortune, only in cpd. dub˚; (adj.) unhappy, unpleasant uncomfortable Iti.90; DN-a.i.96 (˚karaṇa)
bhaga (in verse “bhagehi ca vibhattavā” in exegesis of word “Bhaga …

bhajati →

pts

to associate with (acc.), keep companionship with, follow, resort to; to be attached to (acc.), to love. Freq. syn. of sevati. The Dhtp & Dhtm mark the fig. meaning (bhaj2</su …

bhasati →

pts

to bark (of dogs) Ja.iv.182 (aor. bhasi; so read for T. bhusi)
pp bhasitaṃ (as n.) bark ibid. (mahā-bhasitaṃ bhasi, read for bhusita) See also bhusati.

cp. Epic Sk. bhaṣate

bhasita →

pts

  1. see bhasati.
  2. pp. of bhas “crumbled to ashes” see bhasma.

bhatta →

pts

feeding, food, nourishment, meal Dhp.185; Pp.28, Pp.55; Ja.ii.15; Ja.v.170 (bhatta-manuñña-rūpaṃ for bhattaṃ-); Vism.66 (where 14 kinds enumerated, i.e. sangha˚ uddesa˚ etc.); Sdhp.118
■ ucchiṭṭh …

bhava →

pts

“becoming”, (form of) rebirth, (state of) existence, a “life.” There are 3 states of existence conventionally enumerated as kāma˚ rūpa˚, arūpa˚; or sensual existence, deva-corporeal, formless exist …

bhaya →

pts

fear, fright, dread AN.ii.15 (jāti-maraṇa˚); DN.iii.148, DN.iii.182; Dhp.39, Dhp.123, Dhp.212 sq., Dhp.283; Mnd.371, Mnd.409; Pp.56; Vism.512; Kp-a.108; Snp-a.155; Dhp-a.iii.23. There are some len …

bhaṅga →

pts

…into disruption), quoted & expld at Vism.640 sq.; Vb-a.27 (˚khaṇa); Sdhp.48 Sdhp.78 (āsā˚). Cp. vi˚. Bhangana &…

bhaṇati →

pts

to speak, tell, proclaim (the nearest synonym is katheti: see Cnd. s.v. katheti Dhp.264; Pp.33, Pp.56; Dhp-a.ii.95
ppr bhaṇanto Snp.397. Pot. bhaṇe Snp.113 …

bheda →

pts

  1. breaking, rending, breach, disunion, dissension Vism.64 sq. (contrasted with ānisaṃsa), Vism.572 sq (with ref. to upādāna & bhava); Vb-a.185 (id.); Sdhp.66, Sdhp.457, Sdhp.463
    mithu˚; bre …

bhikkhu →

pts

an almsman, a mendicant, a Buddhist monk or priest, a bhikkhu.
■ nom. sg. bhikkhu freq. passim; Vin.iii.40 (vuḍḍhapabbajita); AN.i.78 (thera bh., an elder bh.; and nava bh. …

bhindati →

pts

to split, break, sever destroy, ruin. In two bases: *bhid (with der. *bhed) *bhind;

  1. *bhid: aor. 3rd sg. abhida (= Sk abhidat) DN.ii.107; Ja.iii.29 (see als …

bhisikā →

pts

small bolster Vin.ii.148 (vātapāna˚ a roll to keep out draughts); Kp-a.50 (tāpasa˚ variant reading Kk kapala-bhitti, see Appendix to Indexes on Sutta Nipāta & Pj.).

fr. bhisi1

bhittika →

pts

adjective having a wall or walls Ja.iv.318 (naḷa ˚ā paṇṇasālā); Ja.vi.10 (catu˚ with 4 walls).

fr. bhitti

bhojana →

pts

food, meal, nourishment in general Ja.ii.218; Ja.iv.103, Ja.iv.173; Ja.i.178; Ja.iv.223; Snp.102 Snp.128, Snp.242, Snp.366, Snp.667; Dhp.7, Dhp.70; Pp.21, Pp.55; Mil.370 Vism.69, Vism.106; Sdhp.52, Sd …

bhojaneyya →

pts

Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya

what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …

bhojaniya →

pts

Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya

what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …

bhojanīya →

pts

Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya

what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …

bhusati →

pts

Bhusati, Bhussati

to bark DN-a.i.317 (bhusati vv.ll. bhussati & bhūsati); Dhp-a.i.171, Dhp-a.i.172
■ See also bhasati & bhukka;
pp bhusita.

perhaps a legitimate form fo …

bhussati →

pts

Bhusati, Bhussati

to bark DN-a.i.317 (bhusati vv.ll. bhussati & bhūsati); Dhp-a.i.171, Dhp-a.i.172
■ See also bhasati & bhukka;
pp bhusita.

perhaps a legitimate form fo …

bhutta →

pts

  1. (Pass.) eaten, being eaten Snp.p.15; Dhp.308; impers. eating Vin.iv.82 (bhuttaṃ hoti). Also -geha eating house Ja.v.290, and in phrase yathā-bhuttaṃ bhuñjatha “eat according to eating,” i.e. …

bhāga →

pts

  1. part, portion, fraction, share Vin.i.285; Snp.427 (sahassa-bhāgo maraṇassa = sahassaṃ bhāgānaṃ assā ti Snp-a.387; a thousand times a share of death, i.e. very near death, almost quite dead), Snp. …

bhāgin →

pts

adjective sharing in, partaking of (with gen.), endowed with; getting, receiving AN.ii.80; AN.iii.42 (āyussa vaṇṇassa etc.); Ja.i.87 (rasānaṃ) Mil.18 (sāmaññassa); Vism.150 (lābhassa); Dhp-a.ii.90 Vb …

bhāra →

pts

  1. anything to carry, a load Vin.iii.278 (Bdhgh; dāru˚ a load of wood) bhāraṃ vahati to carry a load AN.i.84; Vv-a.23
    garu˚ a heavy load, as “adj.” “carrying a heavy load” Ja.v.439 (of a w …

bhāsa →

pts

  • -sakuṇa a bird of prey, a vulture [Abhp. 645, 1049]; as one of the lucky omens enumerated (under the so-called mangala-kathā) at Kp-a.118 (with variant reading SS. cāta˚ & vā …

bhāsaka →

pts

adjective (-˚) speaking DN-a.i.52 (avaṇṇa˚; uttering words of blame).

fr. bhāṣ

bhāsana →

pts

speaking, speech Dhtm.162; Sdhp.68.

fr. bhāṣ

bhāsati →

pts

Bhāsati1

to speak, to say, to speak to, to call MN.i.227, Snp.158 Snp.562, Snp.722; Dhp.1, Dhp.246, Dhp.258; also bhāsate Snp.452
pot bhāseyya Vin.ii.189; Snp.451, Snp.930; Snp-a.46 …

bhāsita →

pts

spoken, said, uttered AN.v.194; Mil.28; Dhp-a.iv.93
■ (nt.) speech, word Dhp.363; MN.i.432. Usually as su˚ & dub˚; (both adj. & nt.) well & badly spoken, or good & bad speech Vin.i.172; MN.ii.250 …

bhāsā →

pts

…bhāsā); MN-a.i.1 (Sīhaḷa˚); Vb-a.388 (18 dialects of which 5 are mentioned; besides the Māgadhabhāsā).

cp….

bhāti →

pts

to shine (forth), to appear DN.ii.205; Vv.35#2; Ja.ii.313
pp bhāta: see *vi*˚.

bhā Dhtp.367, Dhtm.594: dittiyaṃ; Idg. *bhé, cp. Sk. bhāḥ nt. splendour, radiance, …

bhāva →

pts

  1. being, becoming, condition, nature; very rarely by itself (only in later & C. literature, as e.g. Ja.i.295 thīnaṃ bhāvo, perhaps best to be translated as “women’s character,” taking bhāva = attabhā …

bhāṇa →

pts

reciting or preaching, in pada˚; reciting the verses of the Scriptures Dhp-a.ii.95 (variant reading paṭibhāna), Dhp-a.iii.345; Dhp-a.iv.18.

  • -vāra a section of the Scriptures …

bhāṇaka →

pts

Bhāṇaka1

adjective noun speaking; (n.) a reciter, repeater, preacher (of sections of the Scriptures), like Aṅguttara˚; Vism.74 sq.; Dīgha˚; DN-a.i.15, DN-a.i.131; Ja.i.59 Vism.36, Vi …

bhīmala →

pts

adjective terrifying, horrible, awful Ja.v.43 (T. bhīmūla, but read bhīmala; C. explains by bhiṃsanaka-mahāsadda).

fr. bhīma

bhīru →

pts

adjective noun

  1. fearful, i.e. having fear, timid, afraid, shy, cowardly Sdhp.207 (dukkha˚); usually in neg. abhīru not afraid, without fear, combined with *[anutrāsin](/define/a …

bhūmaka →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.414; pañca˚; pāsāda a palace with 5 stories Ja.i.58, Ja.i.89; satta˚; with 7 stories (pāsāda) Dhp-a.ii.1, Dhp-a.ii.260. The…

bhūmika →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.414; pañca˚; pāsāda a palace with 5 stories Ja.i.58, Ja.i.89; satta˚; with 7 stories (pāsāda) Dhp-a.ii.1, Dhp-a.ii.260. The…

bhūnaha →

pts

destroyer of beings Snp.664 (voc. bhūnahu, explained by Snp-a.479 as “bhūti-hanaka vuddhi-nāsaka”; vv.ll. bhūnahaṭa bhūnahoṭa, bhūhata, all showing the difficulty of the archaic word); Ja.v.266 (pl …

bhūri →

pts

Bhūri1

feminine the earth; given as name for the earth (paṭhavi) at Pts.ii.197; see also def. at Dhs-a.147. Besides these only in 2 doubtful compounds, both resting on demonology, viz. *b …

bhūta →

pts

grown, become; born, produced; nature as the result of becoming. The (exegetical) definition by Bdhgh of the word bhūta is interesting. He (at MN-a.i.31) distinguishes the foll. 7 …

bila →

pts

Bila1

neuter a hole, den, cave AN.ii.33 = SN.iii.85; Thag.189 Mnd.362; Ja.i.480; Ja.ii.53; Ja.vi.574 (= guhā C.); Mil.151 Sdhp.23
kaṇṇa˚; orifice of the ear Vism.195; vammīka˚; ant …

bodhi →

pts

Bodhi1

feminine (supreme knowledge, enlightenment, the knowledge possessed by a Buddha (see also sambodhi & sammā-sambodhi) MN.i.356; MN.ii.95 = DN.iii.237 (saddho h …

brahma →

pts

Brahma & Brahmā

I. Brahman

neuter [cp. Vedic bráhman nt. prayer; nom. sg bráhma]

  1. the supreme good; as a buddhistic term used in a sense different from the brahmanic (save in controvers …

brahmacariya →

pts

term (not in the strictly Buddhist sense) for observance of vows of holiness, particularly of chastity: good & moral living (brahmaṃ cariyaṃ brahmāṇaṃ vā cariyaṃ = brahmacariyaṃ Kp-a.151); esp. in Bu …

brahmattara →

pts

…magnificent. C. explains by suvaṇṇa- pāsāda.

brahmā →

pts

Brahma & Brahmā

I. Brahman

neuter [cp. Vedic bráhman nt. prayer; nom. sg bráhma]

  1. the supreme good; as a buddhistic term used in a sense different from the brahmanic (save in controvers …

brāhmaṇa →

pts

…DN.i.119 sq., DN.i.136 (mahāsālā), DN.i.150 (˚dūta), DN.i.247; DN.iii.44 sq., DN.iii.61, DN.iii.83 sq., DN.iii.94 sq. (origin of), DN.iii.147…

buddha →

pts

Buddha1

adjective

  1. understood SN.i.35 = SN.i.60 (su-dub-buddha very difficult to understand)
  2. having attained enlightenment, wise AN.iv.449; Pv-a.16 (buddh’ ādayo), Pv-a.60 (= ari …

bujjhati →

pts

to be awake, to be enlightened in (acc.), to perceive, to know, recognise, understand DN.ii.249; SN.i.74, SN.i.198; Dhp.136, Dhp.286; Thag.146; Ja.iii.331; Ja.iv.49 Ja.iv.425; Mil.165, Mil.348 (pot. b …

byasana →

pts

see vyasana.

byābādheti →

pts

to injure, hurt, oppress SN.v.393 (na kiñci byābādhemi tasaṃ vā thāvaraṃ vā).

Denom. fr. byābādha

byāsatta →

pts

attached to, clinging to, in cpd. -mānasa possessed with longing Dhp.47 (= sampatte vā asampatte vā lagga-mānasa Dhp-a.i.361), Dhp.287 (cp. Dhp-a.iii.433; lagganatāya sattamānasa).

pp. of vy + …

bāhira →

pts

adjective

  1. external, outside (opp. abbhantara inside) outer, foreign DN.ii.75; AN.iv.16; Dhp.394 (fig. in meaning of 2); Ja.i.125 (antara˚ inside & outside); Ja.i.337 (out o …

bāhu →

pts

the arm Ja.iii.271 (bāhumā bāhuṃ pīḷentā shoulder to shoulder); Vism.192. -ṃ pasāreti to stretch out the arm (cp. bāhaṃ) Pv-a.112 pacchā-bāhuṃ (cp. bāhaṃ) Pv-a.4 (gāḷha-bandhanaṃ bandhāpetvā) …

bāhā →

pts

  1. the arm AN.ii.67 = AN.iii.45 (˚bala); Vin.ii.105; Ja.iii.62; Ja.v.215 (˚mudu). pacchā-bāhaṃ arm(s) behind (his back) DN.i.245 (gāḷhabandhanaṃ baddha). bāhaṃ pasāreti to stretch out the arm DN. …

bāla →

pts

…the 4 summer months (gimha-māsā) Kp-a.192; -suriya the newly risen sun Ja.v.284; Pv-a.137, Pv-a.211. 3. a child; in wider…

bīja →

pts

  1. seed, germ, semen, spawn. Used very frequently in figurative sense: see on similes J.P.T.S. 1907, 116
    ■ DN.i.135 (˚bhatta seed-corn food); DN.iii.44 (the five kinds: see below under ˚gāma) …

ca →

pts

(indef. enclitic particle)

  1. Indefinite (after demonstr. pron. in the sense of kiṃ = what about? or how is it? cp. kiṃ) = ever, whoever what-ever, etc. [Sk. kaśca, Gr. ὁς τε, Lat: quisque Goth. h …

cakka →

pts

…good Ja.v.112 (patirāpadesavāsādino kusala-cakkassa bhañjanī C.); -bheda breaking peace or concord, sowing discord…

cakkavāka →

pts

the ruddy goose (Anas Casarca Ja.iii.520; Ja.iv.70 sq. (Name of Ja No. 451); Pv.ii.12#3; Mil.364, Mil.401
■ f. cakkavākī Ja.iii.524; Ja.vi.189 = Ja.vi.501.

Vedic cakravāka, cp. kṛkavāku, to sound …

cakkhu →

pts

the eye (nom. sg. cakkhuṃ) Vin.i.34; SN.i.115; MN.iii.134 etc.)

I. The eye as organ of sense

  1. psychologically cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā “seeing visible object (shape with the eye” (Nd ii.on …

calaka →

pts

Calaka1

masculine a camp marshal, adjutant DN.i.51≈(in list of various occupations); AN.iv.107 sq.

Calaka2

neuter a piece of meat thrown away after having been chewed Vin.ii.1 …

camasa →

pts

ladle or spoon for sacrificing into the sacred fire Ja.vi.528#24 = Ja.vi.529#4 (unite ca with masa, cp. Ja.vi.529#9 and n. 4: aggijuhana-kaṭacchu-sankhātimasañca [for camasañ ca] variant reading B<s …

candana →

pts

sandal (tree wood or unguent, also perfume) Vin.i.203; AN.i.9, AN.i.145 AN.i.226; AN.iii.237; Dhp.54; Ja.v.420 (tree, m.); Mil.382; Dhp-a.i.422; Dhp-a.iv.189 (˚pūjā); Vv-a.158 (agalu˚ with aloe & s …

candimā →

pts

or feminine? the moon. By itself only in similes at Dhp.208 Dhp.387 (at end of pada) & in “abbhā mutto va candimā MN.ii.104 = Dhp.172 = Thag.871; Dhp.382 = Thag.873; Pts.i.175
■ Otherwise only in co …

cara →

pts

noun adjective

  1. the act of going about, walking; one who walks or lives (usually -˚): oka˚ living in water MN.i.117; Ja.vi.416; antara˚ SN.iv.173; eka˚ solitary Snp.166; saddhiṃ˚ a companion Snp.4 …

catukka →

pts

Catukka1

neuter

  1. a tetrad, a set of four, consisting of four parts: ˚pañcakajjhānā (pl.) the fourfold & the fivefold system of meditation Dhs-a.168; see compounds
  2. a place where four …

catur →

pts

base of numeral four

  1. As num. adj. nom. & acc. m cattāro (Dhp.109; Ja.iii.51) and caturo (Snp.84, Snp.188), f. catasso (Snp.1122), nt. cattāri (Snp.227); gen. m. catunnaṃ (Snp.p.102), (f. catassa …

ce →

pts

conditional particle “if,” constructed either with Indicative (ito ce pi yojanasate viharati even if he lived 100 y. from here DN.i.117) or Conditional (tatra ce tumhe assatha kupitā DN.i.3), or Poten …

cela →

pts

cloth, esp. clothes worn, garment, dress AN.i.206; Pv.ii.12#7 (kañcanā˚ for kañcana˚); Pv.iii.9#3 (for veḷa); dhāti˚ baby’s napkin Ja.iii.539. In simile of one whose clothes are on fire (āditta˚ + ād …

cetanā →

pts

…death Dhp-a.i.20; āhār’ āsā cetanā intention consisting in deśire for food Vism.537. Pv-a.8, Pv-a.30 (pariccāga˚ intention to give);…

cetasa →

pts

Cetasa1

Name of a tree, perhaps the yellow Myrobalan Ja.v.420.

Cetasa2

adjective only in-˚: sucetasa of a good mind, good-hearted SN.i.4 = SN.i.29, SN.i.46 = SN.i.52; paraph …

ceteti →

pts

Cinteti & ceteti

Forms

  1. cint:
    pres cinteti
    pot cinteyya;
    ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
    aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
    ger ci …

cha →

pts

Cha & Chaḷ

(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.

chada →

pts

anything that covers, protects or hides, viz. a cover, an awning DN.i.7≈ (sa-uttara˚ but ˚chadana at DN.ii.194)
■ a veil in phrase vivaṭacchada “with the veil lifted” thus …

chambhin →

pts

adjective immovable, rigid; terrified, paralysed with fear SN.i.219; MN.i.19; Ja.iv.310 (variant reading jambhī, here with ref. to one who is bound (stiff with ropes (pāsasatehi chambhī) which is howe …

chambhita →

pts

Only in der. chambhitatta (nt.) the state of being stiff, paralysis, stupefaction consternation, always combined with other expressions of fear, viz. uttāsa SN.v.386; bhaya Ja.i.345 (where spelled cha …

chanda →

pts

  1. impulse, excitement; intention, resolution, will desire for, wish for, delight in (c. loc.). Explained at Vism.466 as “kattu-kāmatāy” adhivacanaṃ; by Dhtp.587 & Dhtm.821 as; chand = icchāyaṃ …

chandasā →

pts

metrics, prosody Mil.3.

see chando

chaḷ →

pts

Cha & Chaḷ

(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.

chindati →

pts

to cut off, to destroy, to remove, both lit. (bandhanaṃ, pāsaṃ, pasibbakaṃ, jīvaṃ, gīvaṃ, sīsaṃ hatthapāde, etc.) and fig. (taṇhaṃ, mohaṃ, āsavā saṃyojanāni, vicikicchaṃ, vanathaṃ, etc.) Freq. in …

chinna →

pts

cut off, destroyed Vin.i.71 (acchinna-kesa with unshaven hair); MN.i.430; DN.ii.8 (˚papañca); Ja.i.255; Ja.ii.155; Ja.iv.138; Dhp.338; Pv.i.11#2 (variant reading for bhinna), Pv.i.11#6; Dhp-a.iv.48. …

chādana →

pts

covering. clothing, often combined with ghāsa˚; food & clothing (q.v.) Ja.ii.79 (vattha˚) Pv.i.10#7 (bhojana˚); Pv.ii.1#7 (vattha˚); Pv-a.50 (= vattha) Dhp-a.iv.7
■ As adj. Ja.vi.354 (of the tha …

cinteti →

pts

Cinteti & ceteti

Forms

  1. cint:
    pres cinteti
    pot cinteyya;
    ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
    aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
    ger ci …

citta →

pts

Citta1 & Citra

adjective variegated, manifold, beautiful; tasty, sweet, spiced (of cakes), Ja.iv.30 (geṇḍuka); Dhp.171 (rājaratha); Vv.47#9; Pv.ii.11#2 (aneka˚); Pv.iv.3#13 (pūvā = madhurā …

ciṅgulaka →

pts

(& ˚ika) masculine neuter

  1. a kind of plant Snp.239 (= kaṇavīra-pupphasaṇṭhāna-sīsa Snp-a.283).
  2. a toy windmill, made of palm-leaves, etc. (DN-a.i.86: tālapaṇṇādīhi kataṃ vātappahārena paribb …

cora →

pts

thief, a robber Vin.i.74, Vin.i.75, Vin.i.88, Vin.i.149; SN.ii.100, SN.ii.128 = AN.ii.240; SN.ii.188 (gāmaghāta, etc.); SN.iv.173; MN.ii.74 = Thag.786; AN.i.48; AN.ii.121 sq.; AN.iv.92, AN.iv.278; Snp …

cuddasa →

pts

fourteen Ja.i.71; Ja.vi.8; Mil.12; Dhp-a.iii.120, Dhp-a.iii.186.

contracted fr. catuddasa, Sk. caturdaśa, cp. catur

cumbati →

pts

to kiss Ja.ii.193; Ja.v.328; Ja.vi.291, Ja.vi.344; Vv-a.260. Cp. pari˚. Culla & cula;

Sk. cumbati. Dhtp.197 defines as “vadanasaṃyoge”

cāga →

pts

  1. abandoning, giving up, renunciation. Vin.i.10 SN.iii.13 SN.iii.26 SN.iii.158 MN.i.486 AN.i.299 More frequently as
  2. liberality, generosity, munificence (n.) generous munificent (adj.): sīlasampann …

cāraka →

pts

(cārika) adjective wandering about, living, going, behaving, always-˚, like ākāsa˚, niketa˚, pure˚ (see pubbangama), vana˚, -f. cārikā journey, wandering esp. as cārikaṃ carati to go on alms-pilg …

cārin →

pts

(only-˚) adjective walking, living, experiencing; behaving, acting, practising.

  1. lit. asanga˚ SN.i.199 akāla˚ Snp.386; ambu˚ Snp.62; vihangapatha˚ Sdhp.241; sapadāna˚ MN.i.30; Snp.65; pariyanta˚ S …

cāru →

pts

adjective charming, desirable pleasant, beautiful Ja.vi.481; Mil.201; Sdhp.428, Sdhp.512; Vv-a.36 (= vaggu), sucāru SN.i.181; Pv.ii.12#12 (= suṭṭhumanorama).

cātur →

pts

Cātur˚

(and cātu˚) consisting of four. Only in compounds viz.

  • -(r)anta (adj.) “of four ends,” i.e. covering or belonging to the 4 points of the compass, all-encircling, Ep of the earth: Ja.ii. …

cāṭu →

pts

pleasant, polite in -kammatā politeness, flattery Mil.370 (cp. Sk. cāṭukāra); cāṭu-kamyatā Vb.246; Vism.17, Vism.23, Vism.27; Kp-a.236.

cp. cāru

cīvara →

pts

the (upper) robe of a Buddhist mendicant C. is the first one of the set of 4 standard requisites of a wandering bhikkhu, vir. c˚, piṇḍapāta alms-bowl, *[senāsana](/define/senās …

cūḷanikā →

pts

only in phrase sahassi cūḷanikā lokadhātu “the system of the 1,000 lesser worlds” (distinguished from the dvi-sahassī majjhimakā & the ti-sahassī mahāsahassi lokadhātu) AN.i.227; Cnd.235, Cnd.2#b. …

daddabha →

pts

heavy, indistinct noise, a thud Ja.iii.76 (of the falling of a large fruit), variant reading duddabhayasadda to be regarded as a Sk. gloss = dundubhyaśabda. See also dabhakka.

onomatop.

dadhi →

pts

sour milk, curds junket Vin.i.244 (in enumn of 5-fold cow-produce, cp gorasa); DN.i.201 (id.); MN.i.316; AN.ii.95; Ja.ii.102 Ja.iv.140; Mil.41, Mil.48, Mil.63; Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.875; …

dadāti →

pts

to give, etc.

I. Forms

The foll. bases form the Pāli verb-system: dā, dāy, dadā & di.

  1. Bases dā & (reduced); da
    1. dā˚: fut. dassati Ja.i.113, Ja.i.279 Ja.i …

dahara →

pts

adjective small, little delicate, young; a young boy, youth, lad DN.i.80, DN.i.115; SN.i.131; SN.ii.279 (daharo ce pi paññavā); MN.i.82; MN.ii.19 MN.ii.66; AN.v.300; Snp.216, Snp.420 (yuvā +), Snp.57 …

daka →

pts

Vin.iii.112; SN.iii.85; AN.ii.33 = Cnd.420 B3 (: the latter has udaka, but Mnd.14 daka).

  • -āsaya (adj.) (beings) living in water AN.ii.33≈;
  • -ja (adj …

dakkha →

pts

Dakkha1

adjective dexterous skilled, handy, able, clever DN.i.45, DN.i.74, DN.i.78; DN.iii.190 (+ analasa) MN.i.119; MN.iii.2; SN.i.65; Cnd.141 (+ analasa & sampajāna); Ja.iii.247; DN-a …

dakkhita →

pts

consecrated, dedicated Ja.v.138. Cp dikkhita.

Vedic dīkṣita pp. of dīkṣ, Intens to daśayati: see dakkha1

dakkhiṇā →

pts

gift, a fee, a donation; a donation given to a “holy” person with ref. to unhappy beings in the Peta existence (“Manes”), intended to induce the alleviation of their sufferings; an intercessional, exp …

dama →

pts

adjective noun (& of a nt.; damo the instr. damasā) taming, subduing; self-control, self-command moderation DN.i.53 (dānena damena saṃyamena = Iti.15 expl. at DN-a.i.160 as indriya-damena uposat …

danta →

pts

…(yāna = dantamaya).

dasa →

pts

Dasa1

the number ten; gen dasannaṃ (Dhp.137); instr. dasahi (Kp iii.) & dasabhi (Vin.i.38). In compounds (-˚) also as ḷasa (soḷasa 16) rasa (terasa 13; pannar˚ 15; aṭṭhār˚ 18).

I. *M …

dasaka →

pts

decad, decade, a decennial Ja.iv.397; Dhs-a.316. khiḍḍā˚; the decad of play Vism.619; cakkhu etc. sense-decads Vism.553; Comp. 164, 250; kāya˚ Vism.588.

dasana →

pts

tooth Dāvs v.3 (d.dhātu, the tooth relic of the Buddha).

Sk. daśana to ḍasati

dasika →

pts

Dasika1

adjective (-˚) to be seen, to behold, being of appearance, only in dud˚; or frightful app., fierce, ugly Si.94 & id. p. (q.v. under okoṭimaka); Ja.i.504 (kodha, anger); Pv-a.24 …

dassa →

pts

(-˚) to see or to be seen, perceiving, perceived Snp.1134 (appa˚ of small sight, not seeing far, knowing little = paritta-dassa thoka-dassa Cnd.69). Cp. akkha˚ a judge Mil.114. -su˚; easily perc …

dassana →

pts

  1. Lit. seeing, looking; noticing; sight of, appearance, look. Often equivalent to an infinitive “to see,” esp. as dat. dassanāya in order to see, for the purpose of seeing (cp. dassana-kāma = da …

dassanīya →

pts

…in formula abhirūpa d. pāsādika paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgəta to express matchless physical beauty: DN.i.114; SN.ii.279;…

dassati →

pts

*Dassati1

to see, to perceive.

  1. (pres.) base dakkh [Sk. drakṣ]: pres.
    1. dakkhati Cnd.428 (= passati), 1st dakkhāmi ibid. (= passāmi) second dakkhasi SN.i.11 …

dassin →

pts

(-˚) adjective seeing, finding, realizing, perceiving. Only in compounds, like attha˚ Snp.385; ananta SN.i.143; ādīnava˚ Sdhp.409; ekanga˚ Ud.69; jātikkhaya˚ Snp.209; Iti.40; ñāṇa˚ Snp.478 (= sacchik …

dassu →

pts

enemy, foe; robber, in dassukhīla robber-plague DN.i.135, DN.i.136 (= corakhīla DN-a.i.296).

Sk. dasyu, cp. dāsa

dasā →

pts

& dasa; (nt.) unwoven thread of a web of cloth, fringe, edge or border of a garment DN.i.7 (dīgha˚ long-fringed, of vatthāni); Ja.v.187; Dhp-a.i.180 Dhp-a.iv.106 (dasāni)
■ *[sadasa](/define/sa …

daṇḍa →

pts

ra; (on ṇ: l cp. guṇa: guḷa etc.) to *del as in Sk. dala, dalati. Cp. Lat. dolare to cut, split, work in wood; delere to destroy; Gr.δαίδαλον work of art; Mhg. zelge twig; zol a stick Possibly also …

daṭṭha →

pts

bitten Ja.i.7; Mil.302; Pv-a.144.

pp. of daśati, see ḍasati

deha →

pts

body AN.ii.18; Pv-a.10 Pv-a.122. Usually in foll. phrases: hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ SN.i.60; Pv.ii.9#56; pahāya m. d. SN.i.27, SN.i.30; jahati d MN.ii.73; ˚ṃ nikkhipati Pv.ii.6#15; (muni or khīṇāsavo a …

desanā →

pts

  1. discourse, instruction, lesson SN.v.83, SN.v.108; Ja.iii.84; Pp.28; Ne.38; Vism.523 sq (regarding Paṭiccasamuppāda); Pv-a.1, Pv-a.2, Pv-a.9, Pv-a.11; Sdhp.213.
  2. Freq. in dhamma˚; moral inst …

deva →

pts

god, a divine being; usually in pl. devā the gods. As title attributed to any superhuman being or beings regarded to be in certain respects above the human level. Thus primarily (see 1a) …

devasika →

pts

adjective daily Ja.v.383; DN-a.i.296 (˚bhatta = bhattavetena); Dhp-a.i.187 sq., -nt. ˚ṃ as adv daily, every day Ja.i.82, Ja.i.149, Ja.i.186; Vv-a.67, Vv-a.75; Dhp-a.i.28; Dhp-a.ii.41.

Der. fr. divasa

deyya →

pts

adjective

  1. to be given (see below)
  2. deserving a gift, worthy of receiving alms Ja.iii.12 (a˚); Mil.87 (rāja˚) -nt. a gift offering Vin.i.298 (saddhā˚).

dhaja →

pts

flag, banner; mark, emblem, sign, symbol Vin.i.306 (titthiya˚: outward signs of); Vin.ii.22 (gihi˚); SN.i.42 SN.ii.280; AN.ii.51; AN.iii.84 sq. (panna˚); MN.i.139 (id.) AN.iii.149 (dhamma); Ja.i.52 (\ …

dhamma →

pts

…made (built) of the Dh. (pāsāda) SN.i.137;

  • -yanta the (sugar-) mill of the Dh. (fig.) Mil.166. *…

dhana →

pts

…wealth Snp.987

  • -āsā craving for wealth;
  • -kkīta bought for money Dhp-a.ii.3,
  • -thaddha

dharati →

pts

to hold, bear, carry, wear; to hold up, support; to bear in mind, know by heart; to hold out, endure, last continue, live Snp.385 (take to heart, remember); Dhp-a.ii.68
ppr dharamāṇa living, last …

dharaṇa →

pts

adjective bearing, holding, comprising Vv-a.104 (suvaṇṇassa pañcadasa˚ nikkha holding, i.e. worth or equal to 15 parts of gold)
■ f. bearing, i.e. pregnant with Snp.26 (of cows: *godharaṇiyo …

dhañña →

pts

Dhañña1

neuter grain, corn. The usual enumn comprises 7 sorts of grain, which is however not strictly confined to grain-fruit proper (“corn”) but includes, like other enum

dhona →

pts

adjective noun

  1. purified MN.i.386; Snp.351, Snp.786, Snp.813, Snp.834 (= dhutakilesa Snp-a.542); Ja.iii.160 (˚sākha = patthaṭasākha Com.; variant reading BB vena˚); Mnd.77 = Mnd.176 (: dhonā vucca …

dhura →

pts

  1. a yoke, a pole, the shaft of a carriage Ja.i.192 (purima-sakaṭa˚) Ja.i.196; Cp.ii.8, Cp.ii.4.
  2. (fig.) a burden, load, charge, office, responsibility Snp.256 (vahanto porisaṃ dh ˚ṃ “carrying a hu …

dhāreti →

pts

to hold, viz.

  1. to carry, bear, wear, possess; to put on, to bring give DN.i.166≈(chavadussāni etc.); Vin.i.16 = DN.i.110 (telapajjotaṃ); DN.ii.19 (chattaṃ to hold a sunshade over a person); Pv-a.4 …

dhātu →

pts

element. Closely related to dhamma in meaning B 1b, only implying a closer relation to physical substance. As to its gen. connotation cp. Dhs. trsl. p. 198.

  1. a primary element, of whic …

dhūpana →

pts

incensing, fumigation; perfume, incense, spice Ja.iii.144; Ja.iv.236; Pv.iii.5#3 (sāsapa˚). Dhupayati & Dhupayati;

Sk. dhūpana

dibba →

pts

adjective of the next world, divine, heavenly, celestial, superb magnificent, fit for exalted beings higher than man (devas, heroes, manes etc.), superhuman, opp. mānusaka human. Freq. qualifying the …

dina →

pts

day Sdhp.239 -duddinaṃ darkness Dāvs v.50 (d. sudinaṃ ahosi, cp.i.49, cp.i.51); also as f. duddinī Vin.i.3.

Sk. dina; Lat. nun-dinae (*noven-dinom); Oir. denus; Goth. sin-teins; cp. divasa

dirasaññu →

pts

adjective one who has little common-sense Ja.vi.206, Ja.vi.207 Ja.vi.213, Ja.vi.214. Com. explains wrongly on p. Ja.vi.209 with “one who possesses two tongues” (of Agni), but has equivalent nippañña …

disatā →

pts

Disatā1

feminine direction, quarter, region, part of the world Ja.iv.359; Pv.ii.9#21 (kiṃ disataṃ gato “where in the world has he gone?”); Vv.ii.3#2 (sādisatā the circle of the 6 direction …

disā →

pts

point of the compass, region quarter, direction, bearings. The 4 principal points usualy enumerated are puratthimā (E) pacchimā (W) dakkhiṇā (S) uttarā (N …

diva →

pts

  1. heaven Ja.iv.134 (˚ṃ agā); Ja.v.123 (˚ṃ patta); Pv-a.74 (˚ṃ gata)
  2. day Snp.507 (rattindivaṃ night day); Vv-a.247 (rattindiva one night & one day, i.e. 24 hrs.); Dhp-a.ii.8 (divā-divassa so ea …

divasa →

pts

nt. only in expression satta divasāni 7 days or a week Ja.iv.139; Mil.15) a day AN.i.206 (˚ṃ atināmeti); Ja.iii.52 (uposatha˚); Pv-a.31 (yāva sattadivasā a week long), Pv-a.74 (sattamo divaso) Usu …

divā →

pts

adverb by day SN.i.183; MN.i.125; Dhp.387; DN-a.i.251; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.142, Pv-a.206 (= divasa-bhāge) Often combined & contrasted with rattiṃ (or ratto) by night; e.g. divārattiṃ by day & by ni …

diṭṭha →

pts

Diṭṭha1

  1. seen; a˚ not seen DN.i.222 (a˚ + avedita asacchikata); MN.i.3 sq. (diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhato sañjānāti); Snp.147 (diṭṭhā vā ye vā addiṭṭhā), Snp.995 (na me diṭṭho ito pubbe na ssuto… Sat …

diṭṭhi →

pts

view, belief, dogma, theory, speculation, esp. false theory, groundless or unfounded opinion

  1. The latter is rejected by the Buddha as pāpa˚; (AN.iv.172) and pāpikā d. (opp bhaddikā: AN.v.212 sq …

domanassa →

pts

distress, dejectedness, melancholy, grief. As mental pain (cetasikaṃ asātaṃ cet. dukkhaṃ SN.v.209 = Cnd.312; cp DN.ii.306; Ne.12) opp. to dukkha physical pain: see *[dukkha](/defin …

donī →

pts

Donī1

feminine

  1. a (wooden) trough, a vat, tub SN.ii.259; AN.i.253; AN.v.323; Ja.i.450; Mil.56-tela˚ an oil vat AN.iii.58 (āyasā made of iron & used as a sarcophagus).
  2. a trough-shap …

du →

pts

Du˚1

(& before vowels dur˚) indeclinable

  1. syllable of exclamation (= duḥ “bad, woe” (beginning the word du (j)-jīvitaṃ) Dhp-a.ii.6, Dhp-a.ii.10 = Pv-a.280, cp. Ja.iii.47; Bdhgh’s …

dukkha →

pts

…vā Snp.67 = kāyikaṃ sātāsātaṃ). Bdhgh. usually paraphrases d. with vaṭṭadukkha e.g. at Snp-a.44, Snp-a.212, Snp-a.377, Snp-a.505 …

dussa →

pts

Dussa1

neuter woven material, cloth, turban cloth; (upper) garment, clothes Vin.i.290 Vin.ii.128, Vin.ii.174; Vin.iv.159. DN.i.103; SN.v.71; MN.i.215; MN.ii.92; AN.v.347; Snp.679; Pv.i.10# …

dvaya →

pts

adjective noun

  1. twofold Snp.886 (saccaṃ musā ti dvayadhammaṃ); Dhp.384; Pv.iv.1#29 (dvayaṃ vipākaṃ = duvidhaṃ Pv-a.228)- advaya single AN.v.46
  2. false, deceitful Vin.iii.21-nt. a duality, a p …

dvi →

pts

number two.

A. Meanings

I. Two as unit

  1. with objective foundation:
    1. denoting a combination (pair, couple) or a repetition (twice). In this conn. frequent both objective …

dāma →

pts

bond, fetter, rope; chain, wreath, garland SN.iv.163 (read dāmena for damena), SN.iv.282, (id.); AN.iii.393 (dāmena baddho); Snp.28 (= vacchakānaṃ bandhanatthāya katā ganthitā nandhipasayuttā rajjuban …

dāna →

pts

  1. giving, dealing out, gift; almsgiving liberality, munificence; especially a charitable gift to a bhikkhu or to the community of bhikkhus, the Sangha (cp. deyyadhamma & yañña). As such it constitute …

dāra →

pts

Dāra & Dārā

feminine a young woman, esp. married woman, wife. As; dārā f. at Cnd.295 (d. vuccati bhariyā & Iti.36; f. also dārī maiden, young girl Pv.i.11#5. Otherwise as dāra (coll-masc.): Dh …

dāraka →

pts

(young) boy, child, youngster; a young man. f. dārikā girl (see next) Vin.i.83; Ja.i.88 (dārake ca dārikāyo boys & girls); Ja.ii.127; Ja.vi.336; Pv.i.12#7 (= bāla˚ Pv-a.65) Dhp-a …

dārā →

pts

Dāra & Dārā

feminine a young woman, esp. married woman, wife. As; dārā f. at Cnd.295 (d. vuccati bhariyā & Iti.36; f. also dārī maiden, young girl Pv.i.11#5. Otherwise as dāra (coll-masc.): Dh …

dāsa →

pts

… ■ In phrase dāsā ca kammakarā “slaves & labourers” Vin.i.243, Vin.i.272; Vin.ii.154; as dāso kammakaro “a…

dāsabya →

pts

Dāsavya & Dāsabya

neuter the condition of a slave, slavery, serfdom DN.i.73; MN.i.275 (b) Ja.i.226; DN-a.i.168 (b), DN-a.i.213; Dhp-a.iii.35; Pv-a.112, Pv-a.152.

cp. Sk. dāsya

dāsabyatā →

pts

Err:509

dāsaka →

pts

Err:501

dāsavya →

pts

Dāsavya & Dāsabya

neuter the condition of a slave, slavery, serfdom DN.i.73; MN.i.275 (b) Ja.i.226; DN-a.i.168 (b), DN-a.i.213; Dhp-a.iii.35; Pv-a.112, Pv-a.152.

cp. Sk. dāsya

dāsī →

pts

…Ja.ii.127;

  • -dāsā (pl.) maid& man-servants Dhp-a.i.187; freq. to cpd. d-d-paṭiggahaṇa slave-trading DN.i.5≈(cp….

dāyajja →

pts

inheritance Vin.i.82; DN.iii.189; AN.iii.43; Ja.i.91; Vism.43 sq.; dowry Ja.iii.8
■ (adj.) one who inherits Vin.iii.66 (pituno of the father).

dāṭhā →

pts

large tooth, fang, tusk; as adj. (-˚) having tusks or fangs DN.ii.18 (susukkha˚); Ja.i.505 (uddhaṭa-dāṭho viya sappo); Ja.iv.245 (nikkhanta˚); Dhp-a.i.215; Pv-a.152 (kaṭhina˚); Sdhp.286.

  • *-[āv …

dīgha →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) long DN.i.17; MN.i.429; SN.i.104 (˚ṃ addhānaṃ); Snp.146, Snp.633 (opp. rassa); Dhp.60 Dhp.409; Pv.i.10#11 (˚ṃ antaraṃ all the time); Pv.ii.9#55 (id.) Thag.646 (˚m-antare); D …

dīna →

pts

adjective poor, miserable, wretched; base, mean, low DN.ii.202 (?) (˚māna; variant reading ninnamāna) Ja.v.448; Ja.vi.375; Pv.ii.8#2 (= adānajjhāsaya Pv-a.107), Pv.iv.8#1; Mil.406; Pv-a.120 (= kapaṇ …

dīpa →

pts

Dīpa1

a lamp Ja.ii.104 (˚ṃ jāleti to light a l.); Dhp-a.ii.49 (id.), Dhp-a.ii.94 (id.)

  • -acci the flame of a lamp Thag-a.154;
  • -āloka light of …

dūra →

pts

adjective far distant, remote, opp. āsanna (Ja.ii.154) or santika (Dhs.677; Vism.402)
■ Pv-a.117. Often in compounds (see below), also as dūri˚; e.g. dū …

eka →

pts

adjective noun masculine one. Eka follows the pron. declension i.e. nom. pl. is eke (e.g. Snp.43, Snp.294, Snp.780 etc.)

  1. “one” as number, either with or without contrast to two or more; often al …

ekaccika →

pts

adjective single, not doubled (of cloth, opp. to diguṇa) Ja.v.216 (˚vasana = eka-paṭṭa-nivattha).

fr. ekacca

ekamantaṃ →

pts

adverb on one side, apart, aside Vin.i.47, Vin.i.94 = Vin.ii.272; DN.i.106; Snp.p.13 (expld. at Snp-a.140 as follows: bhāvana-puṃsaka-niddeso, ek’okāsaṃ ekapassan ti vuttaṃ hoti, bhummat …

ekanta →

pts

adjective one-sided, on one end, with one top, topmost (˚-) usually in function of an adv. as ˚-meaning “absolutely, extremely, extraordinary, quite” etc.

  1. (lit.) at one end, only in ˚lomin a wo …

ekaso →

pts

adverb singly, one by one Ja.iii.224 (an˚).

Sk. ekaśaḥ

ekato →

pts

adverb

  1. on the one side (opp. on the other) Ja.iii.51; Ja.iv.141.
  2. together Ja.ii.415; Ja.iii.57 (vasanto), Ja.iii.52 (sannipatanti) Ja.iii.391; Ja.iv.390; Dhp-a.i.18. ekato karoti to put toge …

ekaṃsa →

pts

Ekaṃsa1

adjective belonging to one shoulder, on or with one shoulder; only in phṛase ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsangaṃ karoti to arrange the upper robe over one shoulder (the left) Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.188 …

ekādasa →

pts

number eleven Vin.i.19
■ num. ord. ekādasama the eleventh Snp.111, Snp.113.

Sk. ekādaśa

gabbha →

pts

  1. interior, cavity (loc. gabbhe in the midst of: angāra˚ Ja.iii.55); an inner room, private chamber, bedroom, cell. Of a Vihāra Vin.ii.303; Vin.iii.119; Vin.iv.45; Vv-a.188; Vv-a.220
    ■ Ja.i.90 …

gabbita →

pts

adjective proud, arrogant Ja.ii.340 (˚bhāva = issariya); Ja.iii.264 (˚sabhāva = dittasabhāva); Sum. V. on DN.iii.153 (= avamata).

gaha →

pts

Gaha1

a house, usually in compounds (see below). Ja.iii.396 (= the layman’s life; Com. geha).

  • -kāraka a house-builder, metaph. of taṇhā (cp. kāya as geha) Dhp.153, …

gahapati →

pts

…Pv-a.22

  • -mahāsāla a householder of private means (cp. above 1a) usually in combination with khattiya˚,…

gala →

pts

the throat Ja.i.216, Ja.i.264 Ja.iii.26; Ja.iv.494; Ja.i.194 (a dewlap); Pv-a.11, Pv-a.104.

  • -agga the top of the throat Sdhp.379;
  • -ajjhoharaniya able to be swallowed (of s …

gama →

pts

˚Gama

  1. adj. going, able to go; going to, leading to; in vihangama going in the air Snp.221, Snp.606; Thag.1108; Ja.i.216 (cp. gamana); aghasi˚ id. Vv.16#1 (= vehāsaṃ Vv-a.78); nabhasi˚ going on clo …

gamana →

pts

  1. (nt.) the fact or the state of going, movement, journey, walk; (-˚) striving for, the leading of, pursuit AN.ii.48 sq. (gamanena na pattabbo lokass’ anto = one cannot walk to the end of the world) …

gambhīra →

pts

  1. adjective deep, profound, unfathomable, well founded, hard to perceive difficult
    1. lit. of lakes: Dhp.83; Pv.ii.1#19 (= agādha) Pp.46; of a road (full of swamps) Ja.i.196
    2. fig of knowledge …

gandha →

pts

-āsā “hunger for odours,” craving for olfactory sensations Dhs.1059; -odaka scented water…

gantha →

pts

(in BB often misspelt gandha)

  1. a bond, fetter, trammel; always fig. and usually referring to and enumerated as the four bodily ties, or knots (kāya˚, see under kāya): SN.v.59 = Dh …

ganthati →

pts

Ganthati & Gantheti

  1. to tie, knot, bind, fasten together: kathaṃ mittāni ganthati “how does he bind friends” SN.i.214; Snp.185; mālaṃ ganthamāna tying a garland Vv.38#1 (ganthento Vv-a.173). Of m …

gantheti →

pts

Ganthati & Gantheti

  1. to tie, knot, bind, fasten together: kathaṃ mittāni ganthati “how does he bind friends” SN.i.214; Snp.185; mālaṃ ganthamāna tying a garland Vv.38#1 (ganthento Vv-a.173). Of m …

garahati →

pts

to reproach, to blame, scold, censure, find fault with: agarahiyam mā garahittha “do not blame the blameless” SN.i.240; DN.i.161 (tapaṃ to reject, disapprove of); DN.iii.92, DN.iii.93 (aor. garahi, gr …

garu →

pts

  1. adj.
    1. lit. heavy, opp. lahu light, applied to bhāra, a load SN.iii.26; Ja.i.196 (= bhārika); Ja.vi.420; Dhp-a.i.48; Sdhp.494 (rūpagarubhāra the heavy load of “form”). Compa …

garuka →

pts

somewhat heavy.

  1. lit. Ja.i.134 (of the womb in pregnancy); Dhp.310; Mil.102. Usually coupled & contrasted with; lahuka, light: in def. of sense of touch Dhs.648; similarly w. si …

gata →

pts

gone, in all meanings of gacchati (q.v.) viz.

  1. literal. gone away, arrived at, directed to (c. acc.), opp ṭhita: gate ṭhite nisinne (loc. abs.) when going standing, sitting down (cp. gacchati 1) DN …

gaḷagaḷāyati →

pts

to roar, to crash, to thunder; deve gaḷagaḷāyate (loc. abs.) in a thunderstorm, usually as deve vassante deve g˚; amidst rain and heavy thunder DN.ii.132; SN.i.106; AN.v.114 sq (gala˚); Thag.189; Mi …

gaḷita →

pts

rough, in a˚ smooth Ja.v.203, Ja.v.206 (+ mudu & akakkasa); Ja.vi.64.

gaṇa →

pts

    1. in special sense: a meeting or a chapter of (two or three bhikkhus, a company (opposed both to sangha, the order & puggala, the individual) Vin.i.58, Vin.i.74, Vin.i.195, Vin.i.197 Vin.ii.170, V …

gaṇḍa →

pts

  1. a swelling, esp. as a disease, an abscess, a boil. Freq. in similes with ref. to kāma and kāya. Mentioned with similar cutaneous diseases under kilāsa (q.v. for loci). As epithet of kāya SN.iv.83 = …

gaṇṭhikā →

pts

…Pv-a.127
■ ucchugaṇṭhikā sugar cane: see ucchu.

  • -kāsāva a yellow robe which was to…

ghana →

pts

Ghana1

  1. (adj.) solid, compact, massive; dense, thick; in eka˚ of one solid mass (of sela, rock) Vin.i.185 = Dhp.81 = Thag.643; Mil.386; AN.iii.378, cp. ghanasela-pabbata Dhp-a.i.74-gh. …

ghara →

pts

Ghara1

(nt.; pl. ˚ā Dhp.241, Dhp.302) a house AN.ii.68; Snp.43 (gahaṭṭhā gharaṃ āvasantā), Snp.337 (abl gharā), Snp.889 (id. gharamhā); Ja.i.290 (id. gharato), Ja.iv.2, Ja.iv.364, Ja.iv.49 …

ghasa →

pts

adjective noun eating, an eater; in mahagghasa a big eater AN.v.149 (of the crow); Dhp.325; Mil.288.

ghasati →

pts

to eat Ja.iii.210; ppr. ghasamāna Vin.ii.201; Thag.749
■ Cp ghasa, ghasta & ghāsa. See also jaddhu. Desid jighacchati.

Vedic grasati & *ghasti, pp. grasta, cp. Gr.; γράω to gnaw, γράστις fodder, L …

ghasta →

pts

only in vanka˚ having eaten or swallowed the hook (cp. grasta-vanka) DN.ii.266 (v-g˚ va ambujo); Ja.vi.113.

pp. of ghasati = Sk. grasta

ghata →

pts

clarified butter Vv-a.326; Mil.41; Sdhp.201 (-bindu) With ref. to the sacrificial fire (fire as eating ghee, or being sprinkled w. ghee) ghatāsana; Ja.i.472; Ja.v.64, Ja.v.446; Pv.i.8#5 (ghatasitt …

ghaṃsati →

pts

Ghaṃsati1

to rub, crush, grind, SN.ii.238; Ja.i.190 (= ghasituṃ? to next?) Ja.i.216; Ja.vi.331
caus ghaṃsāpeti to rub against, to allow to be rubbed or crushed Vin.ii.266. Cp. upani˚, pa …

ghaṭikā →

pts

Ghaṭikā1

feminine a small bowl, used for begging alms Thig.422 (= Thag-a.269: bhikkhā-kapāla).

to ghaṭa1

Ghaṭikā2

feminine

  1. a small stick, a piece of a branch …

ghaṭṭa →

pts

see araghaṭṭa; meaning “rubbed, knocked against” in phrase ghaṭṭa-pāda-tala Snp-a.582 (for ugghaṭṭha) also at Vin.iv.46 in def. of vehāsa-kuṭī (a cell or hut with air, i.e., …

ghaṭṭana →

pts

  1. combining, putting together, combination, composition Ja.i.220; Pv-a.312, etc.
  2. striking, fig. insulting (ghaṭṭana = āsajjana) Vv-a.55. To meaning “strike” cp. saṃghaṭṭana.

Sk. ghaṭana, to *gr …

ghaṭṭeti →

pts

to strike, beat, knock against, touch; fig. to offend, mock, object to.

  1. lit. MN.ii.4 (jannukena; text reads ghatteti, variant reading ghaṭeti); Snp.48 (= saṃ˚ Cnd.233); Ja.i.218; Pv.iv.10#9 (= paṭ …

ghota →

pts

is read at Ja.i.454, probably for ghaṭṭa; meaning is “striking, stroke,” combined with kasā, whip.

ghuru-ghuru →

pts

Ghuru-ghuru

onomat. expression of snoring & grunting noise in -passāsa (& ˚in) snoring & breathing heavily, panting, snorting & puffing SN.i.117 (of Māra); Ja.i.160 (of sleepin …

ghāsa →

pts

grass for fodder, pasturing: food Ja.i.511 (˚ṃ kurute); Pv-a.173 (˚atthāya gacchati “go feeding”) Mostly in: -esana search for food (= gocara) SN.i.141; Snp.711
■ Cp. vi˚*-[chada](/define/chada …

ghāsana →

pts

Err:509

giddhimā →

pts

adjective from giddhi greedy, full of greed Ja.v.464 (rasa˚).

gihin →

pts

…(= Cnd.228 puttā ca dāsī dāsā ca, etc.);

  • -byañjanāni (pl.) characteristics of a layman, or of a man of the world (w. ref. to articles of…

gilāna →

pts

adjective sick ill Vin.i.51, Vin.i.53, Vin.i.61, Vin.i.92, Vin.i.142 sq., Vin.i.176, Vin.i.302 sq.; Vin.ii.165 Vin.ii.227 sq.; Vin.iv.88, etc.; SN.v.80, SN.v.81 (bāḷha˚ very ill); AN.i.120 = Pp.27; AN …

gimha →

pts

…of summer MN.i.79; SN.iii.141; SN.v.50, SN.v.321; Vv.79#5 (= āsāḷhimāse Vv-a.307).

Vedic grīṣma

gini →

pts

(poet.) fire AN.iii.347 (mahāgini); Snp.18 Snp.19 (āhito → nibbuto: made → extinguished); Ja.iv.26. Note. The occurrence of two phonetic representatives of one Vedic form (one by diaeresis & one by …

giri →

pts

mountain; as a rule only in cpds, by itself (poetical) only at Vism.206 (in enumn of the 7 large mountains).

  • -agga mountain top, in giraggasamajja Name of a festival c …

giñjakā →

pts

brick, in -āvasatha a house of bricks, as N pl. “the Brick Hall” DN.i.91; Vin.i.232; MN.i.205.

go →

pts

, f.) a cow, an ox, bull, pl. cattle. For f. cp gāvī; see also *gava*˚ for cpds
■ Sg. nom. go (Snp.580 also in composition, cp. aja-go-mahisādi Pv-a.80 = pasū) gen. gavassa (MN.i. …

guhā →

pts

hiding place, a cave, cavern (cp kandara & see giriguhā); fig. the heart (in ˚āsaya) According to Bdhgh. (on Vin.i.58, see Vin. Texts i.174 “a hut of bricks, or in a rock, or of wood.” Vin.i.58 Vin. …

gumba →

pts

  1. a troop, a heap, cluster, swarm. Of soldiers Vin.i.345; of fish (maccha˚) DN.i.84 = MN.i.279 = MN.ii.22; AN.i.9.
  2. a thicket, a bush, jungle; the lair of an animal in a thicket (sayana˚ Ja.iv.256) …

gutta →

pts

  1. as pp. guarded, protected
    1. lit nagaraṃ guttaṃ a well-guarded city Dhp.315 = Thag.653 Thag.1005; Devinda˚ protected by the Lord of gods Vv.30#8-
    2. fig. (med.) guarded, watchful, constrain …

guḷa →

pts

Guḷa1

to make into a ball, to conglomerate. Cp Sk. glauḥ ball; Gr. γλουτός; Ohg. chliuwa; Ger. kugel kloss; E. clot, cleat; also *gel with same meaning Sk. gulma tumour, gilāyu glandula …

guṇa →

pts

…in khuppipāsāhi guṇûpeto as Pv-a.10 is to be read khuppipās’ âbhibhūto peto.

gāhāpeti →

pts

to cause to take; to cause to be seized or fetched; to remove. Aor, gāhāpesi Ja.i.53; Ja.ii.37; gāhāpayi Pv.iv.1#42
ger gāhāpetvā Ja.i.166; Ja.ii.127; Ja.iii.281; Dhp-a.i.62 (patta-cīvaraṃ) With d …

gāma →

pts

collection of houses, a hamlet (cp. Ger. gemeinde), a habitable place (opp. arañña: gāme vā yadi vâraññe Snp.119), a parish or village having boundaries & distinct from the surrounding country (gāmo c …

gāmaka →

pts

  1. = gāma Vin.i.208; Ja.i.199 (Macala˚), Ja.i.253; Ja.iv.431 (cora˚); Pv-a.67 (Iṭṭhakāvatī and Dīgharājī) Dhp-a.ii.25 (dvāra˚).
  2. a villager Ja.v.107 (= gāmavāsin).

gāmin →

pts

˚Gāmin

adjective f. ˚iṇī, in composition ˚gāmi˚

  1. going, walking, lit.: sīgha˚ walking quickly Snp.381
  2. leading to, making for, usually with magga or paṭipadā (gāminī), either lit. Pāṭaliputtagām …

gāthā →

pts

verse, stanza, line of poetry, usually referring to an Anuṭṭhubbaṃ or a Tuṭṭhubbaṃ, & called a catuppādā gāthā, a stanza (śloka) of four half-lines AN.ii.178; Ja.iv.395 Def. as akkhara-padaniya-mit …

gīvā →

pts

the neck Snp.609; Ja.i.74 (˚ṃ pasāreti to stretch forth), Ja.i.167 (pasārita˚), Ja.i.207, Ja.i.222, Ja.i.265; Ja.iii.52; Vv-a.27 (mayūra˚), Vv-a.157; DN-a.i.296 (˚āya kuṇḍa-daṇḍaka-bandhana, as e …

hadaya →

pts

gone to the heart, learnt by heart Mil.10 -gama [˚ngama] heart-stirring, pleasant, agreeable DN.i.4; DN.iii.173; MN.i.345; AN.ii.209; AN.v.205; Vin.iii.77 Mnd.446; Dhs.1343; DN-a.i.75. *-[pariḷā …

hammiya →

pts

…top,“ a larger building, pāsāda, (store-house Vin.i.58, Vin.i.96, Vin.i.239; Vin.ii.146 (with vihāra, aḍḍhayoga pāsāda, guhā, as the 5…

handa →

pts

indeclinable an exhortative-emphatic particle used like Gr. α ̓́γε δή or French allons, voilà: well then, now, come along, alas! It is constructed with 1st pres. & fut., or imper, 2nd …

harati →

pts

  1. to carry Ja.ii.176; Dhp.124; to take with one DN.i.8, DN.i.142; opposed to paccāharati Vb-a.349–⁠Vb-a.354; Snp-a.52–Snp-a.58
  2. to bring Ja.i.208; to offer Ja.i.238; Sn …

haraṇī →

pts

  1. a nerve conveying a stimulus (lit. “carrier”); only used with rasa˚; nerve of taste Vin.ii.137; usually given as “a hundred thousand” in number, e.g. Ja.v.4, Ja.v.293, Ja.v.458; Dhp-a.i.134.

hasamānaka →

pts

adjective laughing, merry Mhvs.35, Mhvs.55; (nt.) as adv. -ṃ jokingly, for fun Vin.i.185.

ppr. of hasati + ka

hasana →

pts

laughter Dhtp.31.

fr. hasati

hasati →

pts

…Mil.1
caus 2 hāsāpeti Snp-a.401; Ja.vi.311. Cp. pari˚, pa˚. 2. to neigh (of horses) Ja.i.62; Ja.vi.581
■ strange aor….

hasita →

pts

laughing, merry; (nt.) laughter, mirth AN.i.261; Pv.iii.3#5 (= hasitavant hasita-mukhin C.); Mil.297 Bv.i.28; Ja.i.62 (? read hesita); Ja.iii.223; Vism.20.

hassati →

pts

…Mil.1
caus 2 hāsāpeti Snp-a.401; Ja.vi.311. Cp. pari˚, pa˚. 2. to neigh (of horses) Ja.i.62; Ja.vi.581
■ strange aor….

hata →

pts

struck, killed DN.ii.131; destroyed, spoilt, injured Vin.i.25; Dhs.264; Ja.ii.175; reṇuhata struck with dust, covered with dust Vin.i.32; hatatta (nt.) the state of being destroyed Dhp.390; *[hatā …

hattha →

pts

  1. hand DN.i.124; AN.i.47; Snp.610; Ja.vi.40
    ■ forearm Vin.iv.221; of animals SN.v.148; Ja.i.149; -pāda hand and foot MN.i.523; AN.i.47; Ja.ii.117; Pv-a.241; Dhp-a.iv.7. sahassa˚; thousand …

hatthin →

pts

an elephant Vin.i.218, Vin.i.352; Vin.ii.194 sq (Nālāgiri) = Ja.v.335 (nom. sg. hatthī; gen. hatthissa) DN.i.5; AN.ii.209; Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.102; Dhp-a.i.59 (correct haṭṭhi!), Dhp-a.i.80 (acc. pl. hat …

hesati →

pts

to neigh Ja.i.51, Ja.i.62 (here hasati); Ja.v.304 (T. siṃsati for hiṃsati; C. explains hiṃsati as “hessati,” cp. abhihiṃsanā for ˚hesanā). pp. *[hesita](/defin …

hetu →

pts

  1. cause, reason, condition SN.i.134; AN.iii.440 sq.; Dhs.595, Dhs.1053; Vism.450 Tikp.11, Kp.233, Kp.239. In the older use paccaya and hetu are almost identical …

heṭṭhā →

pts

indeclinable down, below, underneath Vin.i.15; DN.i.198; Iti.114; Ja.i.71; Vv-a.78; Pv-a.113. As prep. with gen (abl.) or cpd. “under” Ja.i.176; Ja.ii.103; lower in the manuscript, i.e. before, abov …

hiṅgu →

pts

the plant asafetida Vin.i.201; Vv-a.186.

  • -cuṇṇa powder of asafetida Dhp-a.iv.171.
  • -rāja a sort of bird Ja.vi.539.

Sk. hingu

huta →

pts

sacrificed, worshipped, offered Vin.i.36 = Ja.i.83; DN.i.55; Ja.i.83 (nt. “oblation”); Vv.34#26 (su˚, + sudinna, suyiṭṭha); Pp.21; Dhs.1215; DN-a.i.165; Dhp-a.ii.234.

hāsa →

pts

laughter; mirth, joy Dhp.146; DN-a.i.228 = Snp-a.155 (“āmeṇḍita”); Ja.i.33 Ja.ii.82; Ja.v.112; Mil.390. See also ahāsa.

  • -kara giving pleasure, causing joy Mi …

hāsaniya →

pts

adjective giving joy or pleasure. Mil.149

fr. has or hṛṣ; cp. Sk. harṣanīya

hāseti →

pts

see hasati.

hāsu →

pts

Hāsu˚

of uncertain origin occurs with hāsa˚; in combination with -pañña and is customarily taken in meaning “of bright knowledge” (i.e. hāsa + paññā), wise, clever The syn. javana-pañña poin …

hīḷeti →

pts

  1. to be vexed, to grieve SN.i.308; to vex, grieve Vv.84#46.
  2. to scorn, disdain, to feel contempt for, despise DN.ii.275; Snp.713 (appaṃ dānaṃ na hīḷeyya); Ja.ii.258; DN-a.i.256 (= vambheti); Dhp- …

ida →

pts

Ida & Idaṃ

indeclinable emphatic demonstr. adv. in local, temporal & modal function, as

  1. in this, here: idappaccayatā having its foundation in this, i.e. causally connec …

idaṃ →

pts

Ida & Idaṃ

indeclinable emphatic demonstr. adv. in local, temporal & modal function, as

  1. in this, here: idappaccayatā having its foundation in this, i.e. causally connec …

iddhi →

pts

There is no single word in English for Iddhi, as the idea is unknown in Europe. The main sense seems to be ʻpotency’.

  1. Pre-Buddhistic; the Iddhi of a layman The four Iddhis of a king are personal …

ikkāsa →

pts

? at Vin.ii.151 (+ kasāva) is trsl. by “slime of trees”, according to Bdhgh’s expln. on p. 321 (to C. V. vi.3, 1), who however reads nikkāsa.

uncertain as regard mean …

indriya →

pts

A. On term

Indriya is one of the most comprehensive & important categories of Buddhist psychological philosophy & ethics meaning “controlling principle, directive force, élan, δύναμις” in t …

isi →

pts

  1. a holy man, one gifted with special powers of insight & inspiration, an anchoret, a Seer, Sage, Saint, “Master” DN.i.96 (kaṇho isi ahosi); SN.i.33, SN.i.35, SN.i.65, SN.i.128, SN.i.191, SN.i.192 SN …

issattha →

pts

(nt. m.)

  1. (nt.) archery (as means of livelihood & occupation) MN.i.85; MN.iii.1; SN.i.100 (so read with variant reading; T has issatta, C. explains by usu-sippaṃ K. S. p. 318); Snp.617 (˚ṃ upajī …

issāsa →

pts

an archer Vin.iv.124; MN.iii.1; AN.iv.423 (issāso vā issās’ antevāsī vā); Ja.ii.87 Ja.iv.494; Mil.232; DN-a.i.156.

Sk. iṣvāsa, see issattha

issāsin →

pts

an archer, lit. one having a bow Ja.iv.494 (= issāsa C.).

Sk. iṣvāsa in meaning “bow” + in

iti →

pts

Iti (ti)

indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …

ittara →

pts

(sometimes spelt itara) adjective

  1. passing, changeable, short, temporary, brief unstable MN.i.318 (opp. dīgharattaṃ); AN.ii.187; Ja.i.393 Ja.iii.83 (˚dassana = khaṇika˚ C.), Ja.i …

itthi →

pts

Itthi & Itthī

feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …

itthī →

pts

Itthi & Itthī

feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …

iṭṭha →

pts

adjective pleasing, welcome, agreeable, pleasant, often in the idiomatic group iṭṭha kanta manāpa (of objects pleasing to the senses) DN.i.245; DN.ii.192; MN.i.85; SN.iv.60, SN.iv.158, SN.iv.235 sq. …

jaddhu →

pts

only in composition as ; not eating, abstaining from food. -ka one who fasts MN.i.245; -māra death by starvation Ja.vi.63 (= anāsaka-maraṇa; Fsb. has note: read ajuṭṭha˚?) ˚mārika AN.iv.287 …

jagghati →

pts

to laugh, to deride Ja.iii.223; Ja.v.436; Ja.vi.522. pp. jagghita Ja.vi.522. See also anu˚, pa˚.

Intens. to sound-root ghar. for *jaghrati. See note on gala. Kern compares V …

jahati →

pts

Jahati & jahāti

to leave, abandon, lose; give up, renounce forsake. Ster. expln at Cnd.255 (and passim): pajahati vinodeti byantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Lit. as well as fig.; esp. w. ref. …

jahāti →

pts

Jahati & jahāti

to leave, abandon, lose; give up, renounce forsake. Ster. expln at Cnd.255 (and passim): pajahati vinodeti byantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Lit. as well as fig.; esp. w. ref. …

janaka →

pts

  1. producing, production Vism.369; adj. (-˚) producing: pasāda˚ Mhvs.i.4 (= ˚kāraka); a species of karma Vism.601; Cpd. 144 (A.i).
  2. n. f -ikā genetrix, mother Ja.i.16; Dhs.1059≈(where it repre …

janapada →

pts

inhabited country, the country (opp. town or market-place), the continent politically: a province, district, county DN.i.136 (opp nigama); DN.ii.349; AN.i.160, AN.i.178; Snp.422, Snp.683, Snp.995, Sn …

janatā →

pts

collection of people (“mankind”), congregation, gathering; people, folk DN.i.151 (= DN-a.i.310, correct jananā), DN.i.206; Vin.ii.128 = MN.ii.93 (pacchimā); AN.i.61 (id.); AN.iii.251 (id.); Iti.33; J …

jarā →

pts

(older); jaras (nt.) decay, decrepitude, old age Vin.i.10, Vin.i.34; AN.i.51, AN.i.138 (as death’s messenger); AN.v.144 sq. (bhabbo jaraṃ pahātuṃ); Snp.311 (cp. DN.iii.75); Ja.i.59; Thig.252 sq.; Vi …

java →

pts

  1. (n.) speed SN.ii.266; SN.v.227; MN.i.446; AN.ii.113; AN.iii.248; Snp.221; Ja.ii.290; Ja.iv.2 Often combined with thāma, in phrase thāmajavasampanna endowed with strength & swiftn …

javana →

pts

  1. alacrity, readiness; impulse, shock Pts.i.80 sq.; Vism.22; Dhs-a.265 (cp. Dhs trsl. pp. 132 156); DN-a.i.194. Usually in cpd. javana-pañña (adj. of alert intellection, of swift understanding …

jaṭila →

pts

one who wears a jaṭā, i.e. a braid of hair, or who has his hair matted, an ascetic. enumerated amongst other ʻreligious’ as ājīvikā nigaṇṭhā j paribbājakā Cnd.308; ājīvikā nig˚ j. tāpasā Cnd.149 Cnd.5 …

jeṭṭha →

pts

adjective better (than others), best first, supreme; first-born; elder brother or sister, elder eldest DN.ii.15 (aggo jeṭṭho seṭṭho = the first, foremost & best of all); AN.i.108; AN.ii.87; AN.iii.15 …

jhasa →

pts

? a window or opening in general Ja.ii.334.

jighacchati →

pts

to have a desire to eat, to be hungry DN.ii.266; pp. jighacchita Dhp-a.ii.145.

Desid. to ghasati, eat

jighacchā →

pts

…often combined with pipāsā, desire to drink, thirst, e.g. SN.i.18; AN.ii.143, AN.ii.153; Mil.304
■ MN.i.13,…

jina →

pts

conquering, victorious, often of the Buddha, “Victor”: jitā me pāpakā dhammā tasmâhaṃ Upaka jino ti Vin.i.8 = MN.i.171; Vin.v.217; Snp.379, Snp.697, Snp.989, Snp.996. magga˚ conqueror of the Path Snp. …

jivhā →

pts

the tongue.

  1. physically: Vin.i.34; AN.iv.131; Snp.673, Snp.716; Dhp.65 Dhp.360; Ja.ii.306; Pv-a.99 (of Petas: visukkha-kanthaṭṭha j.), Pv-a.152
    ■ Of the tongue of the mahāpurusha which coul …

jiñjuka →

pts

the Gunja shrub (Abrus precatorius) Ja.iv.333 (akkhīni j. ˚phalasadisāni, cp. in same application guñjā); Ja.v.156 (j. ˚phalasannibha); Dhp-a.i.177 (˚gumba).

joteti →

pts

  1. trs. to cause to shine, illuminate, make clear, explain AN.ii.51 = Ja.v.509 (bhāsaye jotaye dhammaṃ; Gloss Ja.v.510 katheyya for joteyya = jotaye Iti.108; Ja.ii.208; Pv-a.18
  2. intrs. to shine Dhp …

joti →

pts

-pāsāṇa a burning glass made of a crystal Dhp-a.iv.209;

jāgara →

pts

adjective waking, watchful, careful, vigilant SN.i.3; AN.ii.13 = Iti.116; MN.ii.31; Iti.41; Mil.300
bahu˚; wide awake, well aware, cautious Snp.972 (cp. rakkhita-mānasāno in same context v. 63) …

jāla →

pts

Jāla1

neuter a net; netting, entanglement (lit. or fig.): snare, deceptíon (= māyā)

A. Lit

Cnd.260 (= suttajāla, a plaiting of threads); Snp-a.115 Snp-a.263 (= suttamaya) DN. …

jānāti →

pts

to know.

I. Forms

The 2 Vedic roots jān˚ & jñā˚; are represented in Pali by jān˚ & ñā˚ (ña˚)

  1. jān:
    pres jānāti
    pot jāneyya (Snp.781) & jaññā (AN.iv.366 …

jāta →

pts

  1. As adj. n.un
    1. born, grown, arisen, produced (= nibbatta pātubhūta Cnd.256) Snp.576 (jātānaṃ maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ); jātena maccena kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahuṃ Dhp.53 = Mil.333; yakkhinī …

jāti →

pts

■ Instr. jātiyā (Snp.423) & jaccā (DN.ii.8; Ja.iii.395; Dhp.393); abl. jātiyā (SN.i.88) & jātito (by descent: DN.ii.8); loc. jātiyaṃ (Pv-a.10) & jātiyā (Pv-a.78).

  1. birth, rebirth, possibility of …

jīva →

pts

Jīva1

adjective noun

  1. the soul. Sabbe jīvā all the souls, enumerated with sattā pāṇā bhūta in the dialect used by the followers of Gosāla DN.i.53 (= DN-a.i.161 jīvasaññī). “taṃ jīvaṃ t …

jīvaṃ-jīvaka →

pts

Jīvaṃ-jīvaka

(m. onom.) name of a bird, a sort of pheasant (or partridge?), which utters a note sounding like jīvaṃ jīva DN.iii.201; Ja.v.406, Ja.v.416; Ja.vi.276, Ja.vi.538. With this cp. the Jain …

jīvita →

pts

…AN.i.146; AN.iii.72;

  • -āsā the desire for life AN.i.86;
  • -saṅkhaya = ˚khaya Snp.74; Dhp.331;…

kabara →

pts

adjective variegated, spotted, striped; mixed, intermingled; in patches Vism.190. Of a cow (˚gāvī) Dhp-a.i.71 (˚go-rūpa) Dhp-a.i.99; of a calf (˚vaccha Ja.v.106; of a dog (˚vaṇṇa = sabala q.v.) Ja. …

kacchapa →

pts

tortoise, turtle SN.iv.177 (kummo kacchapo); in simile of the blind turtle (kāṇo k.) MN.iii.169 = SN.v.455; Thig.500 (cp J.P.T.S. 1907, 73, 174)
■ f. kacchapinī a female t Mil.67.

  • *-[lakkhaṇ …

kacchā →

pts

Kacchā1

feminine

  1. enclosure denoting both the enclosing and the enclosed i.e. wall or room: see kacchantara.
  2. an ornament for head & neck (of an elephant), ve …

kad →

pts

Kad˚

orig. “what?” used adverbially; then indef. “any kind of,” as (na) kac(-cana) “not at all”; kac-cid “any kind of; is it anything? what then?” Mostly used in disparaging sense of showing in …

kadariya →

pts

adjective mean, miserly, stingy, selfish; usually explained by thaddhamaccharī (Pv-a.102; Dhp-a.iii.189, Dhp-a.iii.313), and mentioned with *[maccharī](/define/maccharī …

kahāpaṇa →

pts

A square copper coin MN.ii.163; AN.i.250; AN.v.83 sq. Vin.ii.294; Vin.iii.238; Dhs-a.280 (at this passage included under rajataṃ, silver, together with loha-māsaka, dārumāsaka and jatu-māsaka); S …

kakka →

pts

Kakka1

a sediment deposited by oily substances, when ground; a paste Vin.i.205 (tila˚), Vin.i.255. Three kinds enumerated at Ja.vi.232: sāsapa˚ (mustard-paste), mattika˚ (fragrant earth- …

kakkasa →

pts

adjective rough, hard, harsh, esp. of speech (vācā para-kaṭukā Dhs.1343), MN.i.286 = Dhs.1343; AN.v.265 = AN.v.283, AN.v.293; Dhs-a.396
■ akakkasa: smooth Snp.632; Ja.iii.282 Ja.v.203, Ja.v.206, J …

kakkaṭaka →

pts

crab SN.i.123; MN.i.234; Ja.i.222; Vv.54#6 (Vv-a.243, Vv-a.245); Dhp-a.iii.299 (mama… kakkaṭakassa viya akkhīni nikkhamimsu, as a sign of being in love). Cp. kakkhaḷa.

  • -nala a kind of sea-re …

kakkhaḷa →

pts

  1. rough, hard, harsh (lit. & fig.) Dhs.648 (opp.; muduka Dhs.962 (rūpaṃ paṭhavīdhātu: kakkhalaṃ kharagataṃ kakkhaḷattaṃ kakkhaḷabhāvo); Vism.349 (= thaddha), Vism.591, Vism.592 (˚ …

kakkhaḷatā →

pts

hardness, rigidity, Dhs.859; Vb.82; Ja.v.167; Dhs-a.166
akakkhaḷatā absence of roughness, pleasantness Dhs.44, Dhs.45, Dhs.324 Dhs.640, Dhs.728, Dhs.859; Dhs-a.151; Vv-a.214 (= saṇha).

abstr …

kakku →

pts

powder for the face, slightly adhesive, used by ladies, Ja.v.302 where 5 kinds are enumerated: sāsapa˚, loṇa˚, mattika˚, tila˚, haliddi˚.

cp. kakka = kalka

kakkāru →

pts

(Sk. karkāru, connected with karkaṭaka]

  1. a pumpkin-gourd, the Beninkasa Cerifera Ja.vi.536 kakkārujātāni = valliphalāni (reading kakkaru to be corr.).
  2. a heavenly flower Ja.iii.87, Ja.iii.88 = dibbapuppha

kalasa →

pts

  1. a pot, waterpot, dish, jar MN.iii.141; Ja.iv.384; Dāvs iv.49; Pv-a.162.
  2. the female breasts (likened to a jar) Mhbv.2, Mhbv.22.

cp. Vedic kalaśa

kali →

pts

  1. the unlucky die (see akkha); “the dice were seeds of a tree called the vibhītaka… An extra seed was called the kali” (Dial. ii.368 n. DN.ii.349; Ja.i.380; Dhp.252 (= Dhp-a.iii …

kallita →

pts

pleasantness, agreeableness SN.iii.270, SN.iii.273 (samādhismiṃ-˚kusala); AN.iii.311; AN.iv.34 (id.).

fr. kalla

kalyatā →

pts

  1. the state of being sound, able, pliant Ja.ii.12.
  2. pleasantness, agreeableness, readiness, in ; opp. (applied to citta) Dhs.1156; Dhs-a.377 (= gilānabhāva).

kalyāṇa →

pts

(& kallāṇa)

  1. (adj.) beautiful, charming; auspicious, helpful, morally good. Syn bhaddaka Pv-a.9, Pv-a.116) and kusala (SN.ii.118; Pv-a.9 Pv-a.122); opp. pāpa (SN.i.83; MN.i.43; Pv-a.101, Pv-a …

kalā →

pts

  1. a small fraction of a whole, generally the 16th part; the 16th part of the moon’s disk; often the 16th part again subdivided into 16 parts and so on: one infinitesimal part (see Vv-a.103; Dhp-a.i …

kalāpa →

pts

  1. anything that comprises a number of things of the same kind; a bundle, bunch sheaf; a row, multitude; usually of grass, bamboo-or sugar-canes, sometimes of hair and feathers SN.iv.290 (tiṇa˚); Ja …

kalāya →

pts

kind of pea, the chick-pea MN.i.245 (kaḷāya); SN.i.150; AN.v.170; Snp.p.124; Ja.ii.75 (= varaka, the bean Phaseolus trilobus, and kālarāja-māsa); Ja.iii.370; Dhp-a.i.319. Its size may be gathered f …

kamanīya →

pts

adjective

  1. desirable, beautiful, lovely Ja.v.155, Ja.v.156; Mil.11.
  2. pleasant, sweet (-sounding) DN.ii.171; Ja.i.96
    ■ As nt. a desirable object SN.i.22.

grd of kāmayati

kambala →

pts

, nt.)

woollen stuff, woollen blanket or garment. From Ja.iv.353 it appears that it was a product of the north, probably Nepal (cp. J.P.T.S. 1889, 203); enumerated as one of the 6 kinds of cīvaras …

kambu →

pts

…of the neck Ja.v.155 (˚ābhāsā gīvā explained on p. 156 as suvaṇṇālingatala-sannibhā); also the (polished) surface of a shell, used as…

kamma →

pts

…Thig.340; Ja.i.57. Also as dāsā pessā k˚kārā AN.iii.37 = AN.iv.265, AN.iv.393, and dāsā k˚ kārā Vin.i.240, Vin.i.272; Vin.ii.154;…

kammanta →

pts

…k˚ uṇṇā ti vā, kappāsā ti vā as housework, falling to the share of the wife AN.iii.37 = AN.iv.365; khetta˚ occupation in the field…

kammatā FIXME double →

pts

Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā

(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …

kammatā →

pts

Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā

(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …

kammaññatā →

pts

workableness, adaptability, readiness, appl. to the wood of the sandal tree (in simile) AN.i.9; said of kāya and citta in connection with kammaññattaṃ k˚bhāvo k˚mudutā: Dhs.46 Dhs.47 = Dhs.326 = Dhs.6 …

kammāsa →

pts

  1. variegated, spotted, blemished Ja.v.69 (˚vaṇṇa), said of the spotted appearance of leprosy
    ■ fig. inconsistent, varying AN.ii.187.
  2. (nt. inconsistency, blemish, blot AN.iv.55; Vism.51
    ■ …

kampana →

pts

  1. adj. causing to shake Dhp-a.i.84, trembling Kacc.271.
  2. (nt)
    1. an earthquake Ja.i.26 Ja.i.47.
    2. tremor (of feelings) Ja.iii.163.
  • -rasa (adj.) “whose essence is to tr …

kamyatā FIXME double →

pts

Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā

(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …

kamyatā →

pts

Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā

(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …

kandara →

pts

  1. a cave, grotto, generally, on the slope or at the foot of a mountain Vin.ii.76, Vin.ii.146 used as a dwelling-place Thag.602; Ja.i.205; Ja.iii.172.
  2. a glen, defile, gully DN.i.71 = AN.ii.210 = P …

kanikāra →

pts

…of the yellow robes (kāsāyāni) Ja.ii.25; with ref. to the blood of the heart Vism.256; = golden Vv-a.65; Dhp-a.ii.250 (variant reading…

kanta →

pts

Kanta1

  1. (adj.) in special sense an attribute of worldly pleasure (cp. kāma kāmaguṇā): pleasant, lovely, enjoyable; freq. in form iṭṭhā kantā manāpā, referring to the pleasures of the sens …

kantati →

pts

Kantati1

to plait, twist, spin, esp. suttaṃ (thread) Vin.iv.300; Pv-a.75; Dhp-a.iii.273; kappāsaṃ AN.iii.295. Cp pari˚.

Sk. kṛṇatti, *qert, cp. kata, & Lat. cratis, crassus, E. crate …

kantika →

pts

Kantika1

adjective spinning Pv-a.75 (sutta˚ itthiyo).

to kantati1

Kantika2

= kanta1 in a˚ unpleasant, disgusting Pv.iii.4#1 (= Pv-a.193).

kappa →

pts

adjective noun anything made with a definite object in view, prepared, arranged; or that which is fit, suitable, proper. See also DN-a.i.103 & Kp-a.115 for var. meanings.

I. Literal Meaning # …

kappaka →

pts

barber, hairdresser, also attendant to the king; his other function (of preparing baths) is expressed in the term nahāpaka (Pv.ii.9#37) or nahāpita (˚ā?) (DN-a.i.157) Vin. DN-a.i.344; DN-a.ii.182; …

kappeti →

pts

to cause to fit, to create, build, construct arrange, prepare, order.

I. lit

  1. in special sense: to prepare, get done, i.e. harness: Ja.i.62; plait DN-a.i.274, an offering (yaññaṃ) Snp.1 …

kappāsa →

pts

  1. the silk-cotton tree Ja.iii.286; Ja.vi.336.
  2. cotton DN.ii.141; AN.iii.295; SN.v.284; Ja.i.350; Ja.vi.41; comb. w. uṇṇa AN.iii.37 = AN.iv.265 = AN.iv.268.

kappāsī →

pts

cotton Ja.vi.537; Pv-a.146.

= kappāsa

kapāsa →

pts

Err:509

kara →

pts

  1. (adj.) (-˚) producing, causing, forming, making, doing, e.g. anta˚ putting an end to; pabhaṃ causing splendour; pāpa˚ doing evil; divā˚ & divasa the day-maker, i.e. the sun; kaṇhabhāva˚ causing a …

karati →

pts

Karati1

to cut, injure, hurt; in “karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato…” DN.i.52 = MN.i.516; SN.iii.208.

cp. Sk. kṛntati

Karati2

(˚tī) feminine a superior kind of bean, the D …

karoti →

pts

v. irreg. Of the endless variety of forms given by grammarians only the foll. are bona fide and borne out by passages from our texts (when bracketed found in gram. works only).

I. Act

  1. I …

karuṇā →

pts

  1. (f.) pity compassion. Karuṇā is one of the 4 qualities of character significant of a human being who has attained enfranchisement of heart (ceto-vimutti) in the 4 sentiments viz. mettā k.˚ upekhā …

kasaka →

pts

see kassaka.

kasambu →

pts

anything worthless, rubbish, filth, impurity; fig. low passions SN.i.166; Snp.281 = Mil.414 = AN.iv.172; Vism.258 (maṃsa˚), Vism.259 (parama˚).

  • -jāta one whose nature is impurity …

kasana →

pts

ploughing, tilling Ja.iv.167; Ja.vi.328, Ja.vi.364; Vism.384 (+ vapana sowing).

kasati →

pts

to till, to plough SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.80; Thag.531; Ja.i.57; Ja.ii.165; Ja.vi.365
■ kassate (3rd sing med.) Thag.530
pp kattha (q.v.) Caus. ii. kasāpeti Mil.66, Mil.82; Dhp-a.i.224.

*kṛṣ …

kasaṭa →

pts

  1. (adj.) bad, nasty; bitter, acrid; insipid, disgusting AN.i.72; Ja.ii.96; Ja.ii.159.
  2. (m.)
    1. fault, vice, defect MN.i.281; Pts.ii.87
    2. leavings, dregs Vv-a.288 (variant reading sakaṭa) …

kasi →

pts

Kasi & Kasī

feminine tilling, ploughing; agriculture, cultivation MN.ii.198; SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.76 sq. Vin.iv.6; Pv.i.5#6 (k˚, gorakkha, vaṇijjā); Pv-a.7 Sdhp.390 (k˚, vaṇijjā); Vv-a.63
■ * …

kasita →

pts

of kasati) ploughed, tilled Anvs.44; -a˚; untilled ibid. 27, 44
■ Cp. vi˚.

kasiṇa →

pts

Kasiṇa1

adjective entire, whole Ja.iv.111, Ja.iv.112.

Vedic kṛtsna

Kasiṇa2

neuter one of the aids to kammaṭṭhāna, the practice by means of which myst …

kassaka →

pts

husbandman, cultivator, peasant, farmer, ploughman DN.i.61 (k˚ gahapatiko kārakārako rāsi-vaḍḍhako); AN.i.241; AN.i.229, AN.i.239 (the three duties of a farmer); SN.i.172 = Snp.76; SN.iii.155 (varian …

kassati →

pts

see ava˚, anu˚ (aor. anvakāsi), pari˚; otherwise kasati; cp. also kissati.

kṛṣ

kasā →

pts

whip Vin.i.99 (in Uddāna); MN.i.87, etc.; Dhp.143; Mil.197
-kasāhi tāḷeti to whip lash, flog as punishment for malefactors here, as well as in Niraya (see kamma-karaṇā) MN.i …

kasāva →

pts

Kasāya & Kasāva

  1. a kind of paste or gum used in colouring walls Vin.ii.151.
  2. an astringent decoction extracted from plants Vin.i.201, Vin.i.277; Ja.v.198.
  3. (of taste), astringent DhS.629; Mil.65 …

kasāya →

pts

Kasāya & Kasāva

  1. a kind of paste or gum used in colouring walls Vin.ii.151.
  2. an astringent decoction extracted from plants Vin.i.201, Vin.i.277; Ja.v.198.
  3. (of taste), astringent DhS.629; Mil.65 …

kasāyatta →

pts

astringency Mil.56.

abstr. fr. kasāya

kasī →

pts

Kasi & Kasī

feminine tilling, ploughing; agriculture, cultivation MN.ii.198; SN.i.172, SN.i.173 = Snp.76 sq. Vin.iv.6; Pv.i.5#6 (k˚, gorakkha, vaṇijjā); Pv-a.7 Sdhp.390 (k˚, vaṇijjā); Vv-a.63
■ * …

kata →

pts

(& sometimes; kaṭa) done, worked, made. Extremely rare as v. trs. in the common meaning of E. make, Ger. machen, or Fr. faire (see the cognate kapp and jan, also uppajjati & viss …

katara →

pts

adjective which one (of a certain number, usually of two) Ja.i.4; Pv-a.119 Often only emphatic for ko, e.g. Ja.i.298 (kataraṃ upaddavaṃ na kareyya), and used uninflected in compounds …

kathalika →

pts

, always in combination pād’odaka pāda-pīṭha pāda-k˚: either a cloth to wipe the feet with after washing them, or a footstool Vin.i.9, Vin.i.47 Vin.ii.22 sq., Vin.ii.210, Vin.ii.216. At Vv-a.8 …

kathaṃ →

pts

adverb dubit. interr. part.

  1. how; with ind. pres. Pv-a.6 (k. puriso paṭilabhati), or with fut. & cond. Ja.i.222; Ja.ii.159 (k. tattha gamissāmi); Ja.vi.500; Pv-a.54 (na dassāmi)
  2. why, for what …

kathā →

pts

  1. talk talking, conversation AN.i.130; Pv-a.39. So in antarā˚ DN.i.179; Snp.p.107, Snp.p.115; cp. sallāpa. Also in tiracchāna˚; low, common speech, comprising 28 kinds of conversational talk a b …

kattha →

pts

adverb where? where to whither? Vin.i.83, Vin.i.107; Vin.ii.76; DN.i.223; Snp.487, Snp.1036; Ja.iii.76; Pv.ii.9#16; Dhp-a.i.3
■ k. nu kho where then where I wonder? DN.i.215 sq., Pv-a.22 (with Pot …

kattikā →

pts

(& -kattika) Name of a month (Oct
■ Nov.), during which the full moon is near the constellation of Pleiades It is the last month of the rainy season, terminating on the full moon day of Kattikā ( …

kavandha →

pts

  1. the (headless) trunk of the body, endowed with the power of motion Vin.iii.107; cp. SN.ii.260 (asīsaka˚); Mil.292; Dhp-a.i.314.
  2. a headless dwarf, whose head has been crushed down into his body …

kavāṭa →

pts

  1. the panels of the door, the door proper, not the aperture Vin.ii.114, Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.207, Vin.ii.208 (see Vin.ii.148 for the description of a door), Vin.iv.269, Vin.iv.304 (˚baddha = āvasatha); …

kañcana →

pts

gold AN.iii.346 Thag.691 (muttaṃ selā va k.); Thig.266 (k˚ ssa phalakaṃ va); Vv-a.4, Vv-a.9 (= jātarūpa). Esp. freq. in compounds = of or like gold.

kaññā →

pts

young (unmarried) woman, maiden, girl Pv.i.11#1
■ As emblem of beauty in simile khattiya-kaññā vā… pannarasa-vassuddesikā vā solasa-vassuddesikā vā… MN.i.88; in combination khattiya-kaññā, brāhm …

kaṅkala →

pts

skeleton; only in cpd. atthi˚ Aṭṭhikankal’ ūpamā kāmā Vin.ii.25; MN.i.130, MN.i.364; Ja.v.210; Thag.1150 (˚kuṭika): aṭṭhikankalasannibha Thig.488 (= Thag-a.287; cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 75) aṭṭhi …

kaṇḍu →

pts

…sahassa-kaṇḍubbedho ti pāsādo satabhūmiko ahosi; in preceding lines the expression used is “sahassa-kaṇḍagamanaṃ uccaṃ.”

=…

kaṇṇa →

pts

  1. a corner, an angle Vin.i.48, Vin.i.286; Ja.i.73; Ja.iii.42 Ja.v.38; Ja.vi.519; Pv-a.74; Dhp-a.ii.178; Dāvs ii.111- cīvara˚; the edge of the garment Vism.389. Freq. in cpd. catu˚; (catukkaṇṇa …

kaṇṭaka →

pts

  1. a thorn Snp.845; Vin.i.188; Ja.v.102 Ja.vi.105 (in description of the Vetaraṇī); cp. kusa˚
  2. any instrument with a sharp point Sdhp.201.
  3. a bone, fish-bone Ja.i.222; in piṭṭhi˚; a bone of the …

kaṇṭha →

pts

…neck Vin.i.15; Dhp.307 (kāsāva˚); Vv.64#17 (expid at Vv-a.280 by gīvūpagasīsūpagādi-ābharaṇāni). Esp. in loc….

kaṭa →

pts

Kaṭa1

a mat: see compounds & kaṭallaka.

  • -sara a reed: Saccharum Sara, used as medicine Dhs-a.78.
  • -sāra (Dhp-a.i.268) & *[sāraka](/define/sāraka …

kaṭuka →

pts

adjective sharp, bitter, acid, severe

  1. severe, sharp (fig.), of dukkha, vedanā, kāmā, etc MN.i.10 = AN.ii.143; Ja.vi.115; Thig.451 (= Thag-a.281) SN-a.56
    ■ painful, terrible, frightful (-ap …

kaṭṭha →

pts

Kaṭṭha1

ploughed, tilled Snp.80; Mil.255; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.62. a˚ untilled, unprepared Anvs.27. su˚ well-ploughed AN.i.229; Mil.255.

Sk. kṛṣṭa, pp. of kasati, cp. kiṭṭha

Kaṭṭha2</su …

kerāṭika →

pts

adjective deceitful, false, hypocritic Ja.i.461 (explained by biḷāra); Ja.iv.220; Ja.iv.223 (= kirāsa) MN-a.152; Dhp-a.iii.389 (= saṭha)
■ a˚ honest, frank Ja.v.117 (= akitava, ajūtakara).

fr. kirāṭa

kesa →

pts

…kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati “to shave off hair & beard, dress in yellow…

kevala →

pts

(adj-adv.) expression of the concept of unity and totality: only, alone; whole, complete; adv altogether or only

  1. ˚ṃ (adv.)
    1. only = just: k tvaṃ amhākaṃ vacanaṃ karohi “do all we tell you Pv\ …

kevalin →

pts

adjective one who is fully accomplished, an Arahant; often with mahesi and uttamapurisa Defn sabbaguṇa-paripuṇṇa sabba-yoga-visaṃyutta Snp-a.153
■ ye suvimuttā t …

keḷi →

pts

Keḷi1

feminine

  1. play, amusement, sport Pv-a.265 (= khiḍḍā); parihāsa merry play, fun Ja.i.116.
  2. playing at dice, gambling in -maṇḍala “circle of the game,” draught-board; *-ṃ bh …

keḷāsa →

pts

Name of a mountain Bdhd 138.

cp. Sk. kailāsa

kha →

pts

syllable & ending, functioning also as root, meaning “void, empty” or as n. meaning “space”; expld. by Bdhgh with ref. to dukkha as “khaṃ saddo pana tucche; tucchaṃ hi ākāsaṃ khan ti vuccati” Vism.494 …

khalika →

pts

(or khalikā f.) a dice-board, in khalikāya kīḷanti to play at dice (see illustr. in Rh. D. Buddh. India p. 77; Vin.ii.10; cp. DN.i.6 (in enumn of various amusements expl. at DN-a.i.85 …

khandha →

pts

I. Crude meaning

bulk, massiveness (gross) substance.

  1. Esp. used
    1. of an elephant: the bulk of the body, i.e. its back SN.i.95 vāraṇassa Ja.iii.392; hatthi-khandha-vara-gata on th …

khanti →

pts

Khanti & Khantī

f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …

khantī →

pts

Khanti & Khantī

f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …

khattiya →

pts

…= DN.iii.260;

  • -mahāsāla “the wealthy khattiya” (see above ii.1) DN.iii.258, etc.; *…

khaya →

pts

waste, destruction, consumption decay, ruin, loss; of the passing away of night Vv-a.52 mostly in applied meaning with ref. to the extinction of passions & such elements as condition, life, & rebirth …

khaṭakhaṭa →

pts

the noise of hawking or clearing one’s throat: -sadda Vin.i.188; Dhp-a.iii.330; cp. khakkhaṭa (variant reading khaṭkhaṭa Divy.518 = utkāśanaśabda.

khāṭ-kata, making khāṭ; cp. kakkāreti

khetta →

pts

  1. (lit.) a field, a plot of land, arable land, a site, DN.i.231; SN.i.134 (bījaṃ khette virūhati; in simile); three kinds of fields at SN.iv.315, viz. agga˚ majjhima˚, hīna˚ (in simile); AN.i.229 = A …

khila →

pts

waste or fallow land AN.iii.248; fig. barrenness of mind, mental obstruction. There are five ceto-khilā enumerated in detail at MN.i.101 = AN.iv.460; DN.iii.238 (see under ceto); …

khipana →

pts

the act of throwing or the state of being thrown Ja.i.290 (pasaka-k˚).

khipati →

pts

to throw, to cast, to throw out or forth, to upset Snp.p.32 (cittaṃ); Ja.i.223 (sīsaṃ), Ja.i.290 (pāsake); Ja.ii.3 (daḷhaṃ dalhassa: to pit force against force)
aor khipi SN.iv.2, SN.iv.3 (khuracakk …

khipita →

pts

sneezing expectoration Pv.ii.2#3 (expl. Pv-a.80: mukhato nikkhantamala); Dhp-a.i.314 (˚roga + kāsa, coughing).

  • -sadda the sound of expectorations DN.i.50; Dhp-a.i.250.

pp. …

khiḍḍā →

pts

play, amusement, pleasure usually combined with rati, enjoyment. Var. degrees of pleasures (bāla˚, etc.) mentioned at AN.v.203; var kinds of amusement enumerated at Cnd.219; as expounded at DN.i.6 und …

kho →

pts

an enclitic particle of affirmation & emphasis indeed, really, surely; in narration: then, now (cp kira); in question: then, perhaps, really. Def. as adhikār’ antara-nidassan’ atthe nipāto Kp-a.113 …

khudda →

pts

adjective small, inferior, low; trifling, insignificant; na khuddaṃ samācare kiñci “he shall not pursue anything trifling” Snp.145 (= lāmakaṃ Kp-a.243) kh˚ ca bālaṃ Snp.318. Opp. to strong Vv.32#10 ( …

khudā →

pts

hunger Snp.52 (+ pipāsā Cnd s. v. kh˚ vuccati chātako), Snp.966; Pv.i.6#4 (= jighacchā), Pv.ii.1#5 (+ taṇhā), Pv.ii.2#4; Pv-a.72. See…

khujja →

pts

adjective

  1. humpbacked Ja.v.426 (+ piṭhasappī); DN-a.i.148 (in combination with vāmana kirāta); f. Dhp-a.i.194, Dhp-a.i.226.
  2. small, inferior, in kh˚-rājā a smaller, subordinate king Sdhp.453 …

khuppipāsā →

pts

hunger & thirst: ˚āya mīyamāno MN.i.85. Personified as belonging to the army of Māra Snp.436 = Nd ii.on visenikatvā. To be tormented by hunger & thirst is the special lot of the; Petas: Pv.i.11#10 P …

khura →

pts

Khura1

the hoof of an animal Vv.64#10 (of a horse = turagānaṃ khuranipāta, the clattering of a horse’s hoof Vv-a.279), cp. Sk. kṣura, a monkey’s claw Sp. Avs.i.236.

khura-kāse MN.i.44 …

khārika →

pts

Khārika1

alkaline, in enumn of tastes (cp. rasa) at SN.iii.87; Dhs.629 and ≈.

adj. to khāra

Khārika2

of the khārī measure, in vīsati˚ kosalako tilavāho AN.v.173 = …

khārī →

pts

certain measure of capacity (esp. of grain, see below khārika). It is used of the eight requisites of an ascetic, and often in conn. with his yoke (kāja): “a khārī-load.”

khīra →

pts

milk, milky fluid, milky juice Vin.i.243; Vin.ii.301; MN.i.343 sq. = AN.ii.207 = Pp.56; AN.ii.95 (in simile with dadhi, navanīta, sappi, sappi-maṇḍa) DN.i.201; Dhp-a.i.98; enumerated with *[dadhi](/ …

khīyati →

pts

to be exhausted, to waste away, to become dejected, to fall away from Vin.iv.152; Ja.i.290 (dhạna); Pv.ii.9#42; Pv.ii.11#2; Pts.i.94, Pts.i.96 Pts.ii.31 (āsavā); Bdhd 80
ppr khīyamāna Snp.434 Bdhd 1 …

khīṇa →

pts

destroyed, exhausted, removed, wasted, gone; in compounds ˚-often to be translated “without.” It is mostly applied to the destruction of the passions (āsavā) & demerit (kamma). Khīṇā jāti “destroyed …

kibbisa →

pts

wrongdoing, demerit, fault, usually with ˚ṃ karoti to do wrong Snp.246; Sdhp.204; Ja.iii.135 or ˚ṃ pasavati AN.v.75; Vin.ii.198. -kata˚; (adj.) having done wrong in akata-kalyāṇo, etc. AN.ii.174 a …

kicca →

pts

  1. (adj.) that which ought to be done, that which is to be performed; nt something to do Dhp-a.i.15. defined as kātabban ti kiccaṃ kiñcid eva karaṇīyan ti Kp-a.218; kattabaṃ karaṇīyaṃ Dhp-a.iii.452 …

kicchati →

pts

to be troubled, to be wearied, to suffer Thag.962 (w. acc. of obj.); usually with kilamati: k˚ kāyo kilamati Thag.1073. Used in a play of words with vicikicchati by Bdhgh at Dhs-a.354 as “ārammaṇaṃ n …

kila →

pts

Kira & Kila

adverb

  1. emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
  2. presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
  3. narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …

kilesa →

pts

…(etc. four of each:), vipallāsā, upādānāni, yogā, gandhā āsavā, oghā, sallā, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, agatigamanāni Netti.113,…

kilāsa →

pts

cutaneous disease, perhaps leprosy, enumerated under the var. diseases (ābādhā together with kuṭṭha gaṇḍa k˚ sosa Vin.ii.271; AN.v.110 Cnd.304#1. Kilasika & iya;

cp. Sk. kilāsa

kilāsika →

pts

Kilāsika & ˚iya

adjective afflicted with a cutaneous disease, a leper, in same combination as kilāsa, Vin.i.93 Kv.31 (˚iya).

fr. last

kilāsiya →

pts

Kilāsika & ˚iya

adjective afflicted with a cutaneous disease, a leper, in same combination as kilāsa, Vin.i.93 Kv.31 (˚iya).

fr. last

kimi →

pts

worm, vermin: setā kimī kaṇhasīsā AN.iii.241; Mil.272; DN-a.i.199
■ As animal of death and putrefaction MN.i.507; Ja.i.146; Snp.201; esp with ref. to the punishment of Petas: Pv.i.3#1; Thig.439; Pv …

kira →

pts

Kira & Kila

adverb

  1. emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
  2. presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
  3. narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …

kirāsa →

pts

adjective false, fraudulent Ja.iv.223 (= kerāṭika).

a by-form of kirāṭa

kirāta →

pts

Kirāta & kirāṭa

a man of a tribe of junglemen, classed with dwarfs among the attendants of a chief DN-a.i.148. See on the Kirāta as a mountain tribe Zimmer, Altindisches Leben p.34. Cp. also apaki …

kirāṭa →

pts

Kirāta & kirāṭa

a man of a tribe of junglemen, classed with dwarfs among the attendants of a chief DN-a.i.148. See on the Kirāta as a mountain tribe Zimmer, Altindisches Leben p.34. Cp. also apaki …

kita →

pts

  1. adorned: mālā˚ adorned with garlands Vin.iii.249.
  2. soiled, only in cpds kaṇṇa˚; said of a wall, also of the ground at Vin.i.48 Vin.ii.209; and paṃsu˚; soiled with dust Vin.ii.121, Vin.ii.174. …

kiñcana →

pts

adjective noun only in neg. sentences: something, anything From the freq. context in the older texts it has assumed the moral implication of something that sticks or adheres to the character of a man, …

kiṃ →

pts

  1. as nt. subst. what? sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ what is the obstruction? Snp.1032; kiṃ tava patthanāya what is it about your wish, i.e. what good is your wish? Vv-a.226; kim idaṃ this is what, that is …

kiṭaka →

pts

only at Pv.i.92,4, of clothes which are changed into missā kiṭakā, which is expl. at Pv-a.44 by kiṭakasadisāni lohapaṭṭasadisāni bhavanti “they become like (hot) copper plates.”

doubtful

klesa →

pts

…(etc. four of each:), vipallāsā, upādānāni, yogā, gandhā āsavā, oghā, sallā, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, agatigamanāni Netti.113,…

kodha →

pts

anger. Nearest synonyms are āghāta (Dhs.1060 = Cnd.576 both expositions also of dosa), upanāha (always in chain rāga, dosa, moha, kodha, upanāha) and *[dhūma]( …

koka →

pts

Koka1

a wolf Ja.vi.525; Mnd.13 = Cnd.420; Mil.267 = Ja.v.416. ˚vighāsa remainder of a wolf’s meal Vin.iii.58.

not = Sk. koka, cuckoo

Koka2

Name of a tree, Phoenix sylvestris: …

kovida →

pts

adjective one who is in the possession of right wisdom, with ref. either to dhamma, magga, or ariyasaccāni, closely related to medhāvin and paṇḍita SN.i.146, …

koñca →

pts

Koñca1

the heron, often in combn with mayūra (peacock): Thag.1113; Vv.11#1, Vv.35#8 Ja.v.304; Ja.vi.272; or with haṃsa Pv.ii.12#3
■ Explained as sārasa Vv- …

koṭi →

pts

the end—

  1. of space: the extreme part, top, summit, point (cp. anta to which it is opposed at Ja.vi.371): dhanu-koṭiṃ nissāya “through the (curved) end of my bow,” i.e. by means …

koṭṭha →

pts

Koṭṭha1

masculine neuter anything hollow and closed in (Cp. gabbha for both meanings) as

  1. the stomach or abdomen Mil.265, Vism.357; Sdhp.257.
  2. a closet, a monk’s cell, a storeroom MN. …

koṭṭhaka →

pts

Koṭṭhaka1

neuter “a kind of koṭṭha,” the stronghold over a gateway, used as a store-room for various things, a chamber, treasury, granary Vin.ii.153, Vin.ii.210; for the purpose of keepin …

ku →

pts

(kud-and kum-) 3rd stem of interrog. pron. ka (on form and meaning cp. kad; = Lat.* qṷu in (qṷ)ubi, like katara

  1. Kuto where from? whence? Dhp.62; k˚bhayaṃ whence i.e. why fear? Dhp.212 sq.; Sn …

kuhaka →

pts

deceitful, cheating; a cheat, a fraud, combined with lapaka DN.i.8; AN.iii.111
■ AN.v.159 sq.; Snp.984, Snp.987; Ja.i.375 (˚tāpasa); Dhp-a.iv.152 (˚brāhmaṇa); Dhp-a.iv.153 (˚co …

kukkucca →

pts

  1. bad doing, misconduct, bad character. Def. kucchitaṃ kataṃ kukataṃ tassa bhāvo kukkuccaṃ Vism.470 & Bdhd 24
    ■ Various explanations in Nd ii.on Snp.1106 = Dhs.1160, in its literal sense it is b …

kula →

pts

(nt.; but poetic pl. kulā Pv.ii.9#43)

  1. clan a high social grade, “good family,” cp. Gr. (doric) φυά, Goth. kuni. A collection of cognates and agnates, in sense of Ohg. sippa, clan; “house” in sense …

kulāvaka →

pts

nest DN.i.91 (= DN-a.i.257 nivāsaṭṭhanaṃ); SN.i.8; SN.i.224 = Ja.i.203 (a brood of birds = supaṇṇapotakā); Ja.iii.74 (variant reading BB), Ja.iii.431; Ja.vi.344; Dhp-a.ii.22.

kumbha →

pts

  1. a round jar, waterpot (= kulālabhājana earthenware Dhp-a.i.317), frequent in similes, either as illustrating fragility or emptiness and fullness: AN.i.130, AN.i.131 = Pp.32; AN.v.337; SN.ii.83; Mi …

kumbhaṇḍa →

pts

  1. m. a class of fairies or genii grouped with Yakkhas, Rakkhasas and Asuras SN.ii.258 (k˚ puriso vehāsaṃ gacchanto); Ja.i.204; Ja.iii.147 (with def.); Mil.267; Dhp-a.i.280; Pgdp.60.
  2. nt. a kind of …

kummāsa →

pts

junket, usually with odana, boiled rice. In formula of kāya (cātummahābhūtika etc., see kāya) DN.i.76 = MN.ii.17 and ≈; in enum. of material food (kabaḷinkārâhāra) …

kunta →

pts

kind of bird, otherwise called adāsa Ja.iv.466.

cp. Sk. kunta lance?

kuppa →

pts

adjective shaking, unsteady, movable; AN.iii.128 (˚dhammo, unsteady, of a pāpabhikkhu) Snp.784; of a kamma: a proceeding that can be quashed Vin.ii.71 (also a˚). nt. kuppaṃ anger Vin.ii.133 (karis s …

kusala →

pts

adjective

  1. (adj.) clever, skilful, expert; good, right, meritorious MN.i.226; Dhp.44; Ja.i.222 Esp. appl. in moral sense (= puñña), whereas akusala is practically equivalent to pāpa. ekam pi ce pāṇ …

kusalatā →

pts

(only -˚) skill, cleverness, accomplishment; good quality
■ lakkhaṇa˚ skill in interpreting special signs Vv-a.138; aparicita˚ neglect in acquiring good qualities Pv-a.67. For foll. cp Mrs. Rh. D …

kusīta →

pts

adjective indolent, inert, inactive. Expl. by kāma-vitakkādīhi vitakkehi vītināmanakapuggalo Dhp-a.ii.260; by nibbiriyo Dhp-a.iii.410; by alaso Pv-a.175, Often combined with *[hīnaviriya](/define/ …

kutta →

pts

“being made up.”

  1. Work. The beginning of things was the work of Brahmā. The use of kutta implies that the work was so easy as to be nearer play than work, and to have been carried out in a mood of …

kuṇapa →

pts

corpse, carcase, Vin.iii.68 = MN.i.73 = AN.iv.377 (ahi˚, kukkura˚, manussa pūti˚); AN.iv.198 sq.; Snp.205; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.146; Pv-a.15 Kaṇṭhe āsatto kuṇapo a corpse hanging round one’s neck MN.i.120; …

kuṭī →

pts

(kuṭi˚) feminine any single-roomed abode, a hut, cabin, cot, shed Vin.iii.144 (on vehāsa-kuṭī see vehāsa Vin.iv.46); Snp.18, Snp.19; Pv.ii.2#8; Vv-a.188, Vv-a.256 (cīvara˚ a cl …

kuṭṭa →

pts

Kuṭṭa1

powder. Sāsapa˚ mustard powder Vin.i.205; Vin.ii.151 (at the latter passage to be read for ˚kuḍḍa, cp. Vin Texts iii.171), Vin.ii.205.

cp. koṭṭeti, kuṭ; to crush, which is expl …

kuṭṭha →

pts

Kuṭṭha1

neuter (cp. kus; Sk. kuṣṭhā f.) leprosy Ja.v.69, Ja.v.72, Ja.v.89; Ja.vi.196, Ja.vi.383; Vism.35 (+ gaṇḍa); DN-a.i.260, DN-a.i.261 DN-a.i.272. The disease described at Dhp-a …

kāca →

pts

Kāca1

a glass-like substance made of siliceous clay; crystal Vin.i.190; Vin.ii.112 (cp Divy.503, kācamaṇi rock-crystal)
; not of glass or quartz, i.e. pure, clear, flawless, appl …

kāka →

pts

the crow; freq. in similes: SN.i.124; Snp.448; Ja.i.164. Its thievish ways are described at Dhp-a.iii.352; said to have ten bad qualities AN.v.149; Ja.i.342; Ja.iii.126; kākā vā kulalā vā Vin.iv.40 …

kākacchati →

pts

to snore Vin.iv.355; AN.iii.299; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.160 (= ghurughurûpassāsa; cp. DN-a.i.42 ghurû-ghurûpassāsī); Ja.i.318 Ja.vi.57; Mil.85; Vism.311.

derived by Fausböll fr. kās, to cough; by Trenckne …

kāla →

pts

…and śyāva (brown) under kāsāya. That the notion of the speckled or variegated colour belongs to the sphere of black, is psychologically simple…

kālusiya →

pts

(and Kālussiya) neuter darkness, obscurity DN-a.i.95; Pv-a.124 (cakkhu˚); fig. (dosa˚ Vv-a.30.

der. fr. kalusa, stained, dirty see cognates under kammāsa and kāla

kāma →

pts

…benefactor Ja.v.221; -pipāsā thirst for sensuality MN.i.242; AN.ii.11, and under k˚-chanda; -bandha

kānana →

pts

glade in the forest, a grove, wood Snp.1134 (= Cnd. s.v. vanasaṇḍa); Thig.254 (= Thag-a.210 upavana); Ja.vi.557; Sdhp.574.

cp. Sk. kānana

kāraka →

pts

(usually -˚) the doer (of): Vin.ii.221 (capu-capu˚); sāsana˚ he who does according to (my) advice Snp.445 Bdhd 85 sq
■ f. kārikā: veyyāvacca˚ a servant Pv-a.65 (text reads ˚tā …

kāraṇa →

pts

,

    1. a deed, action, performance, esp. an act imposed or inflicted upon somebody by a higher authority (by the king as representative of justice or by kamma MN.iii.181; see *kamma

kāraṇḍava →

pts

Kāraṇḍava1

chaff, offal, sweepings, fig. dirt, impurity: yava˚ AN.iv.169 (chaff) samaṇa˚ ibid
■ In passage kāraṇḍavaṃ niddhamatha kasambuṃ apakassatha AN.iv.172 = Snp.281 = Mil.414 trsl< …

kāsa →

pts

Kāsa1

a kind of reed, Saccharum spontaneum SN.iii.137.

cp. Sk. kāśa

Kāsa2

cough; in list of diseases under ābādhā AN.v.110 = Cnd.304#1.

cp. Sk. kāsa

kāsāvaka →

pts

yellow robe Dhp-a.ii.86.

fr. kāsāva

kāsāviya →

pts

one who is dressed in yellow, esp. of the royal executioner (cp. kāsāya-vattha) Ja.iv.447 (= cora-ghātaka C.).

fr. kāsāva

kāsāya →

pts

…Gliederung* p. 104 & cp. kāsāya-nivāsana Ja.iii.41; kāsāviya Ja.iv.447); Pv-a.20; -vāsin dressed in yellow Snp.487. 2. Kāsāva

kāya →

pts

…is one of the ten ariya-vāsā, the noblest conditions. A quasi-analogy between kāya and kāma is apparent from a number of other passages…

kāḷa →

pts

…and śyāva (brown) under kāsāya. That the notion of the speckled or variegated colour belongs to the sphere of black, is psychologically simple…

kīta →

pts

bought Ja.i.224 (˚dāsa a bought slave), Ja.ii.185.

pp. of kiṇāti

kūṭa →

pts

…As trap Ja.i.143 (kūṭapāsādi); Ja.iv.416 (expln paṭicchannapāsa). As deceit, cheating in formula tulā˚ kaṃsa māna˚…

labhati →

pts

  1. (the very freq. & ordinary meaning) to get, to receive, obtain, acquire.
  2. (fig.) to obtain permission to receive an opportunity, etc., as “pabbajituṃ sace lacchāmi” if I am allowed to receive the …

laddha →

pts

(having) obtained, taken, received Snp.106, Snp.239; Ja.v.171; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.133 (kiñci laddhaṃ); Mhvs.10, Mhvs.37 (kaññā laddhā); Pv-a.5
laddhatvaṃ at Ja.iv.406 is to be corrected to uddhatvā

lagga →

pts

adjective sticking; stuck, attached; obstructed, hindered Cnd.107; Mil.346 (laggaṃ disvā mahiṃ); Dhs-a.127 (alagga-bhāva); Dhp-a.i.361 (˚mānasa) Neg. alagga unobstructed (lit. n …

laguḷa →

pts

…like asi, satti, bheṇḍi pāsāṇa etc.); Mil.152, Mil.351 (kodaṇḍa-laguḷa-muggara), Mil.355 (kilesa˚); Ja.vi.394; Vism.525…

lahusa →

pts

adjective easily offended, touchy DN.i.90; explained by DN-a.i.256 as follows: “lahusā ti lahukā appaken’ eva tussanti vā russanti vā udaka-piṭṭhe lābukaṭāhaṃ viya appakena pi uppilavanti.” Cp *[rab …

lakkhañña →

pts

adjective connected with auspices, auspicious, in phrase “lakkhaññā vata bho dosinā ratti” (how grand a sign friends, is the moonlight night! translation) DN.i.47 = Ja.i.509 (explained at DN-a.i.141 …

lakkhaṇa →

pts

  1. sign, characteristic mark; esp. a sign as implying something extraordinary or pointing to the future, therefore a prognosticative mark (cp. talisman), a distinguishing mark or salient feature, prop …

lambati →

pts

to hang down, to droop, fall Mhvs.32, Mhvs.70 (laggāni lambiṃsu), Mhvs.71 (ākāse lambamānāni). Fut. lambahīti (poet.) Ja.v.302 (= lambissati)
caus lambeti to cause to hang up …

lasagata →

pts

(hattha) at AN.ii.165 is to be read (with variant reading) as lepagata, i.e. sticky (opp. suddha).

lasati →

pts

to desire, long; to dance, play sport; to shine; to sound forth. See lāsana, abhilāsa upaḷāseti, alasa, vilāsa
caus lāseti to sport, to amuse (oneself) Vin.ii.10 (with vādeti, gā …

latā →

pts

  1. a slender tree, a creeping plant, creeper AN.i.202 (māluvā˚); Vv.35#5 (= vallī Vv-a.162) Vv.47#4 (kosātakī l.); Ja.i.464 (rukkha˚, here perhaps better “branch”); Dhp-a.i.392 (˚pasādhana: see unde …

laya →

pts

  1. a brief measure of time, usually combined with other expressions denoting a short moment, esp. frequent as khaṇa laya muhutta Vin.i.12 Vin.iii.92; AN.iv.137; cp. Dpvs.i.16 (khaṇe khaṇe laye Buddh …

lañchana →

pts

  1. stamp, mark, imprint Vv-a.89 (sasa˚, of the moon); Dāvs ii.23 (pada˚).
  2. the seal (of a letter or edict) Snp-a.172

■ Cp. lañcana.

fr. lañch

lañchati →

pts

to stamp, to seal Dhp-a.i.35 (sāsanaṃ rāja-muddāya lañchanto)
caus lañcheti.

  1. to seal Ja.i.452 (spelt lañjetvā); Ja.ii.326, Ja.vi.385; Snp-a.577 (rāja-muddikāya); Dhp-a …

laḷati →

pts

to dally, sport, sing Ja.ii.121 (ppr. laḷamānā); Vv-a.41 (laḷantī; with kīḷati), Vv-a.57 (id.)
caus laḷeti Ja.i.362 (ppr. lāḷentā); Vism.365; cp. upa˚
pp laḷita: see pa˚.

lal, onomat. …

laṅghi →

pts

Laṅghi (Laṅghī)

feminine

  1. a kind of deer (?) Ja.vi.537.
  2. doubtful of meaning & origin in phrase; laṅghī-pitāmahā at Ja.ii.363 = Ja.iii.226: “whose grandfather was a deer, or a jumper” (?); us …

laṅghī →

pts

Laṅghi (Laṅghī)

feminine

  1. a kind of deer (?) Ja.vi.537.
  2. doubtful of meaning & origin in phrase; laṅghī-pitāmahā at Ja.ii.363 = Ja.iii.226: “whose grandfather was a deer, or a jumper” (?); us …

lepa →

pts

  1. smearing, plastering, coating over Vin.iv.303 (bāhira˚); Ja.ii.25 (mattikā˚).
  2. (fig.) plaster, i.e. that which sticks, affection, attachment, etc., in taṇhā˚ the stain of craving, & diṭṭhi˚; …

lepana →

pts

smearing, plastering, anointing Vin.ii.172 (kuḍḍa˚); AN.iv.107 (vāsana˚), AN.iv.111 (id.); Ja.ii.117 Cp. abhi˚, ā˚, pa˚

fr. lip

lesa →

pts

sham, pretext, trick Vin.iii.169 (where ten lesas are enumerated, viz. jāti˚, nāma˚ gotta˚, linga˚, āpatti˚, patta˚, cīvara˚, upajjhāya˚ ācariya˚, senāsana˚); Ja.ii.11; Ja.vi.402
lesa-kappa pre …

leṇa →

pts

…vihāra, aḍḍhayoga, pāsāda, hammiya guhā. The expln of leṇa at Vb-a.366 runs as follows “pabbataṃ khaṇitvā vā…

likkhā →

pts

kind of measure Vb-a.343 (36 rattareṇus equal to one likkhā 7 likkhās equal to 1 ūkā); Kp-a.43 (˚matta).

*Sk. likṣā egg of a louse, as measure equal to 8 trasareṇu (BR.)
■ Connected with Lat. ri …

liṅga →

pts

  1. characteristic, sign, attribute, mark feature MN.i.360; SN.v.278; Snp.601 sq. (= saṇṭhāna Snp-a.464); Vin.iv.7 (two: hīna & ukkaṭṭha); Ja.i.18; Ja.iv.114 (gihi˚), Ja.iv.130; Mil.133 (sāsana˚), Mil …

loha →

pts

…kettle Dhp-a.i.126

  • -pāsāda “copper terrace,” brazen palace, Name of a famous monastery at Anurādhapura in Ceylon…

lohitaṅka →

pts

ruby AN.iv.199, AN.iv.203; Tha-ap.2; Vv.36#3; Vv-a.304. See masāragalla for further refs. Note. The word is not found in Vedic and Class. Sk. a later term for “ruby” is *[ …

loka →

pts

…8 loka-dhammā; 9 satt’āvāsā 10 upakkilesā; 11 kāmabhavā; 12 āyatanāni 18 dhātuyo. They are repeated at Pts.i.122 = Pts.i.174 with 1 as…

lomasa →

pts

adjective hairy, covered with hair, downy, soft MN.i.305; Pv.i.9#2. At Ja.iv.296 lomasā is explained as pakkhino, i.e. birds; reading however doubtful (vv.ll. lomahaṃsa & lomassā).

cp. Vedic romaśa

loṇa →

pts

salt; as adj., salty, of salt, alkaline- Vin.i.202 (loṇāni bhesajjāni alkaline medicine among which are given sāmuddaṃ kāḷaloṇaṃ sindhavaṃ ubbhidaṃ bilaṃ as var. kinds of salt), Vin.i.220 = Vin.i.243 …

lujjati →

pts

to be broken up, to break (up), to be destroyed to go asunder, to fall apart AN.i.283 = Pp.32 (here equal to “be wiped out,” but it is unnecessary to assume as Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. lujjati doe …

lumpati →

pts

to break, harm, injure; to attack plunder; with a strong touch of affection (sympathy or desire) lubh in it [cp. lup: Gr. λύπη; ruj: roga], which is still more evident in Intens. *[loluppa](/def …

lābha →

pts

…Ja.iii.125; Mil.21.

  • -āsā desire for gain AN.i.86.
  • -kamyā (abl. out of desire for gain Snp.854…

lāja →

pts

Lāja & Lājā

feminine

  1. fried grain, parched corn: occurring only in combination madhu-lāja fried grain with honey, sweet corn Ja.iii.538; Ja.iv.214, Ja.iv.281.
  2. the flower of Dalbergia arborea …

lājā →

pts

Lāja & Lājā

feminine

  1. fried grain, parched corn: occurring only in combination madhu-lāja fried grain with honey, sweet corn Ja.iii.538; Ja.iv.214, Ja.iv.281.
  2. the flower of Dalbergia arborea …

lākhā →

pts

lac; lac-dye; enumerated with other colourings at MN.i.127 = SN.ii.101 = AN.iii.230
■ Snp-a.577 Vism.261 (as colour of blood).

  • -ācariya expert in lac-dyeing Snp-a.577.

lāsa →

pts

sporting, dancing: see abhi˚, vi˚.

of las

lāseti →

pts

see lasati.

līlā →

pts

(līḷā) feminine play, sport, dalliance; probably for līḷhā at Ja.v.5 & Ja.v.157, both times combd with vilāsa.

līḷhā →

pts

grace, ease, charm adroitness; always used with ref. to the Buddha (Buddhalīḷhā), e.g. Ja.i.155; Dhp-a.i.33; Dhp-a.iii.79. So in phrase Buddhalīḷhāya dhammaṃ deseti “to expound the doctrine with …

lūkha →

pts

adjective

  1. rough, coarse, unpleasant; poor, bad (usually applied to dress or food); mediocre, meagre, wretched. Opp paṇīta (e.g. Vin.i.212; SN.ii.153; AN.iv.10; Ja.i.228; Vv-a. …

lūkhasa →

pts

adjective rough, harsh; miserable, selfmortifying Snp.244 (= nīrasa atta-kilamath’ ânuyutta Snp-a.287).

fr. lūkha

lūkhatā →

pts

unpleasantness, wretchedness, poorness, misery Pp-a 229.

fr. lūkha

m →

pts

-M-

euphonic consonant inserted between two vowels to avoid hiatus, as agga-m-agga the best of all Vin.iv.232 aṅga-m-aṅgāni limb by limb Vin.iii.119; Vv.38#2, etc See also SN.iii.254 (yena\ …

macchariya →

pts

Macchariya & Macchera

neuter avarice, stinginess, selfishness, envy; one of the principal evil passions & the maịn cause of rebirth in the Petaloka

  1. macchariya: AN.i.95, AN.i.299; AN.iii.272; Dh …

macchera →

pts

Macchariya & Macchera

neuter avarice, stinginess, selfishness, envy; one of the principal evil passions & the maịn cause of rebirth in the Petaloka

  1. macchariya: AN.i.95, AN.i.299; AN.iii.272; Dh …

maccu →

pts

the God of Death, the Buddhist Māra, or sometimes equivalent to Yama SN.i.156; Snp.357 (gen. maccuno), Snp.581 (instr maccunā), Snp.587; Thag.411; Dhp.21, Dhp.47, Dhp.128, Dhp.135, Dhp.150 Dhp.287; Vb …

madhu →

pts

honey Ja.i.157 sq.; Ja.iv.117; Dhp.69 (madhū vā read as madhuvā); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.53; Dhs-a.330; Dhp-a.ii.197 (alla fresh honey)
■ pl. madhūni Mhvs.5, Mhvs.31
■ The Abhp (533) also gives “wine fr …

madhuka →

pts

adjective noun connected with honey.

  1. (n.) the tree Bassia latifolia (lit. honey tree) Vin.i.246; Ja.v.324, Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.529; Mil.165.
  2. the fruit of that tree Ja.iv.434.
  3. (adj.) (-˚) full o …

madhura →

pts

adjective

  1. sweet Snp.50; Ja.iii.493; Ja.v.324; Pv.ii.67; Pv-a.119, Pv-a.147.
  2. of intoxicating sweetness, liquor-like, intoxicating Ja.iv.117.
  3. (nt.) sweetness, sweet drink Dhp.363; Ja.i.271 …

mahant →

pts

…top of a palace (= upari-pāsāda-tala) Ja.vi.40.

  • -dāna (see under dāna) the great gift (to the…

majjha →

pts

adjective middle, viz

  1. of space: of moderate height DN.i.243 (contrasted with ucca & nīca).
  2. of; time: of middle age Snp.216 (contrasted with dahara young & thera old).
  3. often used adv. in …

makasa →

pts

mosquito Vin.ii.119; SN.i.52 (a˚ free from m.); AN.ii.117; Snp.20; Ja.i.246; Sdhp.50. See also cpd. ḍaṃsa˚.

  • -kuṭikā mosquito net or curtain Vin.ii.119, Vin.ii.130
  • *-[vījanī] …

makkha →

pts

Makkha1

hypocrisy; usually combined with paḷāsa (see also palāsa MN.i.15; AN.i.95, AN.i.100, AN.i.299; AN.iv.148, AN.iv.456; AN.v.39, AN.v.156, AN.v.209 AN.v.310, AN. …

mala →

pts

anything impure, stain (lit. & fig.), dirt. In the Canon mostly fig. of impurities. On mala in similes see J.P.T.S., 1907, 122
■ SN.i.38 (itthi malaṃ brahmacariyassa), SN.i.43 (id.); AN.i.105 (issā˚ …

mallaka →

pts

  1. a bowl, a vessel (?) used in bathing Vin.ii.106 (mallakena nahāyati; or is it a kind of scrubber? Bdhgh’s expln of this passage (CV v. i.4) on p. 315 is not quite clear mallakaṃ nāma *ma …

mana(s) →

pts

Mano & Mana(s)

neuter

I. Declension

Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …

manasa →

pts

adjective having a mind with such & such a mind Snp.942 (nibbāna˚ “a nibbāna mind,” one who is intent upon N., cp. expln at Snp-a.567); Pv.i.6#6 (paduṭṭha-manasā f., maybe ˚mānasā but Pv\ …

manesikā →

pts

“mind-searching,” i.e. guessing the thoughts of others, mind-reading; a practice forbidden to bhikkhus DN.i.7 (= m. nāma manasā cintita-jānana-kīḷā DN-a.i.86); Vin.ii.10.

mano + esikā2

mano →

pts

Mano & Mana(s)

neuter

I. Declension

Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …

manta →

pts

orig. a divine saying or decision, hence a secret plan (cp. def. of mant at Dhtp.578 by “gutta-bhāsane”), counsel; hence magic charm, spell. In particular a secret religious code or doctrine, esp. …

mantar →

pts

sage, seer, wise man, usually appositionally nom. mantā “as a sage,” “like a thinker,” a form which looks like a fem. and is mostly explained as such by the Commentaries Mantā has also erroneous …

manteti →

pts

to pronounce in an important (because secret) manner (like a mantra), i.e.

  1. to take counsel (with = instr. or saddhiṃ) DN.i.94, DN.i.104 (mantanaṃ manteyya to discuss DN.i.122 (2nd pl. i …

manuñña →

pts

adjective pleasing, delightful, beautiful Vv.84#17 (= manorama Vv-a.340); Ja.i.207 Ja.ii.331; Pv.ii.12#2; Pv.iv.12#1; Mil.175, Mil.398; Vv-a.11, Vv-a.36; Pv-a.251; adv. -ṃ pleasantly, delightfu …

manāpa →

pts

adjective pleasing, pleasant, charming Snp.22, Snp.759; Dhp.339 (˚ssavana); Vv-a.71; Pv-a.3, Pv-a.9. Often in combination piya manāpa, e.g. DN.ii.19 DN.iii.167; Ja.ii.155; Ja.iv.132
■ Opp.

marumba →

pts

…living-cell); Vin.iv.33 (pāsāṇā, sakkharā kaṭhalā, marumbā, vālikā); Mhvs.29, Mhvs.8; Dpvs.19, 2; Mil.197 (pāsāṇa, sakkhara,…

masa →

pts

in line “āsadañ ca masañ jaṭaṃ” at Ja.vi.328 is to be combined with ca, and read as camasañ, i.e. a ladle for sacrificing (C.: aggi-dahanaṃ).

masati →

pts

to touch: only in cpd. āmasati. The root is explained at Dhtp.305 as “āmasana.” Another root masu [ mṛś?] is at Dhtm.444 given in meaning “macchera.” Does this refer to Sk. mṛṣā (= P. micchā) Cp. *m …

masāragalla →

pts

precious stone, cat’s eye; also called kabara-maṇi (e.g. Vv-a.304). It occurs in stereotyped enumn of gems at Vin.ii.238 (where it is said to be found in the Ocean) = Mil.267; and at Mi …

masāraka →

pts

kind of couch (mañca) or longchair; enumerated under the 4 kinds of mañcā at Vin.iv.40-See also Vin.ii.149; Vin.iv.357 (where explained as: mañcapāde vijjhitvā tattha aṭṭaniyo pavesetvā kato: made by …

masāṇa →

pts

coarse cloth of interwoven hemp and other materials DN.i.166; MN.i.308, MN.i.345; AN.i.241, AN.i.295; Pp.55. At all passages as a dress worn by certain ascetics.

etym.? prob. provincial & local

masūraka →

pts

bolster Ja.iv.87; Ja.vi.185.

connected with masāraka

matta →

pts

Matta1

adjective (-˚) “by measure,” measured, as far as the measure goes, i.e

  1. consisting of, measuring (with numerals or similar expressions): appamatto kali Snp.659; pañcamattā sata …

mañca →

pts

couch, bed Vin.iv.39, Vin.iv.40 (where 4 kinds are mentioned which also apply to the defn of pīṭha, viz. masāraka bundikābaddha, kuḷīra-pādaka, āhacca-pādaka; same def< …

mañju →

pts

adjective pleasant, charming sweet, lovely (only with ref. to the voice) DN.ii.211, DN.ii.227 (one of the 8 characteristics of Brahmā’s & the Buddha’s voice: see bindu & aṭṭhanga); …

maññati →

pts

  1. to think, to be of opinion, to imagine, to deem Snp.199 (sīsaṃ… subhato naṃ maññati bālo), Snp.588 (yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā) Ja.ii.258 (maññāmi ciraṃ carissati: I imagine he wi …

maññita →

pts

illusion, imagination MN.i.486. Nine maññitāni (the same list is applied to the phanditāni, the papañcitāni & sankhatāni) at Vb.390: asmi, ayam aham asmi, bhavissaṃ, na bhavissaṃ rūpī bhavissaṃ, arū …

maṃsa →

pts

flesh, meat SN.ii.97 (putta˚); Dhp.152; Ja.iii.184; Pp.55; Vism.258 Vism.357 (in compar.); Dhp-a.i.375 (putta˚); Dhp-a.ii.51 (alla˚ living flesh); Vb-a.58, Vb-a.61 (pilotika-paliveṭhita). Describ …

maṅgala →

pts

adjective auspicious prosperous, lucky, festive Mnd.87, Mnd.88; Kp-a.118 sq. Snp-a.273, Snp-a.595; Sdhp.551
■ nt. maṅgalaṃ good omen auspices, festivity Snp.258; Vin.ii.129; Pv-a.17. A curious …

maṇi →

pts

  1. a gem, jewel. At several places one may interpret as “crystal.” DN.i.7 (as ornament); Dhp.161; Ja.vi.265 (agghiya, precious). In simile at DN.i.76 (maṇi veḷuriyo). On maṇi in similes see J.P.T.S.

maṇḍa →

pts

the top part, best part of milk or butter, etc. i.e. cream scum; fig. essence of, the pick of, finest part of anything parisā˚; the cream of a gathering, the pick of the congregation, excellent cong …

maṇḍala →

pts

  1. circle DN.i.134 (paṭhavi˚, cp. puthavi˚ Snp.990); Vism.143 (˚ṃ karoti to draw a circle, in simile), Vism.174 (tipu˚ & rajata˚ lead- & silver circle, in kasiṇa practice); Vv-a.147 (of a fan = tāla …

maṇḍita →

pts

adorned, embellished, dressed up Sdhp.244, Sdhp.540. In cpd. -pasādhita beautifully adorned at Ja.i.489; Ja.ii.48; Ja.vi.219
■ Cp. abhi˚.

pp. of maṇḍeti

meda →

pts

…fat-coloured; in cpd. ˚pāsāna a stone of the (golden) colour of fat found in the Himālaya mountains Snp.447 (= medapiṇḍa-sadisa…

medaka →

pts

in go˚; a precious stone of light-red (or golden) colour (cp. meda-vaṇṇa-pāsāṇa) Vv-a.111.

meda + ka

medhasa →

pts

adjective having wisdom or intelligence, wise, only in compounds bhūri˚; of great wisdom Snp.1131; & su˚; [Ved. sumedhas] very wise Vv.22#2 (= sundara-pañña Vv-a.111); Pv.iii.7#7 (both combined …

medhāvin →

pts

adjective intelligent, wise, often combined with paṇḍita & bahussuta;: DN.i.120; SN.iv.375; AN.iv.244; Vin.iv.10, Vin.iv.13, Vin.iv.141; Snp.323 (acc. medhāvinaṃ + bahussutaṃ), Snp.627, Snp.1008 (E …

megha →

pts

…for megha-sannibha); ˚pāsāṇa a sort of ornamental building stone Mhvs.30, Mhvs.59 (variant reading, T. meda˚ trsl. fat-coloured…

meraya →

pts

sort of intoxicating liquor, spirits, rum, usually combined with surā. DN.i.146 DN.i.166; MN.i.238; Pp.55; Dhp.247; Ja.iv.117 (pupphāsav-ādi, i.e. made fr. flowers, cp. defn</s …

mettā →

pts

to love, to be fat: “mejjati mettā siniyhatī ti attho” love, amity, sympathy, friendliness, active interest in others. There are var. defns & explains of mettā: the stereotype “*metti mettā …

miga →

pts

  1. a wild animal, an animal in its natural state (see compounds).
  2. a deer, antelope, gazelle Various kinds are mentioned at Ja.v.416; two are given at Cnd.509, viz. eṇi (antelope) & …

migavā →

pts

hunt, hunting, deer-stalking Pv-a.154 (˚padesa). Usually in devasikaṃ migavaṃ gacchati to go out for a day’s hunting Ja.iv.267; or as pp. ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ gata Vv-a.260; ekāhaṃ m. g. Mhvs.5 …

mihati →

pts

is given as root mih in 2 meanings at Dhtp, viz. 1 īsa-hasana (No. 328), i.e. a kind of laugh, for smi as in mihita. 2 secana (No. 342).

milakkha →

pts

…Np.), Snp-a.397 (˚bhāsā foreign dialect) The word occurs also in form milakkhu (q.v.).

cp. Ved. Sk. mleccha…

missita →

pts

mixed, intermingled Snp.243; Ja.v.460; Pv-a.198 (dhañña sāsapa-tela˚); Vv-a.280 (see under missa-kesī).

pp. of misseti

miñja →

pts

miñjā (f.) marrow, pith, kernel Vin.i.25 (in sequence chavi, camma, maṃsa, nahāru, aṭṭhi, miñjā); Vism.235 (id.); Kp iii. (aṭṭhi˚, f. cp. Kp-a.52, nt.); Ja.iv.402 (tāla˚ pith of th …

moceti →

pts

  1. to deliver, set free, release, cause one’s release or deliverance from (abl.). imper praes. mocehi Pv.ii.1#6 (duggatiyā); Pv-a.12; aor. mocesi Pv-a.112 (dāsavyato); ger. *[m …

moheti →

pts

to deceive, to befool, to take in, surprise, delude, aor 2nd sg. amohayi Snp.352; 3rd sg. amohayi SN.iv.158; Iti.58 (maccu-rājan; vv.ll. asamohayi & asamohari) reading somew …

mora →

pts

pea-hen a peacock Ja.ii.275 (˚upasevin, see C. on this passage), Ja.vi.218, Ja.vi.497; Pv-a.142; Dhp-a.i.394. A peacock’s tail (sometimes used as a fan) is denoted in var. terms in compounds, as *m …

mucchañcikatā →

pts

(˚añji˚) is probably the correct reading for puñcikatā
■ We find puñcikatā at Dhs.1136, Dhs.1230 Vb.351, Vb.361 (variant reading pucchañji˚); Dhs-a.365 …

mudita →

pts

pleased, glad, satisfied, only in cpd. -mana (adj.) with gladdened heart, pleased in mind Snp.680 (+ udagga); Vv.83#15 (+ pasanna-citta) Cp. pa˚.

pp. of mud, modati

mugga →

pts

…Ja.iii.55 Ja.vi.355 (˚māsā); Mil.267, Mil.341; Snp-a.283.

  • -sūpa bean-soup Vism.27.
  • -sūpyatā “bean-soup…

mukha →

pts

  1. the mouth Snp.608, Snp.1022 (with ref. to the long tongue, pahūta-jivha, of the Buddha or Mahāpurisa) Ja.ii.7; DN-a.i.287 (uttāna˚ clear mouthed, i.e. easy to understand, cp. DN.i.116); Pv-a.11, …

musā →

pts

adverb falsely, wrongly; uṣually with verbs vadati, bhanati bhāsati & brūti; to speak falsely, to tell a lie
■ AN.i.149 (opp. saccaṃ); Snp.122, Snp.158, Snp.397, Snp.400, Snp.757, Snp.883, Snp.967 …

muta →

pts

thought, supposed, imagined (i.e. received by other vaguer sense impressions than by sight & hearing) MN.i.3; Snp.714 (= phusan’ arahaṃ Snp-a.498), Snp.812; Ja.v.398 (= anumata C.) Vb.14, Vb.429 sq …

muñcati →

pts

I. Forms

The 2 bases muñc˚ & mucc˚; are differentiated in such a way, that muñc˚; is the active base, and mucc˚; the passive. There are however cases where the active forms (muñ …

muṭṭha →

pts

having forgotten, one who forgets; only in two compounds, viz. -sacca [der. fr. foll. muṭṭha + sati + ya] forgetfulness, lit. forgotten-mindedness, usually combined with asampajañña, DN.iii.213; …

mā →

pts

indeclinable prohibition particle: not, do not, let us hope not, I wish that… not [cp Lat. utinam & ne]. Constructed with various tenses e.g.

  1. with aor. (prohibitive tense): mā evaṃ akattha do …

māla FIXME double →

pts

…Vin.i.140 (aṭṭa, māla, pāsāda explained at Vin.iii.201. In the same sequence of Vb.251 explained at Vb-a.366 as “bhojana-sālā-sadiso…

mānasa →

pts

intention, purpose, mind (as active force), mental action. Almost equivalent to mano Dhs § 6. In later language mānasa is quite synonymous with hadaya. The word, used absolutely, is more a t. t. in ph …

mānasāna →

pts

adjective = mānasa in adj. use Snp.63 (rakkhita˚).

fr. mānasa, secondary formation

mānatta →

pts

sort of penance, attached to the commission of a sanghādisesa offence Dhs-a.399 (+ parivāsa). -ṃ deti to inflict penance on somebody Vin.ii.7 (+ parivāsaṃ deti); Vin.iv.225. mānatt’ āraha dese …

māpeti →

pts

  1. to build, construct SN.ii.106 (nagaraṃ); Mhvs.6, Mhvs.35 (id.); Vv.84#53; Vv-a.260.
  2. to create, bring about make or cause to appear by supernatural power (in folkoristic literature, cp. nimmināt …

māra →

pts

death; usually personified as Np. Death, the Evil one, the Tempter (the Buddhist Devil or Principle of Destruction) Sometimes the term māra is applied to the whole of the worldly exi …

māsa →

pts

…māse) cattāro gimhāna-māsā Kp-a.192 (of which the 1st is Citra, otherwise called Paṭhama-gimha “1st summer and…

māsaka →

pts

lit. a small bean, used as a standard of weight & value; hence a small coin of very low value. Of copper, wood & lac (Dhs-a.318 cp. Kp-a.37; jatu˚, dāru˚, loha˚); the suvaṇṇa˚ (golden m.) at Ja.iv.1 …

māsakkhimhā →

pts

at Vin.iii.23 is for mā asakkhimhā “we could not”; here stands for na. Masati, Masana, Masin

māsalu →

pts

only instr. māsalunā Mil.292, Trenckner says (note p. 428): “m. is otherwise unknown it must mean a period shorter than 5 months. Cp. Sk. māsala.” Rh. D. (trsl. ii.148) translates “got in a month,” …

māsana →

pts

Māsati, Māsana, Māsin

■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …

māsati →

pts

Māsati, Māsana, Māsin

■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …

māsika →

pts

adjective

  1. of a month, i.e. a month old Mil.302.
  2. of a month, i.e. consisting of months so many months (old) (-˚), as aḍḍha˚; at intervals of half a month DN.i.166; MN.i.238, MN.i.343; Pp.55; …

māsin →

pts

Māsati, Māsana, Māsin

■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …

māsiya →

pts

adjective consisting of months DN.ii.327 (dvādasa˚ saṃvacchara the year of 12 months).

= māsika

māsācita →

pts

…& explains māsācita as “wet bean” (tinta māso), thus omitting expln of ācita The passage…

mātikā →

pts

  1. a water course Vism.554 (˚âtikkamaka); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.96; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.50; Snp-a.500 (= sobbha); Dhp-a.ii.141 (its purpose: “ito c’ ito ca udakaṃ haritvā attano sassa-kammaṃ sampādenti”); Vv-a. …

mātucchā →

pts

mother’s sister, maternal aunt Vin.ii.254, Vin.ii.256; Ja.iv.390; Mil.240. -putta aunt’s son, male first cousin (from mother’s sister’s side SN.ii.281; Ud.24; Dhp-a.i.119. Cp. māt …

māḷa FIXME double →

pts

…Vin.i.140 (aṭṭa, māla, pāsāda explained at Vin.iii.201. In the same sequence of Vb.251 explained at Vb-a.366 as “bhojana-sālā-sadiso…

mūla →

pts

  1. (lit.) root AN.ii.200; MN.i.233; Dhp-a.i.270; Dhp-a.iv.200 (opp. patti); Vism.270 (rukkha˚; = rukkha-samīpaṃ); Pv.ii.9#6 (sa˚ with the root); Pv-a.43 (rukkhassa mūle at the foot of).
  2. foot …

mūlaka →

pts

adj. nt.

  1. (adj.)
    1. (-˚) being caused by, having its reason through or from, conditioned by originating in Vb.390 (taṇhā˚ dhammā); Tikp.233 sq. Tikp.252 sq., Tikp.288 sq. & passim; Vb-a.200 sq …

mūlika →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (m.) root-vendor Mil.331.
  2. (adj. ˚) belonging to the feet (pāda˚), a footman lackey Ja.i.122, Ja.i.438; Ja.ii.300 sq. (Name of the king of Janasandha Gāmaṇi-caṇḍa); Ja.iii.417; …

nabha →

pts

Nabhas (in oblique cases) mist, vapour, clouds, sky AN.i.242; AN.ii.50 (nabhā), AN.iii.240, Snp.687 (nabhasi-gama, of the moon); Vv.32#3, Vv.35#2 (= ākāsa Vv-a.161), Vv.53#4 (id. Vv.53#236), Vv.63 …

nagara →

pts

stronghold, citadel, fortress a (fortified) town, city. As seat of the government as important centre of trade contrasted with gāma nigama (village & market-place or township) Vin.iii.47 (˚bandhana), …

nakha →

pts

nail of finger or toe, a claw Vin.ii.133; Snp.610 (na angulīhi nakhehi vā); Ja.v.489 (pañcanakhā sattā five-nailed or-toed beings); Kp ii. = Mil.26, cp. taca (pañcatacakaṃ); Kp-a.43; Vv-a.7 (dasa\ …

nakhaka →

pts

…to, consisting of or resembling a claw, in hatthi˚; like elephants’ claws, epithet of a castle (pāsāda) Vin.ii.169 (Bdhgh on p. 323:…

nakkhatta →

pts

…Jeṭṭhā Mūlaṃ, Pubb-āsāḷha [˚āṣāḍha], Uttar˚, Savaṇa, Dhaniṭṭhā Satabhisaja [Śatatāraka], Pubba-bhaddapadā Uttara˚,…

namo →

pts

Nama (nt.) nomage, veneration esp. used as an exclamation of adoration at the beginning of a book (namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa) Snp.540, Snp.544; Pv-a.1, Pv-a.67.

Ved. namas, c …

nandi →

pts

Nandi1 & Nandī

masculine & feminine

  1. joy, enjoyment, pleasure, delight in (c loc.) SN.i.16, SN.i.39, SN.i.54; SN.ii.101 sq. (āhāre); SN.iii.14 (= upādāna), SN.iv.36 sq.; AN.ii.10 (kāma˚ …

nanikāma →

pts

adjective disagreeable, unpleasant Dhp.309 (˚seyyā an uncomfortable bed).

na + nikāma = anikāma

nara →

pts

man (in poetry esp. a brave, strong heroic man), pl. either “men” or “people” (the latter e.g. at Snp.776, Snp.1082; Pv.i.11#12)
■ AN.i.130 AN.ii.5; AN.iii.53; Snp.39, Snp.96, Snp.116, Snp.329, Snp. …

nassana →

pts

disappearance, loss, destruction AN.iii.54 (˚dhamma adj. doomed to perish).

cp. Sk. naśana

nassati →

pts

(v. intr.) to perish, to be lost or destroyed, to disappear, come to an end Snp.666 (na hi nassati kassaci kammaṃ); Iti.90; Ja.i.81, Ja.i.116, Ja.i.150; pret. nassaṃ (prohib.) Snp.1120, pl anassāma …

natthu →

pts

  1. the nose Ja.v.166 (= nāsā Com.).
  2. = ˚kamma medical treatment through the nose Vin.iii.83 (deti).

nava →

pts

…navabhūmaka pāsāda (a palace 9 stories high more freq. satta˚, 7) Ja.i.58; nava-hiraññakoṭīhi (w. 9 koṭis of gold)…

navanīta →

pts

nonīta fresh butter Vin.i.244 (cp. gorasa); DN.i.201; MN.iii.141; Pv.iii.5#5 (nonīta); Pp.69, Pp.70; Mil.41, Dhs.646, Dhs.740; Dhp-a.i.417; Pv-a.199.

cp. Ved. navanīta

naṅgala →

pts

plough SN.i.115; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.64; Snp.77 (yuga˚ yoke & plough); Snp.p.13; Ja.i.57; Thig.441 (= sīra Thag-a.270); Snp-a.146; Vv-a.63 Vv-a.65; Pv-a.133 (dun˚ hard to plough); Dhp-a.i.223 (ay …

necayika →

pts

adjective rich, wealthy DN.i.136, DN.i.142 (read nevāsika cp. naivasika Mvu.iii.38); AN.v.149 (variant reading BB nerayika, Com. nevāsiko ti nivāsakaro).

fr. nicaya

nekkhamma →

pts

giving up the world leading a holy life, renunciation of, or emancipation from worldliness, freedom from lust, craving & desires, dispassionateness self-abnegation, Nibbāna. Vin.i.18 (˚e ānisaṁsa) DN …

netta →

pts

Netta1

a guide Ja.iii.111; Ne.130.

Sk. netra, fr. neti

Netta2

neuter guidance, anything that guides, a conductor, fig. the eye. SN.i.26 (sārathī nettāni gahetvā = the reins); …

netthar →

pts

only in phrase netthāraṃ vattati to behave in such a way as to get rid of blame or fault Vin.ii.5; Vin.iii.183; MN.i.442
■ Bdhgh on Vin.ii.5 (p. 309) explains: nittharantānaṃ etan ti netthāraṃ yen …

neva →

pts

indeclinable see na2
■ nevasaññā-nâsañña (being) neither perception nor non-perception, only in cpd. ˚āyatana & in nevasaññī-nâsaññin: see saññā.

na + eva

nevāsika →

pts

adjective one who inhabits, an inmate; living in a place, local Ja.i.236 sq.; Dhp-a.ii.53 sq. Cp. necayika.

fr. nivāsa, cp. BSk. naivāsika Avs.i.286, Avs.i.287

nibaddha →

pts

adjective bound down to, i.e.

  1. fixed, stable, sure Ja.iv.134 (bhattavetana); Mil.398 (a˚ unstable, ˚sayana). At DN-a.i.243 two kinds of cārikā (wanderings, pilgrimages) are dis …

nibbasana →

pts

adjective no longer worn, cast off (of cloth) SN.ii.202, SN.ii.221.

nis + vasana

nibbindati →

pts

to get wearied of (c. loc.); to have enough of, be satiated, turn away from, to be disgusted with. In two roots:

  1. vind: prs. nibbindati etc. usually in combination with virajjati & vimuccati; ( …

nibbiriya →

pts

adjective lacking in strength, indolent, slothful, weak Ja.iv.131; Pv-a.175 (= alasa, kusīta].

nis + viriya

nibbusitattā →

pts

(nibbusitattan?) a dislocated or disconcerted mind, unrest uneasiness DN.i.17.

Sk. *nir-vasit-ātman or *nirvasitatvaṃ (nt. abstr.), to nis-vasati, cp. nirvāsana = nibbisaya

nibbāna →

pts

…of rebirth & suffering; āsāva (intoxications). khīṇāsavā jutimanto to loke parinibbutā the wise who are rid of all intoxications are…

nibbāti →

pts

instrumental to cool off (lit. & fig.), to get cold to become passionless Snp.235 (nibbanti dhīrā yathâyaṃ padīpo = vijjhāyanti; yathâyaṃ padīpo nibbuto evaṃ nibbanti Kp-a.194, Kp-a.195), Snp.915 (k …

nibbāyati →

pts

  1. to be cooled or refreshed, to be covered up = to be extinguished, go out (of fire), to cease to exist, always used with ref. to fire or heat or (fig.) burning sensations (see *[nibbāna](/define/nib …

nicca →

pts

adjective constant, continuous, permanent DN.iii.31; SN.i.142; SN.ii.109, SN.ii.198; SN.iv.24 sq., SN.iv.45, SN.iv.63; AN.ii.33, AN.ii.52 AN.v.210; Pts.ii.80; Vb.335, Vb.426. In chain of synonyms nicc …

niccharati →

pts

to go out or forth from, to rise, sound forth, come out Iti.75 (devasadda) Vv.38#2; Ja.i.53, Ja.i.176; Dhp-a.i.389; Vv-a.12, Vv-a.37 (saddā). Caus. nicchāreti to make come o …

nicchāta →

pts

having no hunger, being without cravings, stilled, satisfied. Epithet of an Arahant always in combination with nibbuta or parinibbuta: SN.iii.26 (tanhaṃ a …

niddasa →

pts

see niddesa.

niddesa →

pts

  1. description, attribute, distinction Pv-a.7 (ukkaṭṭha˚) -vatthu object of distinction or praise DN.iii.253; AN.iv.15 (where reading is niddasa, which also as variant reading …

niddhanta →

pts

adjective blown off, removed, cleaned, purified AN.i.254 (jātarūpa “loitered,” cp. niddhota); Snp.56 (˚kasāva-moha; Com vijahati); Dhp.236 (˚mala, malānaṃ nīhaṭatāya Dhp-a.iii.336); Cnd.347 (= vanta …

nidhi →

pts

  1. “setting down,” receptacle; (hidden) treasure Snp.285 (brahma n.); Dhp.76; Kp.viii.2 (see Kp-a 217 sq.: nidhīyatī ti nidhi, def. of n.), 9 (acorâharaṇo nidhi cp. “treasures in heaven, where thie …

nigaṇṭha →

pts

member of the Jain order (see MN.i.370–MN.i.375 MN.i.380 & cp. jaṭila) Vin.i.233 (Nātaputta, the head of that Order, cp. DN.i.57; also Sīho senāpati n-sāvako); SN.i.78 SN.i.82 (˚bhikkhā); AN.i.205 sq …

nigghosa →

pts

  1. “shouting out,” sound; fame, renown; speech, utterance, proclamation word of reproach, blame SN.i.190; AN.iv.88 (appa˚ noiseless lit. of little or no noise); Snp.719, Snp.818 (= nindāvacana Snp-a. …

nigghātana →

pts

destruction, killing, rooting out Snp.1085 (taṇhā˚; Snp-a.576 = vināsana); Cnd.343 (variant reading nighātana).

Sk. nirghātana, nis + ghātana, but cp. nighāta

nigha →

pts

Nigha1

(nīgha) adjective noun is invented by Com. & scholiasts to explain the combn anigha (anīgha sporadic, e.g. SN.v.57). But this should be divided *an-ī …

nihīyati →

pts

to be left, to come to ruin, to be destroyed AN.i.126 = Ja.iii.324 (= vināsaṃ pāpuṇāti). pp. nihīna (q.v.).

ni + hīyati, Pass. of , see jahāti

nijjara →

pts

adjective causing to decay, destroying, annihilating; f. ˚ā decay, destruction, death SN.iv.339; AN.i.221; AN.ii.198; AN.v.215 sq. (dasa-n-vatthūni) Pts.i.5 (id.).

Sk. nirjara in diff. meaning, P. …

nijjhāna →

pts

Nijjhāna1

neuter understanding, insight, perception, comprehension; favour, indulgence (= nijjhāpana), pleasure, delight Ja.vi.207. Often as -ṃ khamati: to be pleased with, to find plea …

nijjhāpeti →

pts

to make favourably disposed, to win somebody’s affection, or favour, to gain over Vin.ii.96; MN.i.321; Ja.iv.108; Ja.iv.414, Ja.iv.495; Ja.vi.516; Mil.264; Vv-a.265 (nijjhāpita = nijjhatta).

Sk. nid …

nikasa →

pts

whetstone Dāvs iii.87 (˚opala).

Sk. nikasa, ni + kasati

nikasāva →

pts

adjective free from impurity Vin.i.3; opp. anikkasāva (q.v. Dhp.9≈.

Sk. niṣkaṣāya nis + kasāva see kasāya 2d

nikati →

pts

fraud, deceit, cheating DN.i.5 (= DN-a.i.80 paṭirūpakena vañcanaṃ); DN.iii.176; Snp.242 (= nirāsaṃ-karaṇaṃ Snp-a.286); Ja.i.223; Pv.iii.9#5 (+ vañcana); Pp.19, Pp.23, Pp.58; Vv-a.114; Pv-a.211 ( …

nikaṭṭha →

pts

adjective brought down, debased, low. As one kind of puggala (n-kāya + ncitta) AN.ii.137. loc. nikaṭṭhe (adv.) near Ja.iii.438 Thag-a.105 (v. 33) (= santike Ja.iii.438).

cp. Sk. nikṛṣṭa, ni + kasati

nikkasāva →

pts

see nikasāva.

nikkaḍḍhati →

pts

to throw out Vin.iv.274 (Caus. nikkaḍḍhāpeti ibid.) Ja.i.116; Ja.ii.440; Snp-a.192. pp. nikkaḍḍhita.

Sk. niṣkarṣati, nis + kasati, cp. kaḍḍhati

nikkha →

pts

  1. a golden ornament for neck or breast, a ring Ja.ii.444; Ja.vi.577.
  2. (already Vedic) a golden coin or a weight of gold (cp. a “pound sterling”) equal to 15 suvaṇṇas (Vv-a.104 = suvaṇṇassa pañcada …

nikkāsa →

pts

is Bdhgh’s reading for ikkāsa (q.v.) Vin.ii.151, with C. on p. 321.

nikāsa →

pts

noun adjective appearance; adj. of appearance, like Ja.v.87 (-˚), corresp. to ˚avakāsa.

ni + kaś

nikāsin →

pts

adjective “shining,” resembling, like Ja.iii.320 (aggi-nikāsinā suriyena).

cp. Sk. nikāśin; fr. ni + kāsati

nikāya →

pts

collection (“body”) assemblage, class, group.

  1. generally (always-˚): eka˚; one class of beings Dhs-a.66; tiracchāna˚; the animal kingdom SN.iii.152; deva˚; the assembly of the gods, the g …

nimanteti →

pts

to send a message, to call, summon, invite, coax (to = c. instr. Snp.981 (nimantayi aor., āsanena asked him to sit down) Ja.vi.365; Cnd.342; Dhp-a.iii.171 (˚ayiṃsu); DN-a.i.169; Vv-a.47 (pānīyena i …

nimba →

pts

the Nimb tree (Azadirachta Indica), bearing a bitter leaf, & noted for its hard wood Vin.i.152 (˚kosa), Vin.i.284 (id.), Vin.i.201 (˚kasāva); AN.i.32 AN.v.212; Vv.33#36 (˚muṭṭhi, a handful of N. leave …

nimitta →

pts

  1. sign, omen, portent, prognostication DN.i.9 (study of omens = n. satthaṃ DN-a.i.92, q.v. for detailed expln); Ja.i.11 (caturo nimitte nâddasaṃ); Mil.79, Mil.178 Esp. as pubba˚; signs …

nimmakkha →

pts

adjective without egotism, not false, not slandering Snp.56 (cp Cnd.356 makkha = niṭṭhuriya; see also Snp-a.108; paraguṇa-vināsana-lakkhaṇo makkho).

nis + makkha, cp. Sk. nirmatsara

nimmita →

pts

adjective past participle

measured out, planned, laid out; created (by supernatural power iddhi); measured, stately DN.i.18, DN.i.56 (iddhiyā pi DN-a.i.167), DN.i.219 (Su˚ devaputta. Np.), ibid. (Pa …

nimmīlati →

pts

Nimīlati & Nimmīlati

to shut, close (the eyes) Ja.i.279; Dhp-a.ii.6 (akkhīni nimmīlituṃ nâsakkhi) Caus. nim(m)īl-eti id. MN.i.120; Dhp-a.ii.28 (paralokaṃ opp. ummīleti); Ja.i.279; Vism.292 (akkh …

nimīlati →

pts

Nimīlati & Nimmīlati

to shut, close (the eyes) Ja.i.279; Dhp-a.ii.6 (akkhīni nimmīlituṃ nâsakkhi) Caus. nim(m)īl-eti id. MN.i.120; Dhp-a.ii.28 (paralokaṃ opp. ummīleti); Ja.i.279; Vism.292 (akkh …

nindita →

pts

adjective blamed, reproved, reviled; faulty, blameworthy Dhp.228; Pv.ii.3#34 (a˚ blameless agarahita pasaṃsa Pv-a.89); Sdhp.254, Sdhp.361
anindita Ja.iv.106 (˚angin).

pp. of nindati

nindā →

pts

blame, reproach, fault-finding, fault, disgrace SN.iii.73; AN.ii.188; AN.iv.157 sq.; MN.i.362; Snp.213 (+ pasaṃsā blame & praise) Dhp.81 (id.); Snp.826, Snp.895, Snp.928; Dhp.143, Dhp.309; Mnd.165 M …

ninnīta →

pts

adjective lead down, lead away; drained, purified, free from (˚-) AN.i.254 (ninnīta-kasāva of gold: free fr. dross).

pp. of ninneti

nipadāmase →

pts

at Ja.iii.120 is an old misreading & is to be corrected into; nipatāmase (= let us gather, bring together = dedicate), unless it be read as nipphadāmase (= do, set forth, prepare, give), in spite …

nipatati →

pts

  1. (intrs.) to fall down, fly down, descend, go out Vin.ii.192 (Bhagavato pādesu sirasā n. bending his head at the feet of Bh.); Pv-a.60 (id.); Ja.i.278; Ja.v.467 (nippatissāmi = nikkhamissāmi Com. …

nippalāpa →

pts

adjective free from prattle or talk, not talking AN.ii.183 (apalāpa + ; variant reading ˚palāsa).

nis + palāpa

nipphādeti →

pts

to bring forth, produce; accomplish, perform Ja.i.185 (lābhasakkāraṃ); Ja.v.81; Mil.299; Vv-a.32, Vv-a.72 (grd. nipphādetabba, Name of ablative case); Sdhp.319, Sdhp.426
pp *[nipphādita](/define/n …

nippipāsa →

pts

adjective without thirst or desire Snp.56; Cnd.351.

nis + pipāsā

nipuṇa →

pts

adjective clever, skilful, accomplished; fine, subtle, abstruse DN.i.26≈(n. gambhīra dhamma), DN.i.162 (paṇḍita +); MN.i.487 (dhamma); SN.i.33; SN.iv.369; AN.iii.78; Snp.1126 (= gambhīra duddasa etc. …

nipāta →

pts

  1. falling down Dhp.121 (udabindu˚); Vv-a.279 (diṭṭhi˚, a glance) Pv-a.45 (asa˚).
  2. descending MN.i.453.
  3. a particle the gram. term for adverbs, conjunctions & interjections Ja.v.243 (assu); Pv- …

niraggika →

pts

adjective without fire Mil.324 (˚okāsa).

nis + aggi + ka

nirasana →

pts

adjective without food or subsistence, poor Ja.iv.128.

nis + asana2

nirassāda →

pts

adjective without taste, insipid, dull Vism.135. Cp. nirāsāda.

nis + assāda

niraya →

pts

purgatory, hell, a place of punishment & torture, where sin is atoned (i.e. kamma ripens = paccati, is literally boiled) by terrible ordeals (kāraṇāni) similar to & partly identical with those of Hade …

nirodha →

pts

oppression, suppression; destruction, cessation annihilation (of senses, consciousness, feeling being in general: sankhārā). Bdhgh’s expln of the word is: “ni-saddo abhāvaṃ, rodha-saddo c …

nirussāsa →

pts

adjective breathless Ja.iii.416; Ja.iv.121, cp. Ja.vi.197; Ja.vi.82.

cp. Sk. nirucchvāsa, nis + ussāsa

nirālamba →

pts

adjective unsupported Mil.295 (ākāsa).

nis + ālamba

nirāsa →

pts

…nittaṇha Pv-a.230). See also amama.

nis + āsā

nirāsattin →

pts

adjective not hanging on to, not clinging or attached to (c. loc.) Snp.851 (= nittaṇha Snp-a.549); Mnd.221.

adj. to pp. āsatta1 with nis

nirāsava →

pts

adjective without intoxication, undefiled, sinless Thag-a.148.

nis + āsava

nirāsaya →

pts

…reads nirāsaṃsa); Dhp.410; Dhp-a.iv.185 (variant reading BB nirāsāsa; explained by nittaṇha).

nis + āsaya, fr. śri

nirāsaṃsa →

pts

…desireless Snp.1090 (Nd ii.reading for nirāsaya); Cnd.361 (cp. Dhp-a.iv.185 nirāsāsa *nirāsaṃsa, variant reading for nirāsaya).

nis…

nirāsaṅka →

pts

adjective without apprehension, unsuspicious, not doubting Ja.i.264; Vism.180.

nis + āsankā

nirāsaṅkatā →

pts

the not hesitating Ja.vi.337.

abstr. fr. nirāsanka

nirāsāda →

pts

adjective tasteless, yielding no enjoyment Thag.710. Cp. nirassāda.

nis + assāda

nisabha →

pts

“bull among men,” i.e. prince, leader; “princeps,” best of men epithet of the Buddha SN.i.28, SN.i.48, SN.i.91; MN.i.386; Ja.v.70 Ja.vi.526; Vv.16#7 (isi˚), cp. Vv-a.83 for expln; Vv.63#7 …

nissaya →

pts

that on which anything depends, support help, protection; endowment, resource, requisite, supply foundation, reliance on (acc. or-˚) Vin.i.58 (the four resources of bhikkhu, viz. piṇḍiyālopa-bhojana …

nissāya →

pts

…near by, on, at Ja.i.167 (pāsānapiṭṭhaṃ), Ja.i.221 (padumasaraṃ); Pv-a.24 (bāhā), Pv-a.134 (taṃ = with him). 2. by means of,…

nisāra →

pts

adjective noun full of sap, excellent, strong (of a tree) Vv.63#1 (= niratisaya sārassa nisiṭṭhasārassa rukkhassa Vv-a.261).

ni + sāra

nisīdana →

pts

sitting down, occasion or opportunity to sit, a mat to sit on Vin.i.295 Vin.ii.123 (˚ena vippavasati); SN.v.259 (˚ṃ gaṇhāti). -paccattharaṇa a mat for sitting on Vin.i.47, Vin.i.295; Vin.ii.209 Vin …

nisīdati →

pts

to sit down, to be seated, to sit, to dwell Cnd.433; Ja.iii.392; Ja.vi.367; Pv.ii.9#3 (nisīdeyya Pot.); Pv-a.74. aor. nisīdi Vin.i.1; Ja.ii.153; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.23, Pv-a.44; 3rd pl. nisīdi …

nittaṇha →

pts

adjective free from thirst or desire, desireless Pv-a.230 (= nirāsa) f. abstr. nitthaṇhatā Ne.38.

BSk. niṣṭṛṣṇa (Divy.210 etc.), nis + taṇhā

nivasati →

pts

to live, dwell, inhabit, stay Vin.ii.11
pp nivuttha, cp. also nivāsana2 & nivāsin.

ni + vasati2

nivattha →

pts

past participle clothed in or with (-˚ or acc.), dressed, covered SN.i.115; Ja.i.59 (su˚), Ja.i.307 (sāṭakaṃ); Pv-a.47, Pv-a.49 (dibbavattha˚), Pv-a.50.

pp. of ni + vasati1

nivutta →

pts

Nivutta1

(pp.) called, termed, designated Pv-a.73 (dasavassa-satāni, vassa-sahassaṃ n. hoti).

pp. of ni + vac

Nivutta2

(pp.) shorn, shaved, trimmed Snp.456 (˚kesa = apa …

nivuttha →

pts

of nivasati) inhabited; dwelling, living; see *san*˚.

nivāsa →

pts

stopping, dwelling, resting-place, abode; living, sheltering Ja.i.115 (˚ṃ kappeti to put up), Ja.ii.110; Pv-a.76, Pv-a.78. Usually in phrase pubbe-nivāsaṃ anussarati “to remember one’s former ab …

nivāsana →

pts

Nivāsana1

adjective noun dressed, clothed; dressing, clothing, undergarment (opp. pārupana) Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.228; Ja.i.182 (manāpa˚), Ja.i.421; Ja.iii.82; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.74, Pv-a.76 Pv- …

nivāseti →

pts

…(= pārupāmi)
caus 2 nivāsāpeti to cause or order to be dressed (with 2 acc.) Ja.i.50; Ja.iv.142; Dhp-a.i.223.

Caus. of…

nivāsika →

pts

adjective staying, living, dwelling Ja.ii.435 (= nibaddha-vasanaka C.).

fr. nivāsa

nivāsin →

pts

adjective noun dwelling, staying; (n.) an inhabitant Dāvs v.45.

to nivasati

nivāta →

pts

…Thag.2, Thag.376 (pāsāda)
■ (nt.) a calm (opp. pavāta Vin.ii.79.

Sk. nivāta, ni + vāta…

nivāyāsa →

pts

? oozing of trees; Bdhgh’s expln of ikkāsa at Vin.ii.321. See niyyāsa.

niya →

pts

adjective one’s own Snp.149 (˚putta = orasaputta Kp-a.248); niyassakamma at AN.i.99 & Pv.iv.1#13 (variant reading Minayeff tiyassa) is to be read as nissayakamma (q.v.).

Sk. nija, q.v.

niyyāsa →

pts

any exudation (of plants or trees), as gum, resin, juice, etc. Vism.74 (˚rukkha, one of the 8 kinds of trees), Vism.360 (paggharitan- rukkha). Cp. nivāyāsa.

cp. Sk. niryāsa, Ha …

niyyūha →

pts

pinnacle, turret, gate MN.i.253; DN-a.i.284 (pāsāda +).

Sk. niryūha (& nirvyūha?), perhaps to; vah

niṭṭhāna →

pts

being finished, carrying out, execution, performance DN.i.141; Thag-a.19 (= avasāya). Cp. san˚.

abstr. of niṭṭhāti

nudaka →

pts

or Nūdaka (-˚) = nuda Ja.v.401 (āsa-nūdaka).

nāma →

pts

name.

  1. Literal. nom. nāmaṃ SN.i.39; Snp.808; Ja.ii.131; Mil.27; acc. nāmaṃ Pv-a.145 (likhi: he wrote her name)
    ■ nāmaṃ karoti to give a name Snp.344 Cnd.466 (n’ etaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ on “ …

nānatta →

pts

…(cp. nava sattâvāsā) AN.iv.39 sq. = Cnd.570#2; DN.iii.253, DN.iii.263, DN.iii.282;

nānā →

pts

adverb variously differently.

  1. (abs.) AN.i.138 (on different sides, viz right ↔ left). Snp.878 (= na ekaṁ Snp-a.554 = vividhaṁ aññoññaṁ puthu na ekaṁ Mnd.285), Snp.884 sq.
  2. more frequently in co …

nārāca →

pts

an iron weapon, an arrow or javelin MN.i.429; Ja.iii.322; Mil.105, Mil.244, Mil.418 -valaya an iron ring or collar (?) Mhvs.vii.20 (Com “vaṭṭita-assanārāca-pasa” = a noose forme …

nāsa →

pts

destruction, ruin, death Ja.i.5, Ja.i.256; Sdhp.58, Sdhp.319. Usually vi˚, also adj. vināsaka Cp. panassati.

Sk. nāśa, see nassati

nāsana →

pts

destruction, abandoning, expulsion, in -antika (adj.) a bhikkhu who is under the penalty of expulsion Vin.i.255.

Sk. nāśana

nāseti →

pts

  1. to destroy, spoil, ruin; to kill Ja.i.59; Ja.ii.105, Ja.ii.150; Ja.iii.279, Ja.iii.418.
  2. to atone for a fault (with abl.) Vin.i.85, Vin.i.86, Vin.i.173 etc. Cp. vi˚.

Sk. nāśayati, Caus. of nassati, q.v.

nāsika →

pts

adjective belonging to the nose, nasal, in -sota the nostril or nose (orig. “sense of smell” DN.i.106; Snp.p.108.

cp. Sk. nāsikya

nāsitaka →

pts

adjective one who is ejected Vin.iv.140 (of a bhikkhu).

see nāsa & nāseti

nāsā →

pts

…(nāsa˚, but Kp-a.67 nāsā˚), Vism.283 (nāsa˚).

  • -vāta wind, i.e. breath from the nostrils Ja.iii.276.

Vedic…

nīca →

pts

adjective low, inferior, humble (opp. ucca high, fr. adv. ud˚) Vin.i.46, Vin.i.47; Vin.ii.194; DN.i.109, DN.i.179 DN.i.194; AN.v.82; Snp-a.424 (nīcaṃ karoti to degrade); passim.

*\ …

nīrasa →

pts

adjective sapless, dried up, withered, tasteless, insipid Ja.iii.111.

Sk. nīrasa, nis + rasa

obhāsa →

pts

shine, splendour, light, lustre, effulgence; appearance. In clairvoyant language also “aura (see Cpd. 2141 with C. expln. “rays emitted from the body on account of insight”)-D …

obhāsana →

pts

(nt
■ adj.) shining Vv-a.276 (Hardy: “speaking to someone”).

fr. obhāsa, cp. Sk. avabhāsana

obhāsati →

pts

Obhāsati1

to shine, to be splendid Pv.i.2#1 (= pabhāseti vijjoteti Pv-a.10)
caus obhāseti to make radiant or resplendent to illumine, to fill with light or splendo …

odagya →

pts

exultation, elation Mnd.3 = Cnd.446 = Dhs.9, Dhs.86, Dhs.285, Dhs.373; Dhs-a.143 (= udaggasabhāva a “topmost” condition).

der. fr. udagga

odahati →

pts

  1. to put down, to put in, supply MN.i.117 (okacaraṃ, see under oka); MN.ii.216 (agad’angāraṃ vaṇa-mukhe odaheyya); Thag.774 (migavo pāsaṃ odahi the hunter set a snare; Morris, J.P.T …

odana →

pts

boiled (milk-)rice, gruel Vin.ii.214 (m.); DN.i.76, DN.i.105; SN.i.82 (nāḷik˚); Dhp-a.iv.17 (id.); AN.iii.49; AN.iv.231; Snp.18; Ja.iii.425 (til˚ m.) Dhs.646, Dhs.740, Dhs.875; Pv-a.73; Vv-a.98; S …

odhasta →

pts

fallen down, scattered MN.i.124 = SN.iv.176 (˚patoda; S reads odhasata but has variant reading odhasta).

Sk. avadhvasta, pp. of ava + dhvaṃsati: see dhaṃsati

odhi →

pts

putting down, fixing, i.e. boundary, limit, extent Dhp-a.ii.80 (jaṇṇu-mattena odhinā to the extent of the knee, i.e. kneedeep); Dhp-a.iv.204 (id.)
odhiso (adv.) limited, spe …

odāta →

pts

adjective

clean, white, prominently applied to the dress as a sign of distinction (white), or special purity at festivities, ablutions & sacrificial functions DN.ii.18 (uṇṇā, of the Buddha), DN.iii.2 …

ogha →

pts

  1. (rare in the old texts) a flood of water Vv-a.48 (udak’ ogha); usually as mahogha a great flood Dhp.47; Vism.512; Vv-a.110; Dhp-a.ii.274 = Thag-a.175.
  2. (always in sg.) th …

ogāhati FIXME double →

pts

Ogāhati (ogāheti)

to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (w. acc. or loc.). Pv.ii.12#11; Vv.6#1 (= anupavisati Vv-a.42), Vv.39#2 (sālavanaṃ o = pavisati Vv-a.177). ogāheti Pv-a.155 (pokkhara …

ogāheti →

pts

Ogāhati (ogāheti)

to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (w. acc. or loc.). Pv.ii.12#11; Vv.6#1 (= anupavisati Vv-a.42), Vv.39#2 (sālavanaṃ o = pavisati Vv-a.177). ogāheti Pv-a.155 (pokkhara …

oka →

pts

resting place, shelter, resort; house, dwelling; fig. (this meaning according to later commentators prevailing in anoka, liking, fondness, attachment to (worldly things) SN.iii.9 = Snp.844 (okam pahāy …

okassati FIXME double →

pts

Okassati

to drag down, draw or pull away, distract, remove. Only in ger.; okassa, always combd. with pasayha “removing by force” DN.ii.74 (T. okk˚); AN.iv.16 (T. okk˚, variant reading ok …

okiraṇa →

pts

casting out (see the later avakirati2), only as adj
■ f. okirinī (okilinī through dialect. variation a cast-out woman (cast-out on acct of some cutaneous disease), in double comb

okāsa FIXME double →

pts

Okāsa

  1. lit. “visibility”, (visible) space as geometrical term, open space, atmosphere, air as space DN.i.34 (ananto okāso); Vism.184 (with disā pariccheda), Vism.243 (id.); Pv-a.14 (okāsaṃ pharitvā …

okāsa →

pts

Avakāsa & okāsa

  1. “appearance”: akkhuddâvakāso dassanāya not little (or inferior) to behold (of appearance) DN.i.114; ariyāvakāsa appearing noble or having the app. of an Aryan Ja.v.87; katâvakāsa pu …

okāsati →

pts

to be visible; Caus. okāseti to make visible, let appear, show SN.iv.290.

ava + kāś

olīna →

pts

adhering, sticking or clinging to (worldliness), infatuated MN.i.200 (˚vuttika); Ja.vi.569 (anolīna-mānasa); Vb.350 (˚vuttikā); Mil.393 (an˚).

pp. of oliyate

omasanā →

pts

touching, touch Vin.iii.121 (= heṭṭhā oropanā).

fr. omasati

omasati →

pts

  1. (lit.) to touch Ja.v.446.
  2. (fig.) to touch a person, to reproach, insult Vin.iv.4 sq

pp omaṭṭha.

o + mas = Sk. mṛṣ

omaṭṭha →

pts

touched SN.i.13 = SN.i.53 = Thag.39.

pp. of omasati

onayhati →

pts

to tie down, to cover over, envelop, shroud Dhs-a.378 (megho ākāsaṃ o.)
pp onaddha.

ava + nayhati

onāha →

pts

drawing over, covering, shrouding DN.i.246 (spelt onaha); Mil.300; Dhs.1157 (= megho viya ākāsaṃ kāyaṃ onayhati).

fr. ava + nah, cp. onaddha & onayhati

opasamika →

pts

adjective leading to quiet, allaying quieting; epithet of Dhamma DN.iii.264 sq.; AN.ii.132.

fr. upa + sama + ika; cp. BSk. aupaśamika Avs.ii.107; Mvu.ii.41

opasāyika →

pts

adjective being near at hand or at one’s bidding (?) MN.i.328.

fr. upasaya, upa + śī

ora →

pts

adjective below, inferior, posterior. Usually as nt. oraṃ the below, the near side, this world Snp.15; Vv-a.42 (orato abl. from this side)
■ Cases adverbially: acc. *[oraṃ](/defin …

orasa →

pts

adjective belonging to one’s own breast, self-begotten, legitimate; innate, natural, own MN.ii.84; MN.iii.29; SN.ii.221 (bhagavato putto o. mukhato jāto); SN.iii.83; Ja.iii.272; Vv.50#22; Thag-a.236 …

osadhī →

pts

There is no difference in meaning between osadha and osadhī; both mean equally any medicine whether of herbs or other ingredients. Cp. e.g. AN.iv.100 (bījagāma-bhūtagāmā… osadhi-tiṇavanappatayo) Pv. …

osakkati →

pts

to draw back, move back DN.i.230; Ja.iv.348 (for apavattati C.); Ja.v.295 (an-osakkitvā) See also Trenckner, Notes p. 60.

o + sakkati fr. P. sakk = *Sk. ṣvaṣk, cp. Māgadhī osakkai; but somet …

osarati →

pts

to flow, to go away, to recede to, to visit MN.i.176 (gāmaṃ etc.); MN.ii.122
pp osaṭa. See also avasarati.

o + sṛ.

osaraṇa →

pts

  1. return to, going into (acc.) visiting Ja.i.154 (gāmantaṃ ˚kāle).
  2. withdrawal, distraction, drawing or moving away, heresy Snp.538 (ogahanāni titthāni, diṭṭhiyo ti attho Snp-a.434).

fr. avasarati

osaṭa FIXME double →

pts

Osaṭa

having withdrawn to (acc.), gone to or into, undergone, visited MN.i.176, MN.i.469 (padasamācāro sangha-majjhe o.); MN.ii.2 (Rājagahaṃ vass˚āvāsaṃ o.); Mil.24 (sākacchā osaṭā bahū). See also * …

osaṭa →

pts

Avasaṭa & Osaṭa

withdrawn, gone away; one who has left a community & gone over to another sect, a renegade Vin.iv.216, Vin.iv.217 (= titthāyatanaṃ saṃkata).

Sk. apasṛta, cp. also samavasṛta, pp. of …

osāpeti →

pts

to put forth, bring to an end, settle, put down, fix, decide SN.i.81 (fut. osāpayissāmi; vv.ll. oyayiss˚ and obhāyiss˚ Ud.66 (T. otarissāmi? vv.ll. obhāyiss˚, otāy˚ & osāy˚ C. paṭipajjissāmi karissāmi …

otarati →

pts

…Pv-a.94 (pāsādā from the palace), Pv-a.140 (devalokato)
caus 2 otarāpeti to cause to descend, to bring down to Ja.vi.345…

otāpeti →

pts

to dry in the sun Vin.ii.113; Vin.iv.281; Mil.371 (kummo udakato nikkhamitvā kāyaṃ o. fig applied to mānasa).

o + tāpeti

otāra →

pts

  1. descent to, i.e. approach to, access, fig. chance, opportunity otāraṃ labhati. Only in the Māra myth. He, the tempter, ʻgets his chance’ to tempt the Buddha or the disciples, MN.i.334; SN.i.122; …

ovadati →

pts

to give advice, to admonish exhort, instruct, usually combd. with anusāsati
pres ovadati Vin.iv.52 sq.; Dhp-a.i.11, Dhp-a.i.13;
imper ovada …

ovāda →

pts

advice, instruction, admonition, exhortation Vin.i.50 = Vin.ii.228; Vin.ii.255 Vin.iv.52; DN.i.137 (˚paṭikara, function of a king); Ja.iii.256 (anovādakara one who cannot be helped by advice, cp ovada …

pa →

pts

Pa˚

indeclinable directional prefix of forward motion, in applied sense often emphasising the action as carried on in a marked degree or even beyond its mark (cp. Ger. ver-in its function of Goth. f …

pabba →

pts

  1. a knot (of a stalk), joint, section Vin.iv.35; MN.i.80; Ja.i.245 (veḷu˚); Vism.358 (id.; but nāḷika p. 260); Vb-a.63 (id.); Thag.243-angula˚ finger joint Vin.iv.262, MN.i.187; DN-a.i.285-pabba\ …

pabbajati →

pts

to go forth, to leave home and wander about as a mendicant, to give up the world, to take up the ascetic life (as bhikkhu samaṇa, tapassin, isi etc.). SN.i.140, SN.i.141; Snp.157, Snp.1003 imper. *[pa …

pabbajjā →

pts

leaving the world, adopting the ascetic life state of being a Buddhist friar, taking the (yellow) robe ordination

  1. ordination or admission into the Buddha’s Order in particular: Vin.iii.13; SN.i.16 …

pabbedha →

pts

piercing through (measuring) an arrow shot Thag.164-Ja.ii.334 (soḷasa˚ = soḷasa-kaṇḍa-pāta-vitthāro C.)
Note. pabbedha owes its bb to analogy with ubbedha. It also corresponds to the latter …

pabbhāra →

pts

  1. (m.) a decline, incline, slope Ja.i.348; adj. (usually -˚) bending inclining, sloping; fig. tending or leading to (cp. E “bearing on”) MN.i.493 (samudda˚); SN.i.110 (id.), SN.v.38, SN.v.216, SN.v. …

pabhaṅkara →

pts

one who makes light, one who lights up, light-bringer (often as epithet of the Buddha) SN.i.51 (quoted at Vv-a.116), SN.i.210; AN.ii.51 sq.; Iti.80; Ja.iii.128; Snp.991, Snp.1136 (= ālokakara obhāsa …

pabhāsa →

pts

shining, splendour, beauty SN.i.67; sap˚ with beauty SN.v.263; Mil.223; ap˚ without beauty Mil.299.

fr. pa + bhās

pabhāsati →

pts

to tell, declare, talk Thag.582.

pa + bhaṣ

paccakkhāti →

pts

lit. to speak against, i.e. to reject, refuse, disavow, abandon, give up, usually in connection with Buddhaṃ, dhammaṃ sikkhaṃ or similar terms of a religious-moral nature Vin.iii.25; SN.ii.231, SN.ii …

paccana →

pts

being boiled, boiling. torture, torment Ja.v.270; Snp-a.476 (˚okāsa). Paccanika, Paccaniya

fr. paccati, cp. pacana

paccanta →

pts

adjective noun adj. adjoining, bordering on, neighbouring, adjacent Dhp.315; Ja.i.11 (v.47, ˚desa), Ja.i.377 (˚vāsika); Pv-a.201 (˚nagara); Dhp-a.iii.488 (id.); Sdhp.11 (˚visaya). (m.) the border, o …

paccanubhāsati →

pts

to speak out or mention correspondingly, to enumerate Kp-a.78, Kp-a.79 sq.

paṭi + anubhāsati, cp. BSk. pratyavabhāṣate to call to Divy.9

paccasāri →

pts

paccaya →

pts

lit. resting on, falling back on, foundation cause, motive etc. See on term as t.t. of philosophy Tikapaṭṭhāna I, foreword; J.P.T.S. 1916, 21 f.; Cpd. 42 sq. & esp. 259 sq.

  1. (lit.) support, req …

pacceka →

pts

adjective each one, single, by oneself, separate, various several DN.i.49 (itthi); DN.ii.261 (˚vasavattin, of the 10 issaras); SN.i.26 (˚gāthā a stanza each), SN.i.146 (˚brahma an independent Brahma); …

pacchā →

pts

adverb behind, aft, after, afterwards, back; westward DN.i.205; Snp.645 Snp.773, Snp.949; Mnd.33 (= pacchā vuccati anāgataṃ, pure vuccati atītaṃ); Cnd.395; Dhp.172, Dhp.314, Dhp.421; Pv.i.11#1 Pv.i.11 …

pacchāsa →

pts

aftermath SN.i.74.

cp. pacchāli? perhaps fr. pacchā +

paccābhaṭṭha →

pts

recited, explained Ja.ii.48.

pp. of paccābhāsati

paccābhāsati →

pts

to retort, recite, explain, relate Pv-a.57 (sic lege for pacchā˚)
pp paccābhaṭṭha.

paṭi + ābhāsati

paccāropeti →

pts

to show in return, retort, explain MN.i.96; AN.iv.193. Cp. paccabhāsati.

paṭi + āropeti

paccāsanne →

pts

adverb near by Pv-a.216 = Pv-a.280

paṭi + āsanne

paccāsati →

pts

to ask, beg, pray Pv.iv.5#6 (˚anto for ˚āsaṃsanto? C explnns by āsiṃsanto).

fr. paṭi + āśā or = paccāsaṃsati or ˚siṃsati?

paccāsā →

pts

expectation Vin.iv.286.

paṭi + āśā, cp. Sk. pratyāśā

paccāsāreti →

pts

to make go (or turn) backward MN.i.124 = AN.iii.28 (= paṭinivatteti C.) Vism.308 (sāreti pi p. pi).

paṭi + ā + sāreti, Caus. of sṛ.

pada →

pts

  1. foot Dhp.273 = Snp-a.366 (? saccānaṃ caturo padā); DN-a.i.85; usually -˚, like hatthipadaṃ elephant’s foot MN.i.176, MN.i.184; SN.i.86; SN.v.43, SN.v.231; and with numerals dvi˚ & di˚, catup˚, a …

padahati →

pts

  1. to strive, exert DN.iii.221 (cittaṃ paggaṇhāti p.); Pv-a.31 (yoniso p.).
  2. to confront take up, fight against, stand Ja.vi.508 (usīraṃ muñjapubbajaṃ urasā padahessāmi “I shall stand against the g …

padesika →

pts

adjective (-˚) belonging to a place of indication, indicating, regional, reaching the index of only with numerals in reference to age (usually soḷasavassa˚ at the time of 16 years) Ja.i.259 (id.), Ja …

padhāna →

pts

exertion, energetic effort, striving, concentration of mind DN.iii.30 DN.iii.77, DN.iii.104, DN.iii.108, DN.iii.214, DN.iii.238; MN.ii.174, MN.ii.218; SN.i.47; SN.ii.268 SN.iv.360; SN.v.244 sq.; AN.ii …

padhāniya →

pts

adjective belonging to or connected with exertion, worthy of being pursued in cpd. -aṅga (nt.) a quality to be striven after, of which there are 5 expressed in the attributes of one who attains the …

padika →

pts

adjective consisting of feet or parts, -fold; dvādasa˚ twelve fold Ja.i.75 (paccayākāra).

fr. pada 1; cp. padaka3

padissa →

pts

adjective being seen, to be seen, appearing DN.ii.205 (upasantappa˚).

grd. of padissati

padumin →

pts

adjective noun having a lotus, belonging to a lotus, lotus-like; Name of (the spotted) elephant Snp.53 (explained at Snp-a.103 as “padumasadisa-gattatāya vā Padumakule uppannatāya vā padumī,” cp. C …

paduṭṭha →

pts

made bad, spoilt, corrupt, wicked, bad (opp. pasanna, e.g. at AN.i.8; Iti.12, Iti.13; DN.iii.32 (˚citta); MN.iii.49; AN.ii.30; Snp.662; Dhp.1; Ja.ii.401; Dhp-a.i.23 (opp. pasanna); Pv-a.34, Pv-a.43 …

padālita →

pts

broken, pierced, destroyed SN.i.130; SN.iii.83; AN.v.88 (appadālita-pubbaṃ lobhakkhandhaṃ); Snp.546 (āsavā te p.; quoted at Vv-a.9); Thag-a.34 (as AN.v.88 with moha˚).

pp. of padāleti

paggaṇhāti →

pts

  1. to stretch forth, hold out or up, take up DN.i.123 (sujaṃ the sacrificial ladle), DN.i.125 (añjaliṃ stretch out the hollow hands as a token of respectful greeting); SN.i.141; SN.ii.280; Ja.i.89 (pa …

pahasati →

pts

to laugh, giggle Ja.v.452 (ūhasati +). See also pahassati & pahāsati
pp pahasita (q.v.).

pa + has

pahasita →

pts

laughing, smiling, joyful, pleased Mil.297; Ja.i.411 (nicca˚ mukha), Ja.ii.179.

pp. of pahasati or ˚hassati

pahassati →

pts

to laugh, be joyful or cheerful Snp.887 (= haṭṭha pahaṭṭha Mnd.296; cp. Snp-a.555 hāsajāta) The pp. pahasita (q.v.) is derived fr. pres. pahasati which mak …

pahaṃsita →

pts

Pahaṃsita1

struck, beaten (of metal), refined Ja.vi.218 (ukkā-mukha˚), Ja.vi.574 (id.).

pp. of pahaṃsati

Pahaṃsita2

gladdened, delighted, happy Dhp-a.i.230 (˚mukha); Vv-a. …

pahaṭṭha →

pts

Pahaṭṭha1

struck, beaten (of metal) Ja.vi.217 (suvaṇṇa).

pp. of pahaṃsati1

Pahaṭṭha2

gladdened, happy, cheerful, delighted Vin.iii.14; Ja.i.278 (twice; once as *- …

pahita →

pts

Pahita1

resolute, intent, energetic; only in cpd. pahitatta of resolute will (cp. BSk. prahitātman Divy.37) MN.i.114; SN.i.53 (explained by bdhgh with wrong derivation fr. peseti as “pesit …

pahiṇati →

pts

to send; Pres. pahiṇati. Vin.iii.140 sq.; Vin.iv.18; Dhp-a.ii.243; aor. pahiṇi Ja.i.60 (sāsanaṃ); Ja.v.458 (paṇṇāni); Vv-a.67; Dhp-a.i.72 Dhp-a.ii.56, Dhp-a.ii.243; ger. *pahi …

pahāna →

pts

giving up, leaving, abandoning, rejection. MN.i.60 MN.iii.4, MN.iii.72 SN.i.13 SN.i.132 (dukkha˚); SN.ii.170; SN.iii.53; SN.iv.7 sq. DN.iii.225 DN.iii.246 AN.i.82 AN.i.134 AN.ii.26 AN.ii.232 (kaṇhassa …

pahāra →

pts

  1. a blow, stroke, hit DN.i.144 (daṇḍa˚); MN.i.123, MN.i.126; Pv.iv.16#7 (sālittaka˚); MN.i.123; Dhp-a.iii.48 (˚dāna-sikkhāpada the precepts concerning those guilty of giving blows cp. Vin.iv.146) P …

pahāsa →

pts

laughing, mirth Dhs.9, Dhs.86, Dhs.285; Vv-a.132; Sdhp.223.

fr. pa + has, cp. Class. Sk. prahāsa

pahāsati →

pts

in pahāsanto saparisaṃ at Thag-a.69 should preferably be read as pahāsayanto parisaṃ, thus taken as Caus. of pa + has, i.e. making one smile, gladdening.

pahāseti →

pts

to make laugh, to gladden, to make joyful Vism.289 (cittaṃ pamodeti hāseti pahāseti).

Caus. of pahasati

pakaṭṭhaka →

pts

adjective troublesome, annoying; (m.) a troubler worrier SN.i.174 (variant reading pagaṇḍaka; C. rasagiddha; trsl “pertinacious”).

pa + kaṭṭha + ka; kaṭṭha pp. of kṛṣ, cp. Sk. prakarṣaka of same …

pakka →

pts

adjective

  1. ripe (opp. āma raw, as Vedic; and apakka) and also “cooked, boiled, baked” SN.i.97 (opp. āmaka); SN.iv.324 (˚bhikkhā); Snp.576; Ja.v.286
    ■ nt. pakkaṃ that which is ripe, i.e. a fr …

pakkamati →

pts

  1. to step forward, set out, go on, go away, go forth MN.i.105 Pp.58; DN-a.i.94; Pv-a.13
    ■ pret. 3 sg. pakkāmi SN.i.92, SN.i.120; Snp.p.93, Snp.p.124; Pv-a.5 (uṭṭhāy’āsanā …

pakkha →

pts

Pakkha1

  1. side of the body, flank wing, feathers (cp. pakkhin), in compounds -biḷāla a flying fox (sort of bat) Bdhgh on ulūka-camma at Vin.i.186 (MV. Vin.v.2, 4; cp. Vin. Texts ii.1 …

pakkhandati →

pts

to spring forward, to jump on to MN.i.86; Ja.i.461; Vv.84#12 (ger. pakkhandiyāna = pakkhanditvā anupavisitvā Vv-a.338); to be after someone in pursuit Dhp-a.i.198; usually fig. to rejoice in, find p …

pakāsana →

pts

explaining, making known; information, evidence, explanation, publicity Pts.i.104 (dhamma˚); Mil.95; Snp-a.445; Pv-a.2, Pv-a.50, Pv-a.103 (expln of āvi).

pa + kāś, cp. pakāsati

pakāsati →

pts

to shine forth, to be visible, to become known Snp.445, Snp.1032 (= bhāsati tapati virocati Cnd.373)
caus pakāseti to show up, illustrate, explain make known, give information …

pala →

pts

(-˚) a certain weight (or measure), spelt also phala (see phala2), only in cpd. sata˚; a hundred (carat) in weight Thag.97 (of kaṃsa); Ja.vi.510 (sa …

palasata →

pts

rhinoceros Ja.vi.277 (variant reading phalasata explained as “khagga-miga,” with gloss “balasata”); as phalasata at Ja.vi.454 (explained as phalasata-camma C.) See palāsata.

palibodha →

pts

obstruction, hindrance, obstacle, impediment, drawback Ja.i.148; Ja.iii.241 (a non-obstruction), Ja.iii.381 (id.); Ne.80; also in var. phrases viz. kāma˚ Cnd.374 (+ kāmapariḷāha); kula˚ cīvara Cnd.6 …

pallaṅka →

pts

  1. sitting cross-legged, in instr.; pallaṅkena upon the hams SN.i.124, SN.i.144; and in phrase pallaṅkaṃ ābhujati “to bend (the legs) in crosswise” DN.i.71; MN.i.56; AN.iii.320; Ja.i.17, Ja.i.71; …

pallāsa →

pts

see *vi*˚.

palāpa →

pts

Palāpa1

chaff of corn, pollard AN.iv.169 (yava˚); Ja.i.467, Ja.i.468; Ja.iv.34; Snp-a.165 (in exegesis of palāpa2 variant reading BB palāsa), Snp-a.312 (id.); Ja.iv.34, Ja.iv. …

palāsa →

pts

…leaves Ja.i.57
palāsāni (pl.) leaves Ja.iii.185 (= palāsapaṇṇāni C.); Pv-a.192 (= bhūsāni).

Vedic…

palāsata →

pts

rhinoceros Ja.v.206 Ja.v.408; Ja.vi.277.

so read for palasata & palasada; cp. Vedic parasvant given by BR. in meaning “a certain large animal, perhaps the wild ass”

palāsika →

pts

adjective

  1. in cpd. paṇḍu˚; one who lives by eating withered leaves DN-a.i.270, DN-a.i.271.
  2. in cpd. eka˚; (upāhanā) (a shoe) with one lining (i.e. of leaves) Vin.i.185 (= eka paṭala Bdhgh; …

palāsin →

pts

(paḷāsin) adjective spiteful, unmerciful, malicious MN.i.43 sq., MN.i.96; AN.iii.111; combined with makkhin at Vin.ii.89 (cp. Vin Texts iii.38); Ja.iii.259 apaḷāsin DN.iii.47 …

palāyati →

pts

to run (away) Vin.iii.145 (ubbijjati uttasati p.); AN.ii.33 (yena vā tena vā palayanti); Snp.120; Ja.ii.10; Dhp-a.i.193; Pv-a.253 Pv-a.284 (= dhāvati)
ppr palāyanto SN.i.209 = Thig.248 = Pv.ii. …

pameyya →

pts

(-˚) adjective to be measured, measurable, only in foll. cpd appameyya not to be measured, illimitable, unfathomable SN.i.148; SN.v.400; MN.iii.71, MN.iii.127; AN.i.266; Vv.34# …

pamha →

pts

eye-lash, usually in cpd. aḷāra˚; having thick eyelashes e.g. at Ja.v.215; Vv.35#7; Vv.64#11; Pv.iii.3#5; asāyata˚ at Thig.383.

the syncope form of pakhuma = Sk. pakṣman used in poetry and always …

pamocana →

pts

…AN.ii.49 sq.; Snp.166 (maccupāsā, abl. = from), Snp.1064 (pamocanāya dat. = pamocetuṃ Cnd); Iti.104 (Nibbānaṃ sabbagantha ˚ṃ). At Dhp.274…

pamucchita →

pts

…hunger) Pv.iii.1#8 (= khuppipāsādidukkhena sañjāta-mucchā Pv-a.174); Pv.iv.10#8. 2. infatuated SN.i.187 (variant reading; T. samucchita) =…

pamāda →

pts

carelessness, negligence, indolence, remissness DN.i.6 (jūta˚, see DN-a.i.85), DN.iii.42 sq., DN.iii.236; MN.i.151; SN.i.18, SN.i.20, SN.i.25, SN.i.146, SN.i.216; SN.ii.43 SN.ii.193; SN.iv.78, SN.iv. …

panasa →

pts

the Jack or bread-fruit tree (Artocarpus integrifolia) and its fruit Ja.i.450; Ja.ii.160 Ja.v.205, Ja.v.465; Vv.44#13; Kp-a.49, Kp-a.50, Kp-a.58 (˚phala, where Vism.258 reads panasa-taca); Snp-a …

panassati →

pts

to be lost, to disappear, to go to ruin, to cease to be MN.i.177; SN.ii.272 (read panassissati with BB); Ja.v.401 Ja.vi.239; Thag.143.

pa + nassati, cp. also BSk praṇāśa Divy.626

pannarasa →

pts

number, adjective fifteen (and fifteenth), usually referring to the 15th day of the lunar month, i.e. the full-moon day Snp.153 (pannaraso uposatho); pannarase on the 15th day SN.i.191 = …

pannarasama →

pts

ordinal number the 15th Snp-a.366 (gāthā).

fr. pannarasa

pannarasika →

pts

adjective belonging to the 15th day (of the lunar month) Vin.iv.315.

fr. pannarasa

panta →

pts

adjective distant, remote, solitary, secluded; only in phrase pantaṃ senāsanaṃ (sayanāsanaṃ) or pantāni senāsanāni “solitary bed & chair” MN.i.17, MN.i.30; AN.i.60; AN.ii.137 AN.iii.103; AN.v.10, AN.v …

panunna (paṇunna FIXME double FIXME double →

pts

…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…

panunna (paṇunna FIXME double →

pts

…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…

panunna (paṇunna →

pts

…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…

panuṇṇa) FIXME double FIXME double →

pts

…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…

panuṇṇa) FIXME double →

pts

…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…

panuṇṇa) →

pts

…rejected each of the four false truths (the 5th of the 10 noble states ariyavāsā: see Vin. Texts i.141) DN.iii.269, DN.iii.270;…

papaṭā →

pts

(papatā) feminine a broken-off piece, splinter, fragment; also proclivity precipice, pit (?) SN.ii.227 (papatā ti kho lābha-sakkāra-silokass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ; cp. SN.iii.109: sobbho papāto kodh’ û …

papphāsa →

pts

the lungs DN.ii.293; MN.i.185, MN.i.421 MN.iii.90; Snp.195 = Ja.i.146; Kp iii. (cp. Kp-a.56); Mil.26.

fr. sound-root* phu, not corresponding directly to Sk. pupphusa (cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 34), …

papāta →

pts

  1. falling down, a fall Vin.ii.284 (chinna-papātaṃ papatanti); SN.v.47.
  2. a cliff, precipice, steep rock MN.i.11; SN.iii.109 (sobbho p. kodh’ upāyāsass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ; cp. papaṭā) AN.iii.389 (sob …

para →

pts

adverb adjective

  1. (adv. & prep.) beyond, on the further side of (with abl. or loc.), over Pv-a.168 (para Gangāya, variant reading ˚āyaṃ). See in same meaning & application paraṃ, paro and parā & c …

parama →

pts

adjective highest, most excellent, superior, best paraphrased by agga seṭṭha visiṭṭha at Cnd.502 A Mnd.84, Mnd.102 (the latter reading viseṭṭha for visiṭṭha); by uttama at Dhp-a …

paramatā →

pts

the highest quantity, measure on the outside minimum or maximum DN.i.60 (ghāsa-cchādana-paramatāya santuṭṭho contented with a minimum of food & clothing; DN-a.i.169 explains by uttamatāya); MN.i.10 …

paribbasāna →

pts

adjective abiding, staying by Snp.796 (= vasamāna Snp-a.529; sakāya diṭṭhiyā vasanti Mnd.102), Snp.878, Snp.880, Snp.895.

ppr. med. of pari + vas

paribbaya →

pts

  1. earned money, earnings, wages Ja.i.156 (˚ṃ datvā), Ja.i.296 (id.), Ja.i.433, Ja.iv.170; Dhp-a.iv.196.
  2. expense, expenditure Ja.ii.213 (nivāsa˚ expense for a lodging), Ja.ii.249, Ja.ii.368; Ja.ii …

paribhaṭṭha →

pts

Paribhaṭṭha1

fallen, dropped Ja.i.482; Thag p.12n.

pp. of paribhassati of bhraś

Paribhaṭṭha2

abused, censured, scolded Ja.vi.187.

pp. of paribhāsati

paribhāsa →

pts

censure, abuse, blame Ja.v.373; Pv-a.175.

fr. pari + bhāṣ

paribhāsaka →

pts

adjective reviling, abusing, abusive SN.i.34; AN.iv.79; Pv.i.11#6 (= akkosaka Pv-a.58); Pv.iv.8#4; Vv-a.69. See also akkosaka.

fr. paribhāsa, cp. BSk. pa …

paribhāsati →

pts

…Ud.44; Pv.i.9#3; Pv-a.10
pp paribhaṭṭha2 (q.v.)
caus 2 -bhāsāpeti id. Pv.i.6#7.

pari + bhāṣ, cp. BSk….

paribhāvanā →

pts

permeation, penetration Dhs-a.163 (= vāsanā).

fr. paribhāveti

paribrūhati →

pts

to augment, increase, do with zest Vv-a.115
caus -brūheti [cp. Sk. paribṛnhayati] to make strong, increase Ja.v.361 (aparibrūhayi aor. med. with a˚ neg., i.e. was weakened, lost his strength; bu …

paricarati →

pts

to move about, in var. senses, viz.

  1. to go about, look after AN.iii.94 (upaṭṭhahati + Ja.v.421; Pv-a.175.
  2. to worship (only in connection aggin p. to worship the fire) DN.i.101; SN.i.166; Dhp.1 …

paricca →

pts

indeclinable lit. “going round,” i.e. having encircled grasped, understood; grasping, finding out, perceiving freq. in phrase cetasā ceto paricca (pajānāti) grasping fully with one’s mind, e.g. at D …

paricchindati →

pts

  1. to mark out Vv-a.291 (vasana-ṭṭhānaṃ).
  2. to determine, to fix accurately to decide Ja.i.170 (padaṃ the track), Ja.i.194 (nivāsavetanaṃ); Ja.iii.371; Ja.iv.77; Mil.272; Vism.184, Vism.409; Snp-a …

paricita →

pts

Paricita1

gathered, accumulated, collected, increased, augmented MN.iii.97; SN.i.116; SN.ii.264; SN.iv.200; AN.ii.67 sq., AN.ii.185; AN.iii.45, AN.iii.152, AN.iv.282, AN.iv.300; AN.v.23; T …

parihasati →

pts

to laugh at, mock, deride Ja.i.457. - Caus. parihāseti to make laugh Ja.v.297.

pari + has

parihāsa →

pts

laughter, laughing at, mockery Ja.i.116 (˚keḷi), Ja.i.377; Dhp-a.i.244.

fr. pari + has, cp. parihasati

parikathā →

pts

  1. “round-about tale,” exposition, story, especially a religious tale DN.ii.204; Vism.41 (= pariyāya-kathā)
  2. talk about, remark, hint Vin.i.254 (cp. Vin Texts ii.154); Vb.353 = Vism.23 (with obh …

parikeḷanā →

pts

adornment, adorning oneself, being fond of ornaments Cnd.585#2 (variant reading parilepanā); DN-a.i.286 has paṭikelanā instead, but Vb id p. 351 parikeḷanā with variant reading parikelāsanā.

pari + keḷanā

parikkamana →

pts

walking about MN.i.43, MN.i.44; adj. sa˚; having (opportunity for) walking about i.e. accessible, good for rambling in, pleasant, said of the Dhamma AN.v.262 (opp. a˚).

pari + kram

parikkhaya →

pts

exhaustion, waste, diminution, decay, loss, end DN.i.156; MN.i.453; MN.iii.37 sq.; SN.i.2, SN.i.90, SN.i.152; SN.v.461; AN.i.100, AN.i.299 AN.ii.68; AN.iii.46 (bhogā ˚ṃ gacchanti); AN.iv.148, AN.iv.35 …

parikkhāra →

pts

“all that belongs to anything,” make-up, adornment (so Cnd.585 bāhirā p. of the body)

  1. requisite, accessory equipment, utensil, apparatus Vin.i.50, Vin.i.296 (˚colaka cloth required for water-str …

parikkhīṇa →

pts

exhausted, wasted, decayed, extinct Vin.iv.258; MN.iii.80; SN.i.92; SN.ii.24 SN.v.145, SN.v.461; DN.iii.97, DN.iii.133 (˚bhava-saṃyojana); Iti.79 (id.); AN.iv.418, AN.iv.434 (āsavā); Snp.175, Snp.639 …

parimasati →

pts

to touch, stroke, grasp (usually combined with parimajjati), DN.i.78; DN.ii.17; MN.i.34, MN.i.80 MN.iii.12; SN.ii.121; SN.iv.173; AN.iii.70
pp parimaṭṭha (same as pp. of *[pa …

parimaṇḍala →

pts

adjective

  1. round, circular Ja.i.441; Ja.ii.406 (āvāṭa); Ja.vi.42; Pv.iv.3#28 (guḷa˚); Dhs.617 (explained at Dhs-a.317 as “egg-shaped,” kukkuṭ-aṇḍasaṇṭhāna)
    ■ nt. as adv. in phrase *-ṃ nivā …

parinibbuta →

pts

adjective completely calmed, at peace, at rest (as to the distinction of the twofold application see parinibbāna and cp., Mrs. Rh.D. Buddhism p. 191; Cpd. p. 168), viz.

1 …

parinibbāna →

pts

“complete Nibbāna” in two meanings:

  1. complete extinction of khandhalife; i.e. all possibility of such life & its rebirth, final release from (the misery of) rebirth and transmigration death (after …

parinibbānika →

pts

adjective one who is destined to or that which leads to complete extinction DN.iii.264 DN.iii.265 (opasamika +).

fr. parinibbāna

parinibbāti →

pts

Parinibbāyati & ˚nibbāti

  1. to be completed, perfected in any work or art, e.g. of a trained horse MN.i.446. Cp. τελειόω.
  2. to die without being reborn to reach complete extinction of existence Vin.i …

parinibbāyati →

pts

Parinibbāyati & ˚nibbāti

  1. to be completed, perfected in any work or art, e.g. of a trained horse MN.i.446. Cp. τελειόω.
  2. to die without being reborn to reach complete extinction of existence Vin.i …

parinibbāyin →

pts

one who attains Parinibbāna. Of the 2 meanings registered under parinibbāna we find No. 1 only in a very restricted use when taken in both senses of sa-and an-upādisesa parinibbāna; e.g. at AN.ii.15 …

paripūreti →

pts

to fulfil; to fill (up), make more full, supplement, fill out, add to DN.i.74 (parisandeti p. parippharati; DN-a.i.217 explains as “vāyunā bhastaṃ viya pūreti”); DN.ii.221; MN.iii.92; SN.i.27 (devakā …

parisappanā →

pts

running about, fear, hesitation, doubt, always combined with āsappanā and only found with ref. to the exegesis of “doubt” (vicikicchā or kankhā) Cnd.1; Dhs.425 (cp. Dhs trsl.116 and Dhs-a.260); DN\ …

parisaṅkati →

pts

to suspect, fear, have apprehension Ja.iii.210, Ja.iii.541; Dhp-a.i.81
pp -saṅkita (q.v.). Cp. āsaṅkati.

pari + sankati

parisaṅkita →

pts

suspecting or suspected, having apprehensions, fearing Vin.ii.243 (diṭṭha-suta˚) AN.iii.128; Ja.iv.214; Ja.v.80; Mil.372; Dhp-a.i.223 (āsankita˚)
■ Cp. āsaṅkita & ussaṅkita.

pp. of parisankati

parisaṅkā →

pts

suspicion, misgiving. Vin.iv.314 DN.iii.218 cp. āsaṅkā

fr. pari + śaṅk

parisā →

pts

surrounding people, group collection, company, assembly, association, multitude Var. typical sets of assemblies are found in the Canon viz, eight assemblies (khattiya˚, brāhmaṇa˚, gahapati˚ samaṇa˚, …

paritasati →

pts

Paritassati (˚tasati)

to be excited, to be tormented, to show a longing after, to be worried DN.ii.68; MN.i.36, MN.i.67, MN.i.151; SN.ii.82, SN.ii.194; SN.iii.43, SN.iii.55; SN.iv.23, SN.iv.65, SN.iv …

paritasita →

pts

worry, excitement DN.i.40 (variant reading ˚tassita, cp. Dial i.53). Paritassati (tasati)

pari + tasita1 or tasita2

paritassati →

pts

Paritassati (˚tasati)

to be excited, to be tormented, to show a longing after, to be worried DN.ii.68; MN.i.36, MN.i.67, MN.i.151; SN.ii.82, SN.ii.194; SN.iii.43, SN.iii.55; SN.iv.23, SN.iv.65, SN.iv …

parittāsin →

pts

adjective being in dread of (-˚) SN.i.201.

pari + tāsin, fr. tāsa of tasati2

parivasati →

pts

to stay, dwell, to live under probation Vin.iii.186 (grd. ˚vatthabba); Vin.iv.30, Vin.iv.127; DN.i.176; MN.i.391; SN.ii.21; Snp.697 (= pabbajitvā tāpasavesena vasati Snp-a.490)
ppr med. *[paribbasā …

pariveṇa →

pts

…pekkhitabbato pariveṇaṃ pāsāda-kūtâgāra-ratti-ṭṭhān’ ādisampannaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ dvārakoṭṭhaka-yuttaṃ…

parivitakka →

pts

reflection, meditation, thought, consideration MN.ii.170 (ākāra˚), Vin.ii.74; SN.ii.115 (id.); AN.ii.193 (id.); Mil.13; Dhp-a.ii.62; Dhs-a.74; Vv-a.3; Pv-a.282 (vutta-˚e nipāta in expln</sup …

parivuttha →

pts

Parivuṭṭha & ˚vuttha

staying (a period), living (for a time), spending (or having spent) one’s probation (cp. BSk. paryuṣita-parivāsa Avs.i.259; Vin.iii.186 (tth); SN.ii.21 (ṭṭh).

pp. of parivasati

parivuṭṭha →

pts

Parivuṭṭha & ˚vuttha

staying (a period), living (for a time), spending (or having spent) one’s probation (cp. BSk. paryuṣita-parivāsa Avs.i.259; Vin.iii.186 (tth); SN.ii.21 (ṭṭh).

pp. of parivasati

parivāra →

pts

  1. surrounding, suite, retinue, followers, entourage, pomp Ja.i.151; Ja.iv.38; Ja.vi.75; Pv-a.21, Pv-a.30 (˚cāga-cetana, read pariccāga-cetana?); usually as adj.-˚ surrounded by, in company of …

parivāsa →

pts

  1. sojourn; stay, in phrase vipassanā˚; Dhp-a.iii.118; Dhs-a.215.
  2. period under probation, (living under) probation Vin.iii.186 (˚ṃ vasati, cp. parivuttha), Vin.iv.30; SN.ii.21 (˚ṃ vasati). *-ṃ …

parivāsika →

pts

adjective

  1. “staying,” i.e. usual, accustomed, common Snp-a.35 (˚bhatta; or is it “fermented,” and thus to be taken to No. 3?) a˚ unusual, new, uncommon Ja.ii.435 (where it is combined with *[abhin …

parivāsita →

pts

adjective perfumed (all round) Ja.i.51 (variant reading ˚vārita); cp. samparivāsita (well-seasoned?), which is perhaps to be read at Ja.ii.435 for aparivāsika.

pari + pp. of vāseti fr. vāsa3

pariya →

pts

encompassing, fathoming, comprehending (as ger.); penetration, understanding (as n.) Only in phrase ceto-pariya-ñāṇa knowledge encompassing heart or mind (cp. phrase cetasā ceto paricca DN.ii.82 s …

pariyanta →

pts

  1. limit, end, climax, border SN.i.80 (manāpa˚ “limit-point in enjoyment”; cp. C. nipphattikaṃ koṭikaṃ K.S. 320) Ja.i.149 (hattha-pāda˚ hoofs), Ja.i.221 (udaka˚), Ja.i.223 (sara˚), Ja.ii.200 (anga …

pariyantavant →

pts

adjective having a limit, having a set or well-defined purpose; f. -vatī (vācā) discriminating speech DN.i.4 = MN.iii.49 = Pp.58; explained as “paricchedaṃ dassetvā yatha ’ssa paricchedo paññāyati …

pariyantika →

pts

adjective (-˚) ending in, bounded or limited by SN.ii.83 = AN.ii.198 (kāya-p. ˚ā & jīvita-p ˚ā vedanā); Vism.69 (bhojana˚, udaka˚, āsana˚) Sdhp.440 (kāla˚ sīla).

fr. pariyanta

pariyatti →

pts

  1. adequacy, accomplishment, sufficiency capability, competency; indriya-paro˚; efficiency in the (knowledge of) thoughts of others SN.v.205; Ne.101 Three accomplishments are distinguished at DN-a …

pariyuṭṭhita →

pts

possessed by (the C. expln as given K.S. 320 is “abhibhūta”) biassed, taken up by, full of (-˚) MN.i.18; MN.iii.14; SN.iv.240 (maccheramala˚ ceto); AN.i.281; AN.ii.58; Iti.43 (diṭṭhigate …

pariyādāna →

pts

“taking up completely,” i.e. using up, consummation, consumption finishing, end MN.i.487 (kaṭṭha˚, opp. to upādāna) SN.i.152; SN.iii.16 sq. (cetaso p., cp. pariyādāya & ˚dinna), SN.iv.33 (sabb’ upādān …

pariyāpanna →

pts

  1. “gone completely into,” included in, belonging to, got into Vin.i.46 (patta˚ that which has been put into the bowl); DN.i.45 (= ābaddha DN-a.i.127); Snp-a.397 (milakkhabhāsa˚ etc.); Kp-a.136 (vi …

pariḷāha →

pts

…SN.iii.7 sq (taṇhā, pipāsā, p.), SN.iii.190 (vigata˚); SN.iv.387; SN.v.156 (kāyasmiṃ), SN.v.451 (jāti˚, jarā˚); AN.i.68 (kāma˚),…

paro →

pts

adverb beyond, further, above, more than, upwards of; only ˚-in connection with numerals (cp. Vedic use of paras with acc. of numerals) e.g. paropaññāsa more th an.50; DN.ii.93; parosataṃ more …

parāmasa →

pts

touching, seizing, taking hold of MN.i.130 (variant reading ˚māsa which reading is probably to be preferred, cp. Trenckner on p. 541) SN.iii.46 (variant reading ˚māsa)
■ neg. aparāmasa not leading a …

parāmasana →

pts

touching, seizing, taking up Cnd.576 (daṇḍa-sattha˚); Dhs-a.239 (angapaccanga˚); Pv-a.159 (kiriyā˚).

fr. parāmasati

parāmasati →

pts

to touch, hold on to, deal with, take up, to be attached or fall a victim to (acc.) Vin.ii.47, Vin.ii.195, Vin.ii.209; DN.i.17; MN.i.257; SN.iii.110; Ja.iv.138; in combination with gaṇhāti & nandati ( …

parāmaṭṭha →

pts

touched, grasped, usually in bad sense: succumbing to, defiled, corrupted DN.i.17 for a different, commentarial interpretation see Parāmāsa (evaṃ˚ so acquired or taken up; cp. DN-a.i.107 nirāsanka\ …

parāmāsa →

pts

…as parato āmasantīti parāmāsā: p. means “they handle dhamma’s *as other”* (than what they really are e.g. they transgress the real…

parāmāsin →

pts

adjective grasping, seizing, perverting DN.iii.48; MN.i.43, MN.i.96 (sandiṭṭhi˚). Parayana (Parayana)

fr. parāmāsa

pasada →

pts

See pasata1.

pasaha →

pts

overcoming, mastering, in dup˚; (adj.) hard to overcome Ja.ii.219; Mil.21.

fr. pa + sah

pasahati →

pts

to use force, subdue, oppress, overcome MN.ii.99; Snp.443; Dhp.7, Dhp.128; Dhp-a.iii.46; Ja.iv.126 Ja.iv.494; Ja.v.27
ger pasayha using force, forcibly, by force DN.ii.74 (okka …

pasajati →

pts

to let loose, produce; to be attached to Snp.390 (= allīyati Snp-a.375).

pa + sṛj

pasakkati →

pts

to go forth or out to; ger. pasakkiya SN.i.199 = Thag.119; Thag.125.

pa + sakkati

pasakkhita →

pts

at Ja.iv.365 is doubtful; perhaps we should read pasakkita (pp. of pasakkati); the C. explains as “lying down” (nipanna acchati, p. 367); Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. proposes change to pamakkhita

pasammati →

pts

to become allayed, to cease, to fade away Thag.702.

pa + Śam

pasanna →

pts

Pasanna1

adjective

  1. clear, bright Snp.550 (˚netta); Kp-a.64 & Kp-a.65 (˚tilatelavaṇṇa, where Vism.262 reads vippasanna˚); Vism.409 (id.).
  2. happy gladdened, reconciled, pleased Ja.i. …

pasannā →

pts

kind of spirituous liquor (made from rice) Ja.i.360.

late Sk. prasannā

pasaraṇa →

pts

stretching, spreading, being stretched out Pv-a.219 (piṭṭhi˚). See also pasāraṇa.

fr. pa + sṛ.

pasata →

pts

Pasata1

adjective spotted, only in cpd. -miga spotted antelope Ja.v.418 (variant reading pasada˚) The more freq. P. form is pasada˚; e.g. SN.ii.279 (gloss pasata˚); Ja.v.24, Ja.v.416; …

pasattha →

pts

Pasattha & Pasaṭṭha

praised, extolled, commended SN.i.169; Ja.iii.234; Vv.44#21; Mil.212, Mil.361 As pasaṭṭha at Pv.ii.9#73 (so to be read for paseṭṭha), Pv.iv.1#52 (= vaṇṇita P …

pasava →

pts

bringing forth, offspring SN.i.69.

fr. pa + su

pasavana →

pts

  1. giving birth Pv-a.35
  2. producing, generating, effecting Pv-a.31 (puñña˚).

fr. pa + su

pasavati →

pts

to bring forth, give birth to, beget, produce; mostly fig. in combination with the foll. nouns kibbisaṃ to commit sin Vin.ii.204; AN.v.75; pāpaṃ id Pv.iv.1#50; puññaṃ to produce merit SN.i.182, …

pasayha →

pts

is ger. of pasahati (q.v.).

pasaṃsaka →

pts

flatterer MN.i.327; Ja.ii.439; Sdhp.565.

fr. pasaṃsati

pasaṃsana →

pts

praising, commendation Pp.53; Sdhp.213; Pv-a.30.

fr. pa + śaṃs

pasaṃsati →

pts

to speak out, praise, commend, agree DN.i.163; SN.i.102, SN.i.149, SN.i.161; Ja.i.143; Ja.ii.439; Ja.v.331; Iti.16; Snp.47, Snp.163, Snp.390, Snp.658, Snp.906; Dhp.30; Pv.ii.9#42 DN-a.i.149; Pv-a.25 …

pasaṃsita →

pts

praised SN.i.232; Snp.829, Snp.928; Dhp.228, Dhp.230; Mnd.169; Pv-a.116 (= vaṇṇita) Pv-a.130.

pp. of pasaṃsati, cp. pasattha

pasaṃsiya →

pts

adjective laudable, praiseworthy SN.i.149; SN.iii.83; AN.ii.19; Snp.658; Ja.i.202; Sdhp.563. Cp. pasaṃsā.

grd. of pasaṃsati, cp. Vedic praśaṃsia

pasaṃsā →

pts

praise, applause DN.iii.260; SN.i.202; Thag.609; Snp.213, Snp.826 Snp.895; Mil.377; Snp-a.155. In composition the form is pasaṃsa˚; e.g. -āvahana bringing applause Snp.256 -kāma desirous of p …

pasaṅga →

pts

  1. hanging on, inclination, attachment to Kp-a.18; Pv-a.130.
  2. occasion, event; loc. pasaṅge at the occasion of (-˚), instead of Kp-a.213 (karaṇavacana˚, where Pv-a.30 in id. p. reads karaṇ’ a …

pasaṅkamati →

pts

to go out or forth to (acc.) Sdhp.277
pp pasaṅkanta.

pa + saṃ + kram

pasaṅkanta →

pts

gone out to, gone forth Pv-a.22.

pp. of pa + sankamati, of kram

pasaṭa →

pts

let out, produced DN.iii.167; Snp-a.109 (conj. for pasava in expln of pasuta).

pp. of pa + sṛ.

pasaṭṭha →

pts

Pasattha & Pasaṭṭha

praised, extolled, commended SN.i.169; Ja.iii.234; Vv.44#21; Mil.212, Mil.361 As pasaṭṭha at Pv.ii.9#73 (so to be read for paseṭṭha), Pv.iv.1#52 (= vaṇṇita P …

paseṭṭha →

pts

at Pv.ii.9#73 is to be read pasaṭṭha (see pasattha).

passaddhi →

pts

…pīti assāsa-passāsā, saññā-vedanā, rāga-dosa-moha, through the 4 jhānas etc.). Passaddhi is one of the 7 sambojjhaṅgas

passasati →

pts

to breathe in DN.ii.291; MN.i.56; MN.iii.82; Ja.iii.296; Ja.v.43; Vism.271; Dhp-a.1.215. See also assasati & remarks under ā1 3.

pa + śvas

passati →

pts

  1. to see-Pres. passati Vin.i.322; SN.i.69 SN.i.132, SN.i.198; SN.ii.29; Snp.313, Snp.647, Snp.953, Snp.1063, Snp.1142 (cp. Cnd.428); Pv.i.2#3; Mil.218; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.102; 1<su …

passāsa →

pts

inhaled breath, inhalation SN.i.106, SN.i.159; Pts.i.95, Pts.i.164 sq., Pts.i.182 sq. Usually in combination assāsapassāsa (q.v.). At Vism.272 passāsa is expl1 as “ingoing wind” and assās …

passāsin →

pts

adjective breathing; in ghuru-ghuru˚ snoring SN.i.117.

fr. passāsa

pasu →

pts

cattle MN.i.79; Ja.v.105; Pv.ii.13#12 (˚yoni); Mil.100; Pv-a.166 (˚bhāva); n. pl pasavo SN.i.69; Snp.858; gen. pl. pasūnaṃ Snp.311; Pv.ii.2#5
■ dupasu bad cattle Thag.446.

Vedic paśu, cp. Lat. pec …

pasuta →

pts

attached to (acc. or loc.), intent upon (-˚), pursuing, doing DN.i.135 (kamma˚); Snp.57 (see Cnd.427), Snp.709, Snp.774, Snp.940, Dhp.166, Dhp.181; Vism.135 (doing a hundred & one things: aneka-kicc …

pasāda →

pts

  1. clearness, brightness, purity; referring to the colours (“visibility”) of the eye Ja.i.319 (akkhīni maṇiguḷa-sadisāni paññāyamāna pañca-ppasādāni ahesuṃ); Snp-a.453 (pasanna-netto i.e. pañca-v …

pasādaka →

pts

adjective

  1. making bright Mil.35 (udaka˚ maṇi).
  2. worthy, good, pious Pv-a.129 (a˚). Cp. pāsādika.

fr. pasāda

pasādana →

pts

  1. happy state, reconciliation, purity Pv-a.132.
  2. granting graces, gratification Dhp-a.iii.3 (brahmaṇo mama p. ˚ṭṭhāne pasīdati he is gracious instead of me giving graces)

■ Cp. sam˚.

fr. pa + sad

pasādaniya →

pts

…faith. SN.v.156 Pp.49 Pp.50 Vb-a.282 (˚suttanta); Sdhp.543; the 10 pāsādaniyā dhammā at MN.iii.11f. cp. sam˚

fr. pasāda

pasādeti →

pts

to render calm, appease, make peaceful, reconcile, gladden, incline one’s heart (cittaṃ) towards (loc.) DN.i.110, DN.i.139; SN.i.149; AN.v.71; Pv.ii.9#42 (cittaṃ); Mil.210; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.123 (khamāp …

pasādhana →

pts

ornament, decoration, parure Ja.ii.186 (rañño sīsa ˚kappaka king’s headdress-maker i.e. barber); Ja.iii.437; Ja.iv.3 (ura-cchada˚); Dhp-a.i.227 (˚peḷikā), Dhp-a.i.342 (˚kappaka), Dhp-a.i.393; Tha …

pasādheti →

pts

to adorn, decorate, array Mhvs.vii.38; Dhp-a.i.398
pp pasādhita (q.v.).

Caus. of pa + sādh

pasādhita →

pts

adorned, arrayed with ornaments, embellished, dressed up Ja.i.489 (maṇḍita˚), Ja.ii.48 (id.); Ja.iv.219 (id.); Ja.v.510 (nahāta˚).

pp. of pasādheti

pasādiyā →

pts

at Ja.vi.530 is doubtful; it is explained in C. together with saṃsādiyā (a certain kind of rice: sūkara-sāli), yet the C. seems to take it as “bhūmiyaṃ patita”; variant reading …

pasākha →

pts

  1. a smaller branch Ja.vi.324 (sākha˚;).
  2. branch-like wood, i.e. hard wood Thag.72.
  3. the body where it branches off from the trunk, i.e. abdomen & thighs the lower part of the body Vin.iv.316 ( …

pasāraṇa →

pts

stretching out DN-a.i.196 (opp. sammiñjana); Dhp-a.i.298 (hattha˚).

fr. pa + sṛ; cp. pasaraṇa

pasāreti →

pts

  1. to cause to move forwards, to let or make go, to give up Ja.vi.58 (pasāraya, imper.)-Pass. pasāriyati Vism.318; Pv-a.240 (are turned out of doors).
  2. to stretch out, hold out or forth, usually …

pasārita →

pts

  1. stretched out, usually in contrast with sammiñjita, e.g. at DN.i.222; Vin.i.230; MN.iii.35, MN.iii.90; SN.i.137; Vism.19; Vv-a.6.
  2. put forth laid out, offered for sale Mi …

pasāsana →

pts

teaching, instruction Ja.iii.367.

fr. pa + śās

pasāsati →

pts

  1. to teach, instruct SN.i.38; Ja.iii.367, Ja.iii.443.
  2. to rule, reign, govern DN.ii.257; Cp.iii.14#1 Pv-a.287.

pa + śās

pasīdati →

pts

  1. to become bright, to brighten up Pv-a.132 (mukha-vaṇṇo p.).
  2. to be purified, reconciled or pleased; to be clear & calm, to become of peaceful heart (mano or cittaṃ p.); to f …

pasūta →

pts

produced; having born, delivered Pv-a.80.

pp. of pasavati

patati →

pts

to fall, jump, fall down on (loc. acc. & instr.), to alight Ja.i.278 (dīpake); Snp.248 (nirayaṃ); Pv.iv.10#8 (1st pl. patāmase); Mil.187; Pv-a.45 ppr. patanto Ja.i.263 (asaniyā); Ja.iii.188 (nāvāya …

patissā →

pts

Paṭissā & Patissā

feminine deference, obedience, only in cpd. sappaṭissa (q.v. obedient, deferential Iti.10 (sappatissa); Vv.84#41 (cp Vv-a.347), & appaṭissa disobedient, n …

patiṭṭhāpeti →

pts

to establish, set up, fix, put into, instal DN.i.206; SN.i.90; Ja.i.152; Ja.i.168, Ja.i.349 (sotāpatti-phale) Pv-a.22 (id.), Pv-a.38 (id.), Pv-a.50 (saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca), Pv-a.223 (id.), Pv-a. …

patta →

pts

Patta1

neuter

  1. the wing of a bird, a feather Vin.iv.259; DN.i.71. kukkuṭa˚ a hen’s quill (for sewing) Vin.ii.215
  2. a leaf MN.i.429; Snp.44 = Snp.64 (sañchinna˚, see Cnd.625); Snp.625 ( …

pattha →

pts

Pattha1

a lonely place, in cpd. vana˚; DN.i.71; Pp.59 etc., a wilderness in the forest, explained by Bdhgh as “gāmantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāra-ṭṭhānaṃ yattha na kasanti na vap …

pattheti →

pts

to wish for, desire, pray for, request, long for SN.iv.125; SN.v.145; Snp.114 Snp.899; Thig.341; Mnd.312, Mnd.316; Pp-a 208 (āsaṃsati +) Pv-a.148; Sdhp.66, Sdhp.319; ppr. patthento Pv-a.107 *pat …

patti →

pts

Patti1

on foot, one who is on foot, a foot-soldier Vin.iv.105 (as one of the 4 constituents of a senā or army, viz. hatthī elephants, assā horses, rathā chariots, pattī …

pavana →

pts

Pavana1

neuter winnowing of grain Mil.201 (read pavanena ṭṭhāyiko who earned his living by winnowing gṛain).

cp. Sk. pavana & pāvana, of;

Pavana2

neuter side of a mounta …

pavara →

pts

adjective most excellent, noble, distinguished SN.iii.264; Snp.83, Snp.646, Snp.698 (muni˚); Dhp.422 Pp.69; Mil.246; Pv-a.2 (˚dhamma-cakka), Pv-a.67 (id.), Pv-a.39 (˚buddh’āsana); Sdhp.421.

pa + vara

pavasati →

pts

to “live forth,” i.e. to be away from home, to dwell abroad Snp.899; Ja.ii.123 (= pavasaṃ gacchati); Ja.v.91
pp pavuttha (q.v.). Cp. vi˚.

pa + vas

pavatta →

pts

adjective

  1. (adj.) happening, going on, procedure, resulting Thig.220 (assu ca pavattaṃ taken by Mrs. Rh. D. as “tears shed”); Thag-a.179; Pv-a.35, Pv-a.83 (gāthāyo), Pv-a.120, esp. with ref. to …

pavedhati →

pts

to be afflicted, to be frightened, to be agitated, quiver, tremble, fear Snp.928 (= tasati etc. Mnd.384); Vism.180 (reads pavedheti) Thag-a.203 (allavatthaṃ allakesaṃ pavedhanto misreading for pavese …

paviveka →

pts

retirement, solitude, seclusion Vin.i.104; Vin.ii.258 (appicchatā santuṭṭhi + ; cp. pavivitta); DN.i.60; MN.i.14 sq.; SN.ii.202; SN.v.398; AN.i.240; Snp.257; Dhp.205 (˚rasa, cp. Dhp-a.iii.268); Thag …

pavuttha →

pts

dwelling or living abroad, staying away from home DN.ii.261 (˚jāti one who dwells away from his caste, i.e. who no longer belongs to any caste); Ja.v.434; Dhp-a.iii.293. Freq. in phrase *pavutthapati …

pavāsa →

pts

sojourning abroad, being away from home Ja.ii.123 Ja.v.434; Ja.vi.150; Mil.314
■ Cp. vi˚.

fr. pa + vas, cp. Vedic pravāsa in same meaning

pavāsin →

pts

adjective living abroad or from home, in cira˚; long absent Dhp.219 (= cirappavuttha Dhp-a.iii.293).

fr. pavāsa

pavāyati →

pts

to blow forth, to permeate (of a scent), to diffuse Ja.i.18 (dibba-gandho p.); Vism.58 (dasa disā sīla-gandho p.). Cp. pavāti.

pa +

payirupāsana →

pts

(f.) attending to, worshipping: worship, homage MN.ii.176; SN.v.67; Iti.107; DN-a.i.142; Pv-a.138.

fr. payirupāsati

payirupāsati →

pts

  1. “to sit close round,” i.e. to attend on (acc.), to honour, pay homage, worship DN.i.47; DN.ii.257; MN.ii.117, SN.i.146; AN.i.124, AN.i.126, AN.i.142; AN.iv.337; Dhp.64 Dhp.65; Thag.1236; Ja.vi.222 …

payirupāsika →

pts

worshipper Thag-a.200.

fr. payirupāsati

payirupāsita →

pts

worshipped Pv-a.116 (= upaṭṭhita), Pv-a.205 (= purakkhata).

pp. of payirupāsati

payuta →

pts

(wrongly) applied, at random, careless “misdirected” AN.i.199; Snp.711 (˚ṃ vācaṃ = obhāsaparikathā-nimitta-viññatti-payuttaṃ ghāsesana-vācaṃ Snp-a.497), Snp.930 (= cīvarādīhi sampayutta tadatthaṃ …

payutta →

pts

  1. yoked Snp.p.13 (= yottehi yojita Snp-a.137).
  2. applied, intent on, devoted to busy in (acc., loc., or-˚) Ja.v.121 (ajjhattaṃ); Pv.iii.7#10 (sāsane); Snp-a.497 (viññatti˚).
  3. applicable (either …

pañca →

pts

…Dhp-a.i.196; suddhāvāsā Dhs-a.14. In general see Vin.v.128–Vin.v.133 (var. sets of 5).

*…

pañcaka →

pts

adjective fivefold, consisting of five Ja.i.116 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Dhs. chapters 167–⁠175 (˚naya fivefold system of jhāna, cp. Dhs. translation 52); Snp-a.318 (˚nipāta of Anguttara)
■ nt. pañcakaṃ

pañjasa →

pts

adjective in the right order, straight AN.ii.15.

pa + añjasa

pañña →

pts

(-˚) adjective of wisdom, endowed with knowledge or insight, possessed of the highest cognition, in foll. compounds: anissaraṇa˚ DN.i.245; SN.ii.194; SN.iv.332; anoma˚ Snp.343; appa˚ SN.i.198; Ja.ii. …

paññatta →

pts

Paññatta1

pointed out, made known, ordered, designed, appointed ordained SN.ii.218; AN.i.98, AN.i.151; AN.iv.16, AN.iv.19; AN.v.74 sq.; Pv.iv.1#35; Dhp-a.i.274; Vv-a.9 (su˚ mañca-pītha) …

paññā →

pts

…AN.i.45 Pts.ii.189

  • -pāsāda the stronghold of supreme knowledge Dhp.28 (= dibba-cakkhuṁ sankhātaṁ ˚ṁ)
  • -bala the power of…

paññāpaka →

pts

adjective noun one who advises, assigns or appoints Vin.ii.305 (āsana˚).

fr. paññāpeti

paññāpeti →

pts

  1. to make known, declare, point out, appoint, assign, recognise, define DN.i.119 (brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇaṃ), DN.i.180, DN.i.185, DN.i.237; Iti.98 (tevijjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ), Pp.37, Pp.38; Pv-a.61 (āsanaṃ).
  2. t …

paṇḍita →

pts

adjective wise, clever, skilled, circumspect, intelligent Vin.ii.190 (+ buddhimanto) DN.i.12 (˚vedaniya comprehensible only by the wise), DN.i.120 (opp. duppañña); DN.iii.192; MN.i.342; MN.iii.61, MN …

paṇḍu →

pts

adjective pale-red or yellow, reddish, light yellow, grey; only at Thig.79 (kisā paṇḍu vivaṇṇā), where paṇḍu represents the usual up-paṇḍ’-uppaṇḍuka-jātā: “thin, pale and colourless” (see Thag- …

paṇṇa →

pts

  1. a leaf (esp. betel leaf) Vin.i.201 (5 kinds of leaves recommended for medicinal purposes, viz. nimba˚; Azadirachta Indica kuṭaja˚; Wrightia antidysenterica, paṭola˚; Trichosanthes dioeca, *su …

paṇṇarasa →

pts

Paṇṇarasa & Paṇṇavīsati

see pañca 1 B, & C.

paṇṇattika →

pts

adjective having a manifestation or name, in a˚-bhāva state without designation, state of non-manifestation, indefinite or unknown state (with ref to the passing nature of the phenomenal world) Dhp\ …

paṇṇavīsati →

pts

Paṇṇarasa & Paṇṇavīsati

see pañca 1 B, & C.

paṇṇāsa →

pts

see pañca 2 A.

paṭala →

pts

  1. a covering, membrane, lining, envelope, skin film Vism.257 (maṃsa˚ of the liver, where Kp-a.54 reads maṃsa-piṇḍa), Vism.359 (phaṇa˚); Dhs-a.307 (7 akkhi˚ membranes of the eye); Kp-a.21 (samuppa …

paṭhavī →

pts

the earth. Acc to Cnd.389 syn. with jagati. It figures as the first element in enumn of the 4 elements (see dhātu 1), viz p., āpo, tejo, vāyo (earth, water, fire, wind or …

paṭi →

pts

indeclinable directional prefix in well-defined meaning of “back (to), against towards, in opposition to, opposite.” As preposition (with acc. and usually postponed) towards, near by, at usually …

paṭibhāsati →

pts

to address in return or in reply SN.i.134; Snp.1024.

paṭi + bhās

paṭibhāti →

pts

to appear, to be evident, to come into one’s mind, to occur to one, to be clear (cp. Vin Texts ii.30) SN.i.155 (˚tu taṃ dhammikathā); SN.v.153 (T reads patibbāti); Snp.450 (p. maṃ = mama bhāgo pakās …

paṭicca →

pts

grounded on, on account of, concerning, because (with acc.) MN.i.265 (etaṃ on these grounds); SN.iii.93 = Iti.89 (atthavasaṃ); Ja.ii.386 (= abhisandhāya); Snp.680, Snp.784 Snp.872, Snp.1046; Snp-a.35 …

paṭicca-samuppāda →

pts

…ûpayāsā) old age & death (+ tribulation grief, sorrow, distress & despair). The BSk. form is pratītya-samutpāda, e.g….

paṭikkūla →

pts

adjective lit. against the slope; averse, objectionable, contrary, disagreeable Vin.i.58 (˚kūla) DN.iii.112, DN.iii.113; MN.i.341 (dukkha˚); SN.iv.172 (id.) Ja.i.393; Vv-a.92 (K.); Pv-a.77; Vb-a.25 …

paṭiloma →

pts

adjective “against the hair,” in reverse order, opposite, contrary, backward; usually combined with anuloma i.e. forward & backward Vin.i.1; AN.iv.448 etc (see *[paṭiccasamuppāda](/define/paṭiccasamup …

paṭimasati →

pts

to touch (at) DN.i.106; Snp.p.108 (anumasati +)
caus paṭimāseti (q.v.).

paṭi + masati of mṛś, cp. paṭimaṃsa

paṭimāseti →

pts

to hold on to, to restrain, keep under control; imper. paṭimāse (for ˚māsaya Dhp.379 (opp. codaya; explained by ˚parivīmaṃse “watch Dhp-a.iv.117).

Caus. of patimasati

paṭinivattati →

pts

-nivatteti to make turn back Pv-a.141; C. on AN.iii.28 (see paccāsāreti).

paṭi + nivattati

paṭinivāsana →

pts

dress given in return Vin.i.46 = Vin.ii.223.

paṭi + nivāsana1

paṭipadā →

pts

means of reaching a goal or destination, path, way, means, method, mode of progress (cp. Dhs. translation 53, 82, 92, 143), course, practice (cp. BSk. pratipad in meaning of pratipatti “line of cond …

paṭipasaṃsati →

pts

to praise back or in return Ja.ii.439.

paṭi + pasaṃsati

paṭippassaddhi →

pts

subsidence, calming, allaying, quieting down, repose, complete ease Vin.i.331 (kammassa suppression of an act); Pts.ii.3 Pts.ii.71, Pts.ii.180; Ne.89; Dhs.40, Dhs.41, Dhs.320; Snp-a.9. Esp frequent i …

paṭirūpa →

pts

adjective fit, proper, suitable, befitting, seeming DN.i.91; Vin.ii.166 (seyyā); MN.i.123; SN.i.214 SN.ii.194 (ap˚); Thig.341; Pv.ii.12#15; Ja.v.99; Pp.27; Dhp-a.iii.142; Pv-a.26, Pv-a.122 (= yutta …

paṭisarati →

pts

Paṭisarati1

to run back, stay back, lag behind Snp.8 sq. (opp. atisarati; aor. paccasāri explained by ohiyyi Snp-a.21).

paṭi + sṛ.

Paṭisarati2

to think back upon, to ment …

paṭisaṅkhāti →

pts

to be careful, to think over, reflect, discriminate, consider; only in ger. paṭisaṅkhā (as adv.) carefully, intently, with discrimination Vin.i.213; MN.i.273; MN.iii.2; Ja.i.30 …

paṭissā →

pts

Paṭissā & Patissā

feminine deference, obedience, only in cpd. sappaṭissa (q.v. obedient, deferential Iti.10 (sappatissa); Vv.84#41 (cp Vv-a.347), & appaṭissa disobedient, n …

paṭisāsana →

pts

counter-message, reply Dhp-a.i.392.

paṭi + sāsana

paṭivasati →

pts

to live, dwell (at) DN.i.129; Vin.ii.299; SN.i.177; Ja.i.202; Snp-a.462; Pv-a.42, Pv-a.67. Pativana, Pativanita, Pativani

paṭi + vasati

paṭivineti →

pts

to drive out, keep away, repress, subdue SN.i.228; MN.i.13; AN.iii.185 sq.; Ja.vi.551; Pv-a.104 (pipāsaṃ). Cp. BSk. prativineti Mvu.ii.121
pp paṭivinīta (q.v.).

paṭi + vi +

pelaka →

pts

hare Ja.vi.538 (= sasa C.).

etym.?

pesala →

pts

adjective lovable, pleasant, well-behaved amiable SN.i.149; SN.ii.387; AN.iv.22; AN.v.170; Snp.678; Snp.p.124; Mil.373; Sdhp.621. Often as epithet of a good bhikkhu, e.g. at SN.i.187; Vin.i.170; Vin. …

pessa →

pts

…often in combination dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā kammakarā ti vā, e.g. DN.i.141; SN.i.76, SN.i.93 (slightly diff. in verse); AN.ii.208…

peta →

pts

…classes: vantāsikā, khuppipāsā nijjhāma-taṇhikā, paradatt’ ûpajīvino) & Mil.357 (appearance and fate); Vism.501 = Vb-a.97 (as state of…

peḷikā →

pts

basket Dhp-a.i.227 (pasādhana˚, variant reading pelakā).

cp. peḷā

phala →

pts

Phala1

neuter to burst, thus lit. “bursting,” i.e. ripe fruit; see phalati]

  1. (lit. fruit (of trees etc.) Vv.84#14 (dumā nicca-phal’ ûpapannā not to phalu, as Kern, …

phalaka →

pts

  1. a flat piece of wood, a slab, board, plank Ja.i.451 (a writing board school slate); Ja.v.155 (akkhassa ph. axle board); Ja.vi.281 (dice-board). pidhāna˚; covering board Vb-a.244 Vism.261; *sopā …

phalasata →

pts

see palasata
■ At Ja.vi.510 it means “goldbronze” (as material of which a “sovaṇṇa-kaṃsa” is made).

phalati →

pts

  1. to split, burst open (intrs.) AN.i.77 (asaniyā phalantiyā); usually in phrase “muddhā sattadhā phaleyya, as a formula of threat or warning “your (or my) head shall split into 7 pieces,” e.g. DN.i …

pharati →

pts

  1. (trs.) to pervade, permeate, fill, suffuse Pv.i.10#14 (= vyāpetvā tiṭṭhati Pv-a.52); Ja.iii.371 (sakala-sarīraṃ); Ja.v.64 (C. for pavāti) Pv-a.14 (okāsaṃ), Pv-a.276 (obhāsaṃ). To excite or stim …

pharaṇaka →

pts

adjective thrilling, suffusing, pervading, filling with rapture Vv-a.16 (dvādasa yojanāni ˚pabho sarīra-vaṇṇo).

fr. pharaṇa

phassa →

pts

Phassa1

contact, touch (as sense or sense-impression, for which usually phoṭṭhabbaṃ). It is the fundamental fact in a sense impression and consists of a combination of the sense, the ob …

phassita →

pts

adjective made to touch, brought into contact, only in cpd. suphassita of pleasant contact, beautiful to the touch, pleasant, perfect, symmetrical Ja.i.220 (cīvara), Ja.i.394 ( …

phusati →

pts

Phusati1

  1. (lit.) to touch Vism.463 (phusatī ti phasso) DN-a.i.61 (aor. phusī = metri causa for phusi); Mil.157 (grd. aphusa not to be touched).
  2. (fig.) pharati*, as …

phusita →

pts

Phusita1

neuter rain-drop MN.iii.300; SN.ii.135; Dhp-a.iii.243. The Prk. equivalent is phusiya (Pischel, Gr. § 208), cp. Ger. sprenkeln → E. sprinkle.

either pp. of phusati2</sup …

phāla →

pts

Phāla1

masculine & neuter ploughshare SN.i.169; Snp.p.13 & Snp.v.77 (explained as “phāletī ti ph.” Snp-a.147) Ja.i.94; Ja.iv.118; Ja.v.104; Ud.69 (as m.); Dhp-a.i.395.

cp. Vedic phāla

phāruka →

pts

adjective at Vv-a.288 is not clear; meaning something like “bitter,” combined with kasaṭa; variant reading pāru˚. Probably = phārusaka.

phāsu →

pts

adjective pleasant, comfortable; only neg. ; in phrase aphāsu-karoti to cause discomfort to (dat.) Vin.iv.290; and in compounds -kāma anxious for comfort, desirous of (others) welfare DN.iii …

phāsuka →

pts

adjective pleasant, convenient, comfortable Ja.iii.343 Ja.iv.30; Dhp-a.ii.92; Pv-a.42
aphāsuka unpleasant uncomfortable, not well Ja.ii.275, Ja.ii.395; Dhp-a.i.28; Dhp-a. …

phāṇita →

pts

  1. juice of the sugar cane, raw sugar, molasses (ucchu-rasaṃ gahetvā kataphāṇitaṃ Vv-a.180) Vin.ii.177; DN.i.141; Vv.35#25; Vv.40#4 Ja.i.33, Ja.i.120, Ja.i.227; Mil.107; Dhp-a.ii.57. phāṇitassa puṭ …

picu →

pts

Picu1

cotton Vin.i.271; usually in cpds, either as kappāsa˚; SN.v.284, SN.v.443, or tūla˚; SN.v.284 SN.v.351 (T. thula˚), SN.v.443; Ja.v.480 (T. tula˚).

pidahati →

pts

to cover, to close, conceal, shut MN.i.117, MN.i.380 (dvāraṃ); Ja.i.292; Ja.iii.26; Ja.v.389; Mil.139 (vajjaṃ); Dhp-a.i.396; Dhp-a.ii.4, Dhp-a.ii.85; Dhp-a.iv.197 (ūruṃ); Sdhp.321 aor. *[pidahi](/ …

pidalaka →

pts

small stick skewer Vin.ii.116, cp. Bdhgh on p. 317: “daṇḍakathina-ppamāṇena kaṭasārakassa pariyante paṭisaṃharitvā duguṇa-karaṇa.” See also Vin Texts iii.94.

etym.? Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. s …

pināsa →

pts

cold in the head, catarrh, in enumn of illnesses under dukkha, at Cnd.304#1 ≈ (kāsa, sāsa pināsa, etc.).

cp. Sk. pīnasa

pipāsin →

pts

adjective thirsty DN.ii.265.

fr. pipāsā

pipāsita →

pts

…of pipāsati, Desid. fr. , cp. pipāsā

pipāsā →

pts

…thirst Cnd.443 (= udaka-pipāsā); Mil.318 Vb-a.196 (in comparison); Pv-a.23, Pv-a.33, Pv-a.67 sq.; Sdhp.288. Often combined with…

pisodara →

pts

having a spotted belly Kp-a.107 (ed. compares pṛṣodarādi Pāṇini vi.3, 109).

pṛṣa, i.e. pṛṣant + udara, see pasata1

pitucchā →

pts

father’s sister, aunt; decl. similarly to pitā & mātā Dhp-a.i.37 acc. sg. pitucchasaṃ [Sk. *svasaṃ instead of *svasāraṃ] Ja.iv.184.

  • -dhītā aunt’s daughter, i.e. (girl) cousin Dhp-a.i.85
  • *\ …

piya →

pts

Piya1

adjective dear, in two applications (as stated Mnd.133 = Cnd.444, viz dve piyā: sattā vā piyā sankhārā vā piyā, with ref. to living beings, to sensations):

  1. dear, beloved (as fath …

piyatta →

pts

belovedness, pleasantness AN.v.164 sq.; Sdhp.66.

abstr. fr. piya1

piṇḍa →

pts

  1. a lump, ball, thick (& round mass SN.i.206 (aṭṭhīyaka˚); Pv.iii.5#5 (nonīta˚); Vv-a.62 (kummāsa˚), Vv-a.65; Sdhp.529 (ayo˚).
  2. a lump of food esp. of alms, alms given as food SN.i.76; Snp.217, S …

piṭṭha →

pts

…also surface, top Ja.i.167 (pāsāṇa˚ top of a rock). Usually in oblique cases as adv., viz. instr. piṭṭhena along, over beside, by way of,…

piṭṭhi →

pts

…DN-a.i.254.

  • -pāsāṇa a flat stone or rock plateau, ridge Ja.i.278; Ja.ii.352; Ja.vi.279; Dhp-a.ii.58…

piṭṭhī →

pts

…DN-a.i.254.

  • -pāsāṇa a flat stone or rock plateau, ridge Ja.i.278; Ja.ii.352; Ja.vi.279; Dhp-a.ii.58…

pokkhara →

pts

  1. a lotus plant, primarily the leaf of it, figuring in poetry and metaphor as not being able to be wetted by water Snp.392, Snp.812 (vuccati paduma-pattaṃ Mnd.135); Dhp.336; Iti.84.
  2. the skin of a …

porisa →

pts

Porisa1

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) human, fit for a man Snp.256 (porisa dhura), cp. porisiya & poroseyya.
  2. (m.) = purisa esp. in sense of purisa 2, i.e. servant, used collectively (abstra …

pothana →

pts

Poṭhana & Pothana

(nt.)

  1. striking, beating Ja.ii.169 (tajjana˚); Ja.v.72 (udaka˚); Ja.vi.41 (kappāsa˚dhanuka). At all Ja passages th.
  2. (th) snapping one’s fingers Ja.i.394 (anguli˚, + celukkh …

poṭhana →

pts

Poṭhana & Pothana

(nt.)

  1. striking, beating Ja.ii.169 (tajjana˚); Ja.v.72 (udaka˚); Ja.vi.41 (kappāsa˚dhanuka). At all Ja passages th.
  2. (th) snapping one’s fingers Ja.i.394 (anguli˚, + celukkh …

pubba →

pts

Pubba1

pus, matter, corruption MN.i.57; MN.iii.90; SN.i.150; SN.ii.157; AN.i.34; Ja.ii.18; Mil.382; Pv-a.80
■ In detail discussed (as one of the 32 ākāras) at Vism.261, Vism.360; Kp- …

pubbaka →

pts

adjective

  1. former, ancient, living in former times DN.i.104 (isayo), DN.i.238 (id.); Snp.284 (id.) SN.ii.105; SN.iv.307 (ācariya-pācariyā); Thag.947.
  2. (-˚; cp. pubba2 1) having forme …

pubbe →

pts

˚- in compounds: “in a former existence”: -kata (nt.) deeds done in a past life MN.ii.217 = AN.i.173 (˚hetu); Ja.v.228 (˚vādin fatalist) Ne.29 (˚punnata). -nivāsa [cp. BSk. pūrve-nivāsasaṃpray …

puggala →

pts

…kusīta˚ Ja.iv.131 pāsāṇalekh’ ûpama˚ etc. AN.i.283; valāhak’ ûpama AN.ii.102 sq.; saddha, asaddha Pts.i.121; Pts.ii.33;…

pukkusa →

pts

Name of a (Non-Aryan) tribe, hence designation of a low social class, the members of which are said (in the Jātakas) to earn their living by means of refuseclearing On the subject see Fick, *Sociale …

pulaka →

pts

shrivelled grain Mil.232 (sukka-yava˚ of dried barley); Dhp-a.ii.154 (SS; T. reads mūlakaṃ which is explained by Bdhgh as “nitthusaṃ katvā ussedetvā gahita-yava-taṇḍula vuccanti” ibid). Here bel …

pulasa →

pts

see pulaka.

pumati →

pts

to blow, aor. pumi Ja.i.171; ger. pumitvā Ja.i.172. See J.P.T.S. 1889 207 (?).

onomat. *pu to blow, cp. Gr. φυσα blowing, bubble, φυσάω blow, Lat. pustula = pustule, Sk. *pupphusa = P. pappha …

puna →

pts

indeclinable again. There are several forms of this adv., but puna has to be considered as the orig. Pali form. The form puno is doubtful; if authentic, a Sanskritisation; only fou …

puppha →

pts

Puppha1

neuter a flower Vin.ii.123; SN.i.204 = Ja.iii.308; Snp.2, Snp.5; Dhp.47 sq.; Dhp.377; Vism.430; Snp-a.78 (paduma˚); Vv-a.73; Pv-a.127; Sdhp.550- pupphāni (pl.) Vb-a.255 (of …

purisa →

pts

man (as representative of the male sex, contrasted to itthi woman, e.g. at AN.iii.209; AN.iv.197; Ja.i.90; Ja.v.72; Pv-a.51). Definitions of the C. are “puriso nāma manussa-puriso …

puthu →

pts

adjective

  1. (= pṛthak) separated, individual adv. separated, individual, adv. separately, each (see [given as puthag eva Kacc. 29](/define/given as puthag eva Kacc. 29)) SN.i.75 (puthu attā individu …

puthujjana →

pts

an ordinary, average person (4 classes of ordinary people are discussed at Cpd. 49, 50) a common worldling, a man of the people, an ordinary man MN.i.1, MN.i.7, MN.i.135, MN.i.239, MN.i.323; MN.iii. …

putta →

pts

  1. a son SN.i.210; Snp.35, Snp.38, Snp.60, Snp.557, Snp.858; Dhp.62, Dhp.84 Dhp.228, Dhp.345; Ja.iv.309; Vism.645 (simile of 3 sons); Pv-a.25, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.73 sq.; DN-a.i.157 (dāsaka˚). Four kind …

puttiya →

pts

(-˚) in Sakya˚; is compound Sakyaputta + iya “belonging to the son of the Sakyas” (i.e. to the Sakya prince) Pv-a.43
■ asakyaputtiya dhamma Vin.ii.297. Puthavi & Puthuvi

puñña →

pts

merit meritorious action, virtue. Always represented as foundation and condition of heavenly rebirth & a future blissful state, the enjoyment (& duration) of which depends on the amount of merit accum …

puṇḍarīka →

pts

the white lotus DN.i.75 = AN.iii.26 (in sequence uppala padụma, p.); DN.ii.4 (Sikhī puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho); MN.iii.93; SN.i.138, SN.i.204 = Ja.iii.309; AN.i.145 (uppala paduma p.); AN.ii.86 …

puṇṇa →

pts

…Vv-a.66 (āsāḷhi p.); Pv-a.137 (id.); DN-a.i.140; Dhp-a.iii.461 (komudi).

  • -māsa = ˚mā only in loc. puṇṇamāse…

puṇṇatā →

pts

fulness DN-a.i.140 (māsa˚ full-moon).

abstr. to puṇṇa

puṭa →

pts

…a tube, hollow, in; nāsā˚; (nāsa˚) nostril Ja.vi.74; Vism.195, Vism.263, Vism.362; Kp-a.65; hattha˚; the hollow of the hand…

pāda →

pts

  1. the foot, usually pl. pādā both feet, e.g. Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34, Vin.i.188; Iti.111; Snp.309, Snp.547, Snp.768, Snp.835, Snp.1028; Ja.ii.114; Ja.iv.137; Dhp-a.iii.196; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.10, Pv-a.40, …

pākata →

pts

adjective

  1. common, vulgar, uncontrolled in phrase pākat-indriya of uncontrolled mind SN.i.61 (= saṃvarâbhāvena gihikāle viya vivaṭa-indriya K.S. 320), SN.i.204; SN.iii.93; SN.v.269; AN.i.70, …

pākāsiya →

pts

adjective evident, manifest, open, clear Ja.vi.230 (opp. guyha; C. pākāsika).

fr. pa + ā + kāś, cp. pakāsati & Class. Sk. prākāśya

pāramī →

pts

completeness, perfection, highest state Snp.1018, Snp.1020; Pp.70; Dhp-a.i.5; Vv-a.2 (sāvakañāṇa˚); Pv-a.139; Sdhp.328. In later literature there is mentioned a group of 10 perfections (*dasa pāram …

pāsa →

pts

Pāsa1

a sling, snare, tie, fetter SN.i.105, SN.i.111; AN.ii.182; AN.iv.197; Vin.iv.153 (? hattha˚); Snp.166; Iti.36 (Māra˚); Ja.iii.184; Ja.iv.414; Pv-a.206. On its frequent use in simile …

pāsaka →

pts

Pāsaka1

a bow, for the dress Vin.ii.136; for the hair Thig.411 (if Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893, 45, 46, is right to be corr. fr. pasāda).

fr. pāsa1

Pāsaka2

a throw, a …

pāsati →

pts

? only in “sammaṃ pāsanti” at Snp-a.321 as expln of sammāpāsa (q.v.).

pāsaṃsa →

pts

adjective to be praised praiseworthy MN.i.15, MN.i.404; MN.ii.227 (dasa ˚ṭṭhānāni) AN.v.129 (id.); Ja.iii.493; Pv.iv.7#13; Ne.52.

grd. fr. pasaṃsati with pā for pa as in similar formations (see *[pām …

pāsaṇḍa →

pts

heresy, sect SN.i.133; Thig.183; Mil.359; Thag-a.164. -ika heretic sectarian Vin.iv.74.

cp. late Sk. pāṣaṇḍa

pāsāda →

pts

…similes).

pa + ā + sad, cp. Class. Sk. prāsāda

pāsādika →

pts

adjective

  1. pleasing, pleasant, lovely, amiable Vin.iv.18; DN.iii.141; SN.i.95; SN.ii.279; AN.ii.104 sq. AN.ii.203; AN.iii.255 sq.; Dhp-a.i.119; Thag-a.266, Thag-a.281; DN-a.i.141 DN-a.i.281; V …

pāsāvin →

pts

adjective bringing forth SN.v.170; Ja.i.394.

fr. pasavati

pāsāṇa →

pts

…taccheyya… likheyya… pāsāṇaguḷena dhopeyya… nadiṃ patāreyya), cp. MN.i.233; and Vism.28 “bhājane ṭhapitaṃ…

pāsāṇaka →

pts

Err:509

pāta →

pts

(-˚)

  1. fall DN-a.i.95 (ukkā˚); Pv-a.45 (asani˚). The reading “anatthato pātato rakkhito” at Pv-a.61 is faulty we should prefer to read apagato (apāyato? rakkhito.
  2. throwing, a throw Snp.987 (m …

pātar →

pts

adverb early in the morning, in foll forms:

  1. pātar (before vowels), only in cpd. -āsa morning meal, breakfast [cp. BSk. prātar-aśana Divy.631] DN.iii.94; Snp.387; Ja.i.232; V …

pāyāsa →

pts

rice boiled in milk, milk-rice, rice porridge SN.i.166; Snp.p.15; Ja.i.50, Ja.i.68 Ja.iv.391; Ja.v.211; Vism.41; Snp-a.151; Dhp-a.i.171; Dhp-a.ii.88; Vv-a.32.

cp. Class. Sk. pāyāsa

pāṇa →

pts

living being, life, creature DN.iii.48, DN.iii.63, DN.iii.133; SN.i.209, SN.i.224; SN.v.43, SN.v.227, SN.v.441 (mahā-samudde); AN.i.161 AN.ii.73, AN.ii.176, AN.ii.192; Snp.117, Snp.247, Snp.394, Snp. …

pāṭhīna →

pts

…3,…

pāṭihāriya →

pts

adjective striking, surprising, extraordinary, special; nt. wonder, miracle. Usually in stock phrase iddhi˚, ādesanā˚, anusāsanī˚ as the 3 marvels which characterise a Buddha with regard to his teachi …

pāṭikā →

pts

…(cp. Vin. Texts ii.3). As pāṭiya at Ja.vi.278 (= piṭṭhi-pāsāṇa C.).

etym. unknown; with pāṭiya cp. Sk. pāṣya?

pīta →

pts

…alankāra, candana, uppala pāsāda, āsana, bhojana, chatta, ratha, assa, bījanī the C. expln of pīta at this passage is…

pīti →

pts

emotion of joy, delight, zest exuberance. On term see Dhs. trsl. 11 and Cpd. 243 Classed under sankhārakkhandha, not vedanā˚-DN.i.37, DN.i.75; DN.iii.241, DN.iii.265, DN.iii.288; MN.i.37; SN.ii.30; …

pīṭha →

pts

seat, chair, stool, bench.

4 kinds are given at Vin.iv.40 = Vin.iv.168, viz. masāraka bundikābaddha, kuḷirapādaka, āhaccapādaka (same categories as given under mañca)
■ Vin.i.47, Vin.i.180 Vin.ii …

pūraḷāsa →

pts

sacrificial cake (brahmanic), oblation Snp.459 (= carukañ ca pūvañ ca Snp-a.405), Snp.467 Snp.479 (= havyasesa C.), 486.

cp. Vedic puroḍāśa

pūraṇa →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) filling Snp.312 (? better read purāṇa with Snp-a.324); Pv-a.70 (eka-thālaka˚), Pv-a.77 (id.). As Np. in Pūraṇa Kassapa, which however seems to be distorted from Purāṇa K. …

pūreti →

pts

  1. to fill (with = gen. or instr.) SN.i.173; Snp.30, Snp.305; Ja.i.50 (pāyāsassa), Ja.i.347, Ja.ii.112 (pret. pūrayittha); Ja.iv.272 (sagga-padaṃ pūrayiṃsu filled with deva world); Dhp-a.ii.82 (saka …

pūti →

pts

adjective putrid, stinking, rotten, fetid DN.ii.353 (khaṇḍāni pūtīni); MN.i.73, MN.i.89 = MN.iii.92 (aṭṭhikāni pūtīni); Vin.iii.236 (anto˚); SN.iii.54; Pv.i.3#2; Pv.i.6#1 (= kuṇapagandha Pv-a.32); Vi …

rabhasa →

pts

wild, terrible, violent DN.i.91 explained by “bahu-bhāṇin” at DN-a.i.256. There are several vv.ll. at this passage.

rabh = labh, which see for etym. Cp. also Lat rabies
■ Dhtp.205 explains *rab …

rahada →

pts

(deep) pond, a lake DN.i.50 (˚ṃ iva vippasannaṃ udānaṃ); SN.i.169 = SN.i.183 (dhammo rahado sīla-tittho); Snp.721 = Mil.414 (rahado pūro va paṇḍito) Iti.92 (rahado va nivāto), Iti.114 (r. sa-ummi sā …

rahas →

pts

Rahas & Raho

neuter lonely place, solitude, loneliness; secrecy, privacy.

  1. raho: occurring only as adv. “secretly, lonely, in secret,” either absolutely, e.g. SN.i.46; Snp.38 …

raho →

pts

Rahas & Raho

neuter lonely place, solitude, loneliness; secrecy, privacy.

  1. raho: occurring only as adv. “secretly, lonely, in secret,” either absolutely, e.g. SN.i.46; Snp.38 …

rajanīya →

pts

adjective of the nature of rajas, i.e. leading to lust, apt to rouse excitement, enticing lustful.

  1. As epithet of rūpa (vedanā saññā etc.) SN.iii.79; also at DN.i.152 sq. (dibbāni …

rajo →

pts

(rajas) & Raja neuter

  1. Forms.
    ■ Both rajo & rajaṃ occur as noun & acc. sg., e.g. rajo at DN.ii.19; Snp.207, Snp.334; Dhs.617; rajaṃ at Snp.275; Iti.83; once (in verse) *[rajo](/define/rajo …

rakkhasa →

pts

kind of harmful (nocturnal) demon, usually making the water its haunt and devouring men Thag.931; Snp.310 (Asura˚) Ja.i.127 (daka˚ = udaka˚), Ja.i.170 (id.); Ja.vi.469 (id.); Dhp-a.i.367 (˚pariggahit …

rakkhita →

pts

guarded, protected, saved SN.iv.112 (rakkhitena kāyena, rakkhitāya vācāya etc.) AN.i.7 (cittaṃ r.); Snp.288 (dhamma˚), Snp.315 (gottā˚) Vv-a.72 (mātu˚, pitu˚ etc.); Pv-a.61, Pv-a.130
Note. *r …

ramanīya →

pts

Ramaṇīya & ˚nīya

(adj.) delightful, pleasing, charming, pleasant, beautiful DN.i.47 (˚ṇīyā dosinā ratti, cp. DN-a.i.141); Snp.1013; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.69 (ṇ) Pv-a.42, Pv-a.51 (expln for ruci …

ramaṇīya →

pts

Ramaṇīya & ˚nīya

(adj.) delightful, pleasing, charming, pleasant, beautiful DN.i.47 (˚ṇīyā dosinā ratti, cp. DN-a.i.141); Snp.1013; Mhvs.15, Mhvs.69 (ṇ) Pv-a.42, Pv-a.51 (expln for ruci …

rambati →

pts

(& lambati); to hang down. Both forms are given with meaning “avasaṃsane” at Dhtp.198 and Dhtm.283.

lamb

rasa →

pts

…Dhs.147, Dhs.157.

  • -āsā craving for tastes Dhs.1059.
  • -garuka bent on enjoyment Snp-a.107. *…

rasaka →

pts

cook Ja.v.460, Ja.v.461, Ja.v.507.

fr. rasa, cp. Classic Sk. rasaka

rasati →

pts

to shout, howl Ja.ii.407 (vv.ll. rayati, vasati; C. explains as “nadati”) = Ja.iv.346 (variant reading sarati).

ras

rasatta →

pts

taste, sweetness Snp-a.299.

fr. rasa

rasavatī →

pts

“possessing flavours” i.e. a kitchen Vin.i.140.

rasa + vant

rasāvin →

pts

(adj. tasting Vv-a.85 (nibbāna˚).

fr. rasa

rasīyati →

pts

to find taste or satisfaction in (gen.), to delight in, to be pleased AN.iv.387 (bhāsitassa), AN.iv.388 (C.: tussati, see p. 470).

Pass-Demon formation fr. rasa

rata →

pts

delighting in (loc. or-˚), intent on, devoted to SN.iv.117 (dhamme jhāne), SN.iv.389 sq. (bhava etc.); Snp.54 (sangaṇika˚), Snp.212, Snp.250, Snp.327, Snp.330 (dhamme), Snp.461 (yaññe), Snp.737 (upas …

ratana →

pts

…āyāma-pariṇāho pāsādiko dassanīyo Uposatho nāgarājā: alluding to ratana1 2!).

most likely = Sk. aratni: see…

ratha →

pts

Ratha1

a two-wheeled carriage, chariot (for riding driving or fighting SN.i.33 (ethically); AN.iv.191 (horse cart; diff. parts of a ratha); MN.i.396; Snp.300, Snp.654 Vism.593 (in its com …

rati →

pts

love, attachment, pleasure, liking for (loc.), fondness of SN.i.133 (˚ṃ paccanubhavati), SN.i.207; SN.iii.256; Snp.41 (= anukkhaṇṭhit adhivacanaṃ Cnd.537), Snp.59 (id.), Snp.270, Snp.642, Snp.956 (= n …

ratti →

pts

night DN.i.47 (dosinā). gen. sg. ratyā (for *rattiyā) Thag.517; Snp.710 (vivasane = ratti-samatikkame Snp-a.496); Ja.vi.491. abl. sg. rattiyā in phrases abhikkantāya r. at the waning of night D …

rava →

pts

Rava1

speed, exceeding swiftness, galloping, in combination with dava running at Vin.ii.101; Vin.iv.4; MN.i.446 (better reading here dav’ atthe rav’ atthe for dhāve *rava …

raṇa →

pts

  1. fight, battle; only in Thig.360 (raṇaṃ karitvā kāmānaṃ): see discussed below; also late at Mhvs.35, Mhvs.69 (Subharājaṃ raṇe hantvā).
  2. intoxication, desire, sin, fault. This meaning is the Buddhi …

raṭati →

pts

to yell, cry; shout (at), scold, revile: not found in the texts.

raṭ; Dhtp.86: “paribhāsane”

reṇu →

pts

  1. dust; pl. reṇū particles of dust
    ■ Vin.i.32 (˚hatā bhūmi); Vism.338 = Mnd.505 = Ja.i.117 (rāgo rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati); Ja.iv.362 (okiṇṇā raja-reṇūhi; C. explains by “paṃsūhi”); Mil.274 …

rissati →

pts

to be hurt, to suffer harm MN.i.85 (ḍāṃsa-makasa-vāt’ ātapa-siriṃsapa-samphassehi rissamāno; where Cnd.199 in same passage reads samphassamāna).

Vedic riṣ, riṣyati

ritta →

pts

devoid, empty, free, rid (of) MN.i.207 (+ tuccha), MN.i.414; Vin.i.157 = Vin.ii.216; Snp.823 (emancipated: ritto muni = vivitta etc. Mnd.158), Snp.844 (opp. to aritta); Thig.265 (see rindi); Ja.i.29 …

rocati →

pts

  1. to please, i.e. it pleases (with dat. of person) Thig.415 (rocate); Mhvs.15, Mhvs.9 (nivāso rocatu). Cp. BSk. rocyate Avs.ii.158.
  2. to find pleasure in (loc.) Mil.338 (bhave)

caus *[roceti](/defi …

roga →

pts

illness, disease
■ The defn of roga at Ja.ii.437 is “roga rujana-sabhāvattaṃ.” There are many diff enumerations of rogas and sets of standard combinations, of which the foll. may be ment …

romañca →

pts

? hairy (?) Dāvs v.14 (˚kancuka).

fr. roma, cp. Vedic romaśa

ruccanaka →

pts

adjective pleasing, satisfying; nt. satisfaction Ja.i.211 (˚maccha the fish you like); Ja.ii.182 (tava ˚ṃ karosi you do whatever you like). ; unpleasant, distasteful Dhp-a.i.251 (attano aruccanak …

ruccati →

pts

to find delight or pleasure in (loc.), to please to indulge in, set one’s mind on Snp.565 (etañ ce r. bhoto buddha-sāsanaṃ); with khamati to be pleased and to approve of, MN.ii.132; often used by Bdh …

rucira →

pts

adjective brilliant, beautiful, pleasant, agreeable Pv.i.10#9 (= ramaṇīya dassanīya Pv-a.51); Ja.i.207; Ja.v.299; Vv.40#2 (so read for rurira) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.11; Mhvs.18, Mhvs.68; Dāvs iv.29; Mil.2, M …

ruha →

pts

Ruha1

adjective (-˚) growing, a tree, in compounds: jagati˚, dharaṇi˚, mahī˚, etc.

fr. ruh: see rūhati

Ruha2

blood, in cpd. ruhaṅghasa blood-eater, …

rukkha →

pts

…spoon Vism.124 (opp. to pāsāṇa˚). -mūla the foot of a tree (taken as a dwelling by the ascetics for meditation:…

ruppa →

pts

in ruppa-rūpakaṃ (nt.) Thig.394 is not clear. It refers to something which is not rūpa, yet pretends to be rūpa, i.e. a sham performance or show. Thus ruppa may correspond to *rūpya & with rūpaka …

rāga →

pts

  1. colour, hue; colouring, dye Vin.ii.107 (anga˚ “rougeing” the body bhikkhū angarāgaṃ karonti); Thag-a.78; Snp-a.315 (nānāvidha˚).
  2. (as t. t. in philosophy & ethics) excitement passion; seldom by …

rājan →

pts

…with brāhmaṇa mahāsāla); AN.iii.299 (if lazy, he is not liked by the people) MN.iii.172 sq. (how he becomes a cakkavatti through the…

rājā →

pts

…with brāhmaṇa mahāsāla); AN.iii.299 (if lazy, he is not liked by the people) MN.iii.172 sq. (how he becomes a cakkavatti through the…

rāmaṇeyyaka →

pts

adj. nt. pleasant agreeable, lovely AN.i.35, AN.i.37; Dhp.98 (= ramaṇīya Dhp-a.iii.195); nt. delightfulness, lovely scenery MN.i.365 (four seen in a dream: ārāma˚, vana˚, bhūmi pokkharaṇī˚).

orig. g …

rūpa →

pts

form, figure, appearance, principle of form, etc.

  1. Definitions. According to P. expositors rūpa takes its designation fr. ruppati, e.g. “ruppanato rūpaṃ” Vism.588; “ruppan’ a …

rūpin →

pts

adjective

  1. having material qualities, possessed of form or shape or body or matter, belonging to the realm of form. rūpī is nearly always combined contrasted with; *[arūpī](/defin …

rūpiya →

pts

Rūpiya1

neuter silver Vin.iii.239 (here collectively for any transactions in “specie,” as explained by C. p. 240: rūpiyaṃ nāma satthu-vaṇṇo kahāpaṇo lohamāsako dārumāsako jatumāsako; i.e. …

s →

pts

-S-

a euphonic-s-seems to occur in combination ras-agga-saggin (see rasa2). An apparent hiatus-s in ye s-idha Snp.1083, and evaṃ s- ahaṃ Snp.1134 (variant …

sabala →

pts

spotted, variegated Snp.675; Vism.51; Vv-a.253; name of one of the dogs in the Lokantara hell Ja.vi.106, Ja.vi.247 (Sabálo ca Sāmo ca). asabala, unspotted DN.ii.80.

sabba →

pts

adjective whole, entire all, every DN.i.4; SN.iv.15; Vin.i.5; Iti.3; Cnd. s.v., nom pl. sabbe Snp.66; gen. pl. sabbesaṃ Snp.1030
■ nt sabbaṃ the (whole) world of sense-experience SN.iv.15 cp. …

sabbassa →

pts

the whole of one’s property Ja.iii.105; Ja.v.100 (read: sabbasaṃ vā pan’assa haranti) --haraṇa (nt.) confiscation of one’s property Ja.iii.105 Ja.v.246 (variant reading); sabbassaharaṇadaṇḍa (m.) …

sacca →

pts

adjective real, true DN.i.182; MN.ii.169; MN.iii.207; Dhp.408; nt. saccaṃ truly, verily, certainly Mil.120; saccaṃ kira is it really true? DN.i.113; Vin.i.45, Vin.i.60; Ja.i.107; saccato truly S …

sacetasa →

pts

adjective attentive, thoughtful AN.i.254 (= citta-sampanna C.).

sa3 + cetasa

sadasa →

pts

squatting mat with a fringe Vin.iv.171.

sa + dasā

sadatthuta →

pts

adjective always praised Ja.iv.101 (= nicca-pasattha C.).

sadā + thuta

saha →

pts

Saha1

indeclinable prep. & prefix, meaning: in conjunction with, together, accompanied by; immediately after (with instr.) Vin.i.38; Snp.49, Snp.928 Thig.414 = Thig.425; sahā Snp.231.

sahassa →

pts

thousand, used as a singular with a noun in the plural, sahassaṃ vācā Dhp.100; satasahassaṃ vassāni Ja.i.29; also in the plural after other numerals cattāri satasahassāni chaḷabhiññā Bv.ii.204 = J …

sahassī-lokadhātu →

pts

Sahassī-lokadhātu

feminine a thousandfold world, a world system DN.i.46; AN.i.228; DN-a.i.130; dasasahassī-lokadhātu ten world systems Ja.i.51, Ja.i.63; cp. dasasahassī and lokadhātu.

sahasā →

pts

adverb forcibly, hastily, suddenly Snp.123; Dhp-a.iii.381; Pv-a.40, Pv-a.279 inconsiderately Ja.i.173; Ja.iii.441. -kāra violence DN.i.5; DN.iii.176; AN.ii.209; Pp.58; Ja.iv.11; DN-a.i.80.

ins …

sahita →

pts

  1. accompanied with Mhvs.7, Mhvs.27.
  2. united, keeping together DN.i.4; Ja.iv.347; Pp.57.
  3. consistent, sensible, to the point DN.i.8; AN.ii.138; AN.iv.196; SN.iii.12; Dhp.19 (at Dhp-a.i.157 explai …

sahāya →

pts

companion, friend DN.ii.78; MN.i.86; SN.iv.288; Pp.36; Snp.35, Snp.45 sq.; Ja.ii.29; --kicca assistance (?) Ja.v.339; --matta companion Ja.iv.76; --sampadā the good luck of having companio …

sajjati →

pts

  1. to cling, to, to be attached SN.i.38, SN.i.111 (aor. 2 sg. sajjittho); SN.ii.228; AN.ii.165; Ja.i.376 (id. asajjittho); Snp.522, Snp.536. ppr. (a)sajjamāna (un)-attached Snp.28, Snp.466; Ja.iii. …

sajjeti →

pts

to send out, prepare, give, equip; to fit up, decorate: dānaṃ to give a donation Dhp-a.ii.88; pātheyyaṃ to prepare provisions Ja.iii.343; gehe to construct houses Ja.i.18; nāṭakāni to arrange …

sajjulasa →

pts

resin Vin.i.202.

cp. Sk. sarjarasa; see Geiger,

Pali Grammar

§ 19#2

sakasaṭa →

pts

adjective faulty, wrong (lit. bitter) Mil.119 (vacana).

sa3 + k.

sakaṭa →

pts

Sakaṭa1

masculine & neuter a cart, waggon; a cartload DN.ii.110; Vin.iii.114; Ja.i.191; Mil.238; Pv-a.102; Vb-a.435 (simile of two carts); Snp-a.58 (udaka-bharita˚), Snp-a.137 (bīja˚) …

sakka →

pts

adjective able, possible Snp.143. sasakkaṃ (= sa3 + s.) as much as possible, as much as one is able to MN.i.415, MN.i.514. Sakkacca(m)

fr. śak, cp. Sk. śakya

sakkoti →

pts

to be able. Pres. sakkoti DN.i.246; Vin.i.31; Mil.4; Dhp-a.i.200; sakkati [= Class. Sk. śakyate] Ne.23 Pot. sakkuṇeyya Ja.i.361; Pv-a.106; archaic 1s …

sakuṇagghi →

pts

kind of hawk (lit. “bird-killer”) SN.v.146; Ja.ii.59; Mil.365. Cp vyagghīnasa.

sakuṇa + ˚ghi, f. of ˚gha

sakāsa →

pts

presence; acc. sakāsaṃ towards, to Snp.326; Ja.v.480; Pv-a.237; loc. sakāse in the presence of, before Ja.iii.24; Ja.iv.281; Ja.v.394; Ja.vi.282.

sa3 + k. = Sk. kāśa

sallakkhaṇā →

pts

discernment, testing Dhs.16, Dhs.292, Dhs.555; Pp.25; Vism.278; Vb-a.254; Dhs-a.147; asallakkaṇa non-discernment SN.iii.261.

fr. sallakkheti

sallakkheti →

pts

to observe, consider Vin.i.48, Vin.i.271; Ja.i.123; Ja.ii.8; Vism.150; to examine Ja.v.13; to bear in mind Dhs-a.110; Ja.vi.566; to understand realize, conclude, think over Ja.iv.146; Vv-a.185; Vb- …

sallakī →

pts

the tree Boswellia thurifera (incense tree) Ja.iv.92; pl. ˚-iyo Ja.vi.535; bahukuṭaja-sallakika Thag.115 (= indasālarukkha [?]).

cp. Class. Sk. śallakī

sallīna →

pts

sluggish, cowering DN.ii.255; asallīna active, upright, unshaken DN.ii.157; SN.i.159; SN.iv.125 Cp.v.68. paṭi˚.

saṃ + līna

sama →

pts

Sama1

calmness, tranquillity, mental quiet Snp.896. samaṃ carati to become calm quiescent Ja.iv.172. Cp. -cariyā & ˚cārin.

fr. śam: see sammati1

Sa …

samagga →

pts

adjective being in unity, harmonious MN.ii.239; DN.iii.172; AN.ii.240; AN.v.74 sq.; plur. = all unitedly, in common Vin.i.105; Ja.vi.273#2. AN.i.70 = AN.i.243; Snp.281, Snp.283; Dhp.194; Thig.161; Tha …

samajja →

pts

festive gathering, fair a show, theatrical display. Originally a mountain cult as it was esp. held on the mountains near Rājagaha. Ja.ii.13; Ja.iii.541; Ja.vi.277, Ja.vi.559; SN.v.170; DN-a.i.84; D …

samanta →

pts

…Mil.111; Mnd.360.

  • -pāsādika all-pleasing, quite serene AN.i.24; ˚kā Buddhaghosa’s commentary on the Vinaya…

samanubhāsanā →

pts

conversation, repeating together Vin.iii.174 sq.; Vin.iv.236 sq.

fr. last

samanubhāsati →

pts

to converse or study together DN.i.26, DN.i.163; MN.i.130; AN.i.138; AN.v.156 sq.; Vin.iii.173 sq.; Vin.iv.236 sq.; DN-a.i.117.

saṃ + anubhāsati

samappita →

pts

  1. made over, consigned Dhp.315; Snp.333; Thig.451.
  2. endowed with (-˚) affected with, possessed of Ja.v.102 (kaṇṭakena); Pv.iv.1#6 (= allīna Pv-a.265); Pv-a.162 (soka-salla˚-hadaya) Vism.303 (s …

samassasati →

pts

to be refreshed Ja.i.176; Caus. samassāseti to relieve, refresh Ja.i.175.

saṃ + assasati

samassāsa →

pts

refreshing, relief Dhs-a.150 (expln of passaddhi).

saṃ + assāsa

samasāyisun →

pts

aorist Ja.iii.201 (text, samāsāsisuṃ, cp. J.P.T.S. 1885, 60; read taṃ asāyisuṃ).

samavasarati →

pts

of a goad or spur Thig.210. See samosarati.

samavattakkhandha →

pts

adjective having the shoulders round, one of the lakkhaṇas of a Buddha DN.ii.18; DN.iii.144, DN.iii.164; Dial. ii.15: “his bust is equally rounded.”

sama + vatta + kh., but BSk. sasaṃvṛtta˚

samavattasaṃvāsa →

pts

living together with the same duties, on terms of equality Ja.i.236.

sama + vatta1 + saṃvāsa

samaya →

pts

congregation; time, condition, etc.

At Dhs-a.57 sq we find a detailed expln of the word samaya (s-sadda) with meanings given as follows: 1 *[samavāya](/define/samavāy …

samaṇa →

pts

wanderer, recluse, religieux AN.i.67; DN.iii.16 DN.iii.95 sq., DN.iii.130 sq.; SN.i.45; Dhp.184; of a non-Buddhist (tāpasa) Ja.iii.390; an edifying etymology of the word Dhp-a.iii.84: “samita-pāpat …

samaṇaka →

pts

contemptible (little) ascetic, “some sort of samaṇa” DN.i.90; MN.ii.47, MN.ii.210; Snp.p.21; Mil.222; DN-a.i.254. At AN.ii.48 samaṇaka is a slip for sasanaka. Cp. muṇḍaka in form & meaning.

samaṇa + ka

sambandha →

pts

connection, tie DN.ii.296 = MN.i.58; Snp-a.108, Snp-a.166, Snp-a.249, Snp-a.273, Snp-a.343, Snp-a.516. ˚-kula related family Ja.iii.362; a-sambandha (adj.) incompatible (C. on asaññuta Ja.iii. …

sambhati →

pts

to subside, to be calmed; only in prep combination paṭippassambhati (q.v.).

śrambh, given as sambh at Dhtp.214 in meaning “vissāsa”

sambhatta →

pts

devoted, a friend Ja.i.106, Ja.i.221; Mnd.226 = Vism.25
■ yathāsambhattaṃ according to where each one’s companions live DN.ii.98; SN.v.152.

pp. of sambhajati

sambhavati →

pts

Sambhavati, sambhuṇāti & sambhoti

  1. to be produced, to arise DN.i.45, DN.i.76; SN.i.135; SN.iv.67; Snp.734 Dāvs v.6; Mil.210.
  2. to be adequate, competent DN.ii.287; na s. is of no use or avail Mil.1 …

sambhinna →

pts

  1. mixed, mixed up Vin.i.210; Vin.ii.67, Vin.ii.68 (cp. Vin. Texts ii.431); Ja.i.55; Snp.9 Snp.319 (˚mariyāda-bhāva confusing the dividing lines, indistinctness), Snp.325 (id.). Said of a woman (i. …

sambhoti →

pts

Sambhavati, sambhuṇāti & sambhoti

  1. to be produced, to arise DN.i.45, DN.i.76; SN.i.135; SN.iv.67; Snp.734 Dāvs v.6; Mil.210.
  2. to be adequate, competent DN.ii.287; na s. is of no use or avail Mil.1 …

sambhuṇāti →

pts

Sambhavati, sambhuṇāti & sambhoti

  1. to be produced, to arise DN.i.45, DN.i.76; SN.i.135; SN.iv.67; Snp.734 Dāvs v.6; Mil.210.
  2. to be adequate, competent DN.ii.287; na s. is of no use or avail Mil.1 …

sambhāsā →

pts

conversation, talk; sukha-˚; Ja.vi.296 (variant reading); mudu-˚; Ja.ii.326 = Ja.iv.471 = Ja.v.451.

saṃ + bhāsā

sambādha →

pts

  1. crowding, pressure, inconvenience from crowding, obstruction Vism.119 janasambādharahita free from crowding Mil.409 kiṭṭhasambādha crowding of corn, the time when the corn is growing thick MN.i.115 …

samiñjana →

pts

doubling up, bending back (orig. stretching!) Vism.500 (opp. pasāraṇa). See also sammiñjana.

fr. samiñjati

sammasana →

pts

grasping, mastering Mil.178; Vism.287, Vism.629 sq.; cp. Cpd. 65, 210.

(nt.) fr. last

sammasati →

pts

to touch, seize, grasp, know thoroughly, master SN.ii.107; Dhp.374; Mil.325; to think, meditate on (acc.) Ja.vi.379; ppr. sammasaṃ Ja.ii.107 & sammasanto Mil.379; Ja.i.74, Ja.i.75; fem. sammasantī Tha …

sammasita →

pts

grasped, understood, mastered Ja.i.78.

pp. of sammasati

sammati →

pts

Sammati1 [śam

Dhtp.436 = upasama]

  1. to be appeased, calmed; to cease Dhp.5; Pot 3rd pl. sammeyyuṃ SN.i.24
  2. to rest, to dwell DN.i.92; SN.i.226; Ja.v.396; DN-a.i.262 (= vasa …

sammatta →

pts

Sammatta1

intoxicated, maddened, delighted DN.ii.266; Dhp.287; Ja.iii.188; doting on Ja.v.443; rogasammatta tormented by illness Ja.v.90 (= ˚pīḷita C.; variant reading ˚patta, as under mat …

sammiñjana →

pts

bending DN-a.i.196 (opp. pasāraṇa); Vb-a.358.

fr. sammiñjati

sammiñjati →

pts

Sammiñjati & ˚eti

to bend back, to double up (opp pasārati or sampasāreti) Vin.i.5; MN.i.57, MN.i.168; DN.i.70; Ja.i.321; Vism.365 (variant reading samiñjeti); DN-a.i.196
pp *[sammiñjita](/define/ …

sammiñjeti →

pts

Sammiñjati & ˚eti

to bend back, to double up (opp pasārati or sampasāreti) Vin.i.5; MN.i.57, MN.i.168; DN.i.70; Ja.i.321; Vism.365 (variant reading samiñjeti); DN-a.i.196
pp *[sammiñjita](/define/ …

sammodati →

pts

  1. to rejoice, delight; pp. sammudita (q.v.).
  2. to agree with, to exchange friendly greeting with; aor. sammodi Vin.i.2; DN.i.52; Snp.419; Ja.vi.224; ppr. sammodamāna in agreem …

sammuti →

pts

  1. consent, permission Vin.iii.199.
  2. choice, selection, delegation Vin.iii.159.
  3. fixing, determination (of boundary) Vin.i.106.
  4. common consent, general opinion, convention, that which is genera …

sammā →

pts

Sammā1

a pin of the yoke Abhp.449; a kind of sacrificial instrument Snp-a.321 (sammaṃ ettha pāsantī ti sammāpāso; and sātrā-yāgass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ). Cp. Weber Indische Streifen i.3 …

samodhāna →

pts

collocation, combination Bv.ii.59 = Ja.i.14; SN.iv.215 = SN.v.212; application (of a story) Ja.ii.381. samodhānaṃ gacchati to come together, to combine, to be contained in Vin.i.62; MN.i.184 = SN.i.86 …

sampabhāsa →

pts

frivolous talk SN.v.355.

saṃ + pa + bhāṣ

sampabhāsati →

pts

to shine Mil.338.

saṃ + pa + bhās

sampadā →

pts

  1. attainment, success accomplishment; happiness, good fortune; blessing bliss AN.i.38; Pv.ii.9#47 (= sampatti Pv-a.132)
    ■ Sampadā in its pregnant meaning is applied to the accomplishments of th …

sampajañña →

pts

attention, consideration, discrimination, comprehension, circumspection AN.i.13 sq.; AN.ii.93; AN.iii.307; AN.iv.320; AN.v.98 sq. SN.iii.169; DN.iii.213 (sati + samp. opp. to *muṭṭha-sacca asampaj …

sampanna →

pts

  1. successful, complete, perfect Vin.ii.256; sampannaveyyākaraṇa a full explanation Snp.352.
  2. endowed with, possessed of abounding in Vin.i.17; Snp.152, Snp.727 (ceto-vimutti˚) Ja.i.421; vijjācaraṇ …

sampasāda →

pts

serenity, pleasure DN.ii.211, DN.ii.222; AN.ii.199; MN.ii.262.

saṃ + pasāda

sampasādana →

pts

tranquillizing DN.i.37; Dhs.161; Mil.34; Vism.156; Dhs-a.170 (in the description of the second Jhāna); happiness, joy Bv.i.35.

saṃ + pasādana

sampasādaniya →

pts

adjective leading to serenity, inspiring faith DN.iii.99 sq. (the S. Suttanta), DN.iii.116.

saṃ + pasādaniya

sampasāreti →

pts

to stretch out, to distract Vism.365
pass sampasāriyati AN.iv.47; Mil.297; Dhs-a.376.

saṃ + pasāreti

sampatti →

pts

  1. success, attainment; happiness, bliss, fortune (opp. vipatti) AN.iv.26, AN.iv.160; Vism.58 Vism.232; Ja.iv.3 (dibba˚); DN-a.i.126; three attainments Ja.i.105; Mil.96; Dhp-a …

sampavatteti →

pts

to produce, set going AN.iii.222 (saṃvāsaṃ); Mhvs.23, Mhvs.75.

saṃ + pavatteti

sampha →

pts

adjective noun frivolous; nt. frivolity, foolishness only in connection with expressions of talking, as samphaṃ bhāsati to speak frivolously AN.ii.23; Snp.158; samphaṃ giraṃ bh. Ja.vi.295; *sampha …

sampāta →

pts

falling together, concurrence, collision Iti.68; kukkuṭasampāta neighbouring, closely adjoining (yasmā gāmā nikkhamitvā kukkuṭo padasā va aññaṃ gāmaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ kukkuṭasampāto ti vuccati) Vin.iv.6 …

sampīḷa →

pts

trouble, pain; asampīḷaṃ free from trouble Mil.351.

saṃ + pīḷa, cp. pīḷā

samussaya →

pts

  1. accumulation, complex AN.ii.42; Iti.48; Iti.34; bhassasamuccaya, grandiloquence Snp.245
  2. complex form, the body DN.ii.157 = SN.i.148; Vv.35#12 (= sarīra Vv-a.164); Dhp.351; Thag.202 (“confluence …

samādhi →

pts

  1. concentration; a concentrated, self-collected, intent state of mind and meditation which, concomitant with right living, is a necessary condition to the attainment of higher wisdom and emancipatio …

samādāna →

pts

  1. taking, bringing; asamādānacāra (m.) going for alms without taking with one (the usual set of three robes) Vin.i.254.
  2. taking upon oneself, undertaking acquiring MN.i.305 sq.; AN.i.229 sq.; AN.ii …

samāna →

pts

Samāna1

adjective similar, equal, even, same Snp.18, Snp.309; Ja.ii.108. Cp. sāmañña1.

Vedic samāna, fr. sama3

Samāna2

  1. being, existing DN.i.18, DN.i …

samārambha →

pts

  1. undertaking, effort, endeavour, activity AN.ii.197 sq. (kāya˚, vacī˚, mano˚) Vin.iv.67.
  2. injuring, killing, slaughter Snp.311; DN.i.5; DN-a.i.77; AN.ii.197; SN.v.470; Pp.58; Dhs-a.146- *[appas …

samāsa →

pts

  1. compound, combination Vism.82; Snp-a.303; Kp-a.228. Cp. vyāsa.
  2. an abridgment Mhvs.37, Mhvs.244.

fr. saṃ + ās

samāsama →

pts

“exactly the same” at Ud.85 (= DN.ii.135) read sama˚.

samāsana →

pts

sitting together with, company Snp.977.

saṃ + āsana

samāsati →

pts

to sit together, associate; Pot. 3 sg. samāsetha SN.i.17, SN.i.56 sq.; Ja.ii.112; Ja.v.483, Ja.v.494; Thag.4.

saṃ + āsati

samāsādeti →

pts

to obtain, get; ger. samāsajja Ja.iii.218.

saṃ + āsādeti

samūpasanta →

pts

is variant reading for su-vūpasanta (?) “calmed,” at Kp-a.21.

saṃ + upasanta

sandiṭṭha →

pts

seen together, a friend Ja.i.106, Ja.i.442; Vin.iii.42; yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ, where one’s friends live DN.ii.98; SN.v.152.

pp. of sandissati

sannikāsa →

pts

adjective resembling, looking like Ja.iii.522; Ja.v.87 = Ja.vi.306; Ja.v.169 (C. dassana); Ja.vi.240, Ja.vi.279.

saṃ + nikāsa

sannivasati →

pts

to live together, to associate AN.i.78; pp. sannivuttha.

saṃ + nivasati

sannivuttha →

pts

living together (with), associating AN.iv.303 sq.

pp. of sannivasati

sannivāsa →

pts

association, living with; community AN.i.78; AN.ii.57; DN.iii.271; Dhp.206; Ja.iv.403 loka-sannivāsa the society of men, all the world Ja.i.366 Ja.ii.205.

saṃ + nivāsa

sant →

pts

  1. being, existing DN.i.61, DN.i.152; AN.i.176; Iti.62 sq.; Snp.98, Snp.124.
  2. good, true SN.i.17; Dhp.151.

Cases

■ nom. sg. m. santo Snp.98; Mil.32; Cnd.635 (= samāna); f. satī (q.v.); n …

santa →

pts

Santa1

calmed, tranquil, peaceful, pure DN.i.12; Vin.i.4; SN.i.5; AN.ii.18; Snp.746; Pv.iv.1#34 (= upasanta-kilesa Pv-a.230); Mil.232, Mil.409; Vism.155 (˚anga; opp. oḷārik’anga); Dhp-a …

santasati →

pts

to be frightened or terrified, to fear, to be disturbed Mil.92. ppr. santasaṃ Ja.vi.306 (a˚) & santasanto Ja.iv.101 (a˚); Pot. santase Ja.iii.147 Ja.v.378; ger. *santasitvā

santasita →

pts

frightened Mil.92; Pv-a.260 (= suṭṭhu tasita).

pp. of santasati

santatta →

pts

Santatta1

heated, glowing DN.ii.335; MN.i.453; SN.i.169 (divasa˚); Ja.iv.118; Mil.325; Pv-a.38 (soka˚).

pp. of santappati

Santatta2

frightened, disturbed Ja.iii.77 (= santra …

santika →

pts

vicinity, presence; santikaṃ into the presence of, towards Ja.i.91, Ja.i.185; santikā from the presence of, from Ja.i.43, Ja.i.83, Ja.i.189; santike in the presence of, before …

santāsa →

pts

trembling, fear, shock AN.ii.33; SN.iii.85; Ja.i.274; Mil.146, Mil.207; Pv-a.22.

saṃ + tāsa

santāsaniya →

pts

adjective making frightened, inspiring terror Mil.387.

fr. saṃ + tāsana

santāsin →

pts

adjective trembling, frightened Dhp.351.

fr. santāsa

sapatta →

pts

hostile, rival Thig.347; Thag-a.242; sapattarājā a rival king Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.94; Ja.iii.416; asapatta without enmity Snp.150; sapatta (m.) a rival, foe, Iti.83; AN.iv.94 sq.; Ja.i.297.

Sk. sapatna

sapattī →

pts

co-wife DN.ii.330; Ja.i.398; Ja.iv.316, Ja.iv.491; Thig.224; Dhp-a.i.47. asapattī without any co-wife SN.iv.249.

Sk. sapatnī

sappurisa →

pts

good, worthy man MN.iii.21, MN.iii.37; DN.iii.252 (the 7 s˚-dhammā), DN.iii.274, DN.iii.276, DN.iii.283; AN.ii.217 sq., AN.ii.239; Dhs.259 = Dhs.1003; Vin.i.56; Dhp.54; Pv.ii.9#8; Pv.ii.9#45; Pv.iv.1 …

sappāya →

pts

adjective likely, beneficial fit, suitable AN.i.120; SN.iii.268; SN.iv.23 sq., SN.iv.133 sq. (Nibbāna˚ paṭipadā); Ja.i.182, Ja.i.195; Ja.ii.436 (kiṃci sappāyaṃ something that did him good, a remedy); …

sara →

pts

Sara1

  1. the reed Saccharum sara Mil.342.
  2. an arrow (orig. made of that reed) DN.i.9; Dhp.304; Mil.396; Dhp-a.216 (visa-pīta).

sarabha →

pts

(rohiccasarabhā migā = rohitā sarabhamigā, C. ibid. 538) Sarabhamigajātaka the 483rd Jātaka Ja.i.193, Ja.i.406 (text sarabhanga); Ja.iv.263 sq.

sarabhasaṃ →

pts

adverb eagerly, quickly Dāvs iv.22, Dāvs iv.34 sq., 43.

sa2 + rabhasaṃ

sarasa →

pts

adjective with its essential properties (see rasa) Mnd.43; sarasabhāva a method of exposition Dhs-a.71.

sa3 + rasa

sarati →

pts

Sarati1

to go, flow, run, move along Ja.iii.95 (= parihāyati nassati C.);

pot sare Ja.iv.284
aor asarā Ja.vi.199
pp sarita1
caus sāreti

  1. to m …

saraṇa →

pts

Saraṇa1

neuter shelter, house Snp.591; refuge, protection DN.iii.187; Snp.503; Ja.ii.28; DN-a.i.229; especially the three refuges—the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Brotherhood AN.i.56; DN.i …

saritaka →

pts

powdered stone (pāsāna-cuṇṇa) Vin.ii.116; saritasipāṭika powder mixed with gum Vin.ii.116.

sarīra →

pts

  1. the (physical) body DN.i.157; MN.i.157; SN.iv.286; AN.i.50; AN.ii.41; AN.iii.57 sq., AN.iii.323 sq. AN.iv.190. Snp.478, Snp.584; Dhp.151; Mnd.181; Ja.i.394 (six blemishes); Ja.ii.31; antimasarīra o …

sasa →

pts

hare, rabbit Dhp.342; Ja.iv.85; of the hare in the moon Ja.iv.84 sq. sasôlūkā (= sasā ca ulūkā ca) Ja.vi.564.

  • -lakkhaṇa the sign of a hare Ja.i.172; Ja.iii.55.
  • -lañjana

sasaka →

pts

Err:509

sasakkaṃ →

pts

as much as one can MN.i.415, MN.i.514 sq.

sa + sakkaṃ

sasambhama →

pts

adjective with great confusion Mhvs.5, Mhvs.139.

sa + sambhama

sasambhāra →

pts

adjective with the ingredients or constituents Vism.20, Vism.352, Vism.353.

sa3 + sambhāra

sasati →

pts

Sasati1

to slay, slaughter; sassamāna ppr. pass. Ja.v.24 (C. = hiṃsamāna)
inf sasituṃ Ja.vi.291 (read sāsituṃ from sāsati?).
pp sattha.

śas cp. Dhtp.301: gati-h …

sasattha →

pts

with swords Ja.iv.222; Dhs-a.62.

sa3 + sattha

sasin →

pts

the moon Dāvs iv.29; Ja.iii.141; Ja.v.33; Vv.81#1 (= canda Vv-a.314), Vv.82#3.

Sk. śaśin, fr. śaśa

sassa →

pts

corn, crop MN.i.116; Ja.i.86, Ja.i.143, Ja.i.152; Ja.ii.135; Mil.2; Dhp-a.i.97; Snp-a.48; sassasamaya crop time Ja.i.143; susassa abounding in corn Vin.i.238; pl. m. sassā Ja.i.340. --kamma agri …

sassara →

pts

imitative of the sound sarasara; chinnasassara giving out a broken or irregular sound of sarasara. MN.i.128 ‣See *> Journal of the Pali Text Society

,* 1889, p. 209.

sassata →

pts

adjective eternal, perpetual DN.i.13; DN.iii.31 sq., DN.iii.137 sq.; MN.i.8, MN.i.426; AN.i.41; Dhp.255; Dhs.1099; Ja.i.468; Mil.413; DN-a.i.112; dhuvasassata sure and certain Bv.ii.111 sq. = Ja.i.19 …

sata →

pts

Sata1

(num. card.) a hundred, used as nt (collect.), either-˚ or as apposition, viz. gāma-sataṃ a hundred (ship of) villages Dhp-a.i.180; jaṭila-satāni 100 ascetics Vin.i.24; jāti˚ DN. …

sati →

pts

memory, recognition, consciousness, DN.i.180; DN.ii.292; Mil.77–Mil.80 intentness of mind, wakefulness of mind, mindfulness alertness, lucidity of mind, self-possession, conscience self-consciousnes …

satika →

pts

adjective (-˚) consisting of a hundred, belonging to a hundred; yojanasatika extending one hundred yojanas Vin.ii.238; vīsaṃvassasatika of hundred and twenty years’ standing Vin.ii.303.

fr. sata1

satta →

pts

…(pāsāda) (a palace) with 7 stories Mhvs.37, Mhvs.11; Ja.i.58; Ja.iv.378; Dhp-a.i.180, Dhp-a.i.239 Dhp-a.iv.209. *…

sattarasa →

pts

cardinal number seventeen Vin.i.77; Vin.iv.112 (˚vaggiyā bhikkhū, group of 17).

satta4 + rasa2 = dasa

sattha →

pts

Sattha1

neuter a weapon, sword, knife; coll. “arms” DN.i.4, DN.i.56; Snp.309, Snp.819 (explained as 3: kāya˚, vacī˚, mano˚, referring to AN.iv.42 at Mnd.151); Ja.i.72, Ja.i.504; Pv.iii.10# …

satī →

pts

  1. being Ja.iii.251.
  2. a good or chaste woman Abhp.237; asatī an unchaste woman Mil.122 = Ja.iii.350; Ja.v.418; Ja.vi.310.

fr. sant, ppr. of as

savanīya →

pts

adjective pleasant to hear DN.ii.211; Ja.i.96 (-ṇ-); Ja.vi.120 = Ja.vi.122 (savaneyya).

grd. of suṇāti

savasa →

pts

one’s own will Dhs-a.61 (˚vattitā; cp. Expos. 81).

sa4 + vasa

sayana →

pts

  1. lying down, sleeping Vism.26; Pv-a.80 (mañca˚).
  2. bed, couch Vin.i.57, Vin.i.72; Vin.ii.123; DN.i.5, DN.i.7; AN.i.132; Ja.ii.88; Ja.v.110 (˚ṃ attharāpeti to spread out a bed); Mil.243, Mil.348; M …

sayati FIXME double →

pts

Seti & sayati

to lie down, to sleep; (applied) to be in a condition, to dwell, behave etc
pres seti SN.i.41, SN.i.47, SN.i.198 (kiṃ sesi why do you lie asleep? Cp. Pv.ii.6#1); Ja. …

sañchinna →

pts

Vin.i.255 (of the kaṭhina, with samaṇḍalīkata “hemmed”). Also in cpd. -patta “with leaves destroyed” is Nd ii.reading at Snp.44 (where T. ed. & Snp-a.91 read; saṃsīna), as wel …

sañcopana →

pts

(f.) touching, handling Vin.iii.121 (ā); Vin.iv.214 (a) (= parāmasanan nāma ito c’ ito ca).

saṃ + copana

sañcopati →

pts

to move, to stir; a misunderstood term. Found in aor. samacopi (so read for T. samadhosi & variant reading samañcopi) mañcake “he stirred fr. his bed” SN.iii.120, SN.iii.125; and sañcopa (pret.) J …

sañjāta →

pts

Sañjāta1

having become, produced, arisen Dhs.1035 (+ bhūta & other syn.). ˚-full of, grown into being in a state of Snp.53 (˚khandha = susaṇṭhita˚ Snp-a.103); Vv-a.312, Vv-a.318 (˚gār …

saññama →

pts

Saṃyama & saññama

  1. restraint, self-control, abstinence SN.i.21, SN.i.169; DN.i.53; Vin.i.3; AN.i.155 sq. (kāyena, vācāya, manasā); DN.iii.147; Iti.15 (ññ); Snp.264, Snp.655; MN.ii.101 (sīla˚); Dhp. …

saññin →

pts

adjective (f. saññinī) conscious, being aware of (-˚), perceiving, having perception DN.i.31, DN.i.180; DN.iii.49 DN.iii.111, DN.iii.140, DN.iii.260; SN.i.62; AN.ii.34, AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50; AN.iii.35; …

saññā →

pts

saññāyo and saññā-e.g. MN.i.108)

  1. sense, consciousness, perception, being the third khandha Vin.i.13; MN.i.300; SN.iii.3 sq.; Dhs.40 Dhs.58, Dhs.61, Dhs.113; Vb-a.42.
  2. sense, perception, discer …

saḷāyatana →

pts

the six organs of sense and the six objects-viz., eye ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; forms, sounds, odouis tastes, tangible things, ideas; occupying the fourth place in the Paṭiccasamuppāda DN.ii …

saṃharati →

pts

  1. to collect, fold up Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.117, Vin.ii.150; MN.iii.169; Ja.i.66, Ja.i.422; Dāvs iv.12; Pv-a.73
  2. to draw together Vin.ii.217.
  3. to gather up, take up Snp-a.369 (rūpaṃ).
  4. to heap up …

saṃhasati →

pts

to laugh with MN.ii.223.

san + hasati

saṃhāriya →

pts

Saṃhīra & saṃhāriya

that which can be restrained, conquerable Thag.1248; Ja.v.81. ; immovable unconquerable SN.i.193; Vin.ii.96; AN.iv.141 sq. Thag.649; Snp.1149; Ja.iv.283. See also asaṃhāriya. …

saṃhīra →

pts

Saṃhīra & saṃhāriya

that which can be restrained, conquerable Thag.1248; Ja.v.81. ; immovable unconquerable SN.i.193; Vin.ii.96; AN.iv.141 sq. Thag.649; Snp.1149; Ja.iv.283. See also asaṃhāriya. …

saṃrambha →

pts

impetuosity, rage Dāvs iv.34. This is the Sanskritic form for the usual P. sārambha.

saṃ + *rambha, fr. rabh, as in rabhasa (q.v.)

saṃsati →

pts

to proclaim, point out Ja.v.77; Ja.vi.533; Pot. saṃse Ja.vi.181; aor. asaṃsi Ja.iii.420; Ja.iv.395; Ja.v.66; & asāsī (Sk. aśaṃsīt) Ja.iii.484 Cp. abhi˚.

Vedic śaṃsati, cp. Av. saṃhaiti to procl …

saṃseva →

pts

adjective associating AN.ii.245; AN.v.113 sq. (sappurisa˚ & asappurisa˚); Mil.93.

fr. saṃ + sev

saṃsāmeti →

pts

lit. “to smoothe,” to fold up (one’s sleeping mat), to leave (one’s bed), in phrase senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā Vin.ii.185; Vin.iv.24; MN.i.457; SN.iii.95, SN.iii.133; SN.iv.288.

Caus. of saṃ + śam

saṃsāyati →

pts

…so read for samāsāsisuṃ).

saṃ + sāyati, which stands for sādati (of svad to sweeten). On y → d cp. khāyita → khādita…

saṃvasati →

pts

to live, to associate, cohabitate AN.ii.57; Vin.ii.237; Cnd.423; Pp.65; Dhp.167; Dpvs.x.8; Mil.250
caus -vāseti same meaning Vin.iv.137
■ Cp. upa˚.

saṃ + vasati2

saṃvuta →

pts

  1. closed DN.i.81.
  2. tied up Ja.iv.361.
  3. restrained, governed, (self-)controlled guarded DN.i.250; DN.iii.48, DN.iii.97; SN.ii.231; SN.iv.351 sq.; AN.i.7 (cittaṃ); AN.ii.25; AN.iii.387; Iti.96, It …

saṃvāsa →

pts

  1. living with, co-residence Vin.i.97; Vin.ii.237; Vin.iii.28; AN.ii.57 sq., AN.ii.187; AN.iii.164 sq.; AN.iv.172; Ja.i.236; Ja.iv.317 (piya-saṃvāsaṃ vasi lived together in harmony); Snp.283, Snp.29 …

saṃvāsaka →

pts

adjective living together Vin.ii.162; Vin.iii.173.

fr. saṃvāsa

saṃvāsiya →

pts

one who lives with somebody Snp.22; a˚-bhāva impossibility to co-reside Mil.249.

fr. saṃvāsa

saṃyama →

pts

Saṃyama & saññama

  1. restraint, self-control, abstinence SN.i.21, SN.i.169; DN.i.53; Vin.i.3; AN.i.155 sq. (kāyena, vācāya, manasā); DN.iii.147; Iti.15 (ññ); Snp.264, Snp.655; MN.ii.101 (sīla˚); Dhp. …

saṃyojana →

pts

bond, fetter SN.iv.163 etc.; especially the fetters that bind man to the wheel of transmigration Vin.i.183; SN.i.23; SN.v.241, SN.v.251; AN.i.264 AN.iii.443; AN.iv.7 sq. (diṭṭhi˚); MN.i.483; Dhp.370; …

saṅghaṭṭeti →

pts

  1. to knock against Vin.ii.208.
  2. to sound, to ring Mhvs.21, Mhvs.29 (˚aghaṭṭayi).
  3. to knock together, to rub against each other Ja.iv.98 (aṃsena aṃsaṃ samaghaṭṭayimha); Dāvs iii.87.
  4. to provoke …

saṅghin →

pts

adjective having a crowd (of followers), the head of an order DN.i.47, DN.i.116; SN.i.68; Mil.4; DN-a.i.143
saṅghāsaṅghī (pl.) in crowds, with crowds (redupl. cpd.!), with gaṇi-bhūtā “crowd …

saṅgīti →

pts

  1. a song, chorus, music Ja.i.32 (dibba˚); Ja.vi.528 (of birds).
  2. proclamation (cp. sangara), rehearsal, general convocation of the Buddhist clergy in order to settle questions of doctrine and to fi …

saṅkamati →

pts

  1. to go on, to pass over to (acc.), to join DN.i.55 (ākāsaṃ indriyāni s.); Vin.i.54 Vin.ii.138 (bhikkhū rukkhā rukkhaṃ s., climb fr. tree to tree); Kv.565 sq. (jhānā jhānaṃ).
  2. to transmigrate Mil.7 …

saṅkassara →

pts

adjective doubtful; wicked Vin.ii.236 (cp. Vin. Texts iii.300); SN.i.49 = Dhp.312 (explained as “sankāhi saritabba, āsankāhi sarita ussankita, parisankita” Dhp-a.iii.485, thus taken as sankā + *sṛ …

saṅkasāyati →

pts

to become weak, to fail SN.i.202 SN.ii.277; SN.iv.178; AN.i.68.

fr. saṃ + kṛṣ, kasati? Or has it anything to do with kasāya?

saṅkati →

pts

to doubt, hesitate, to be uncertain about pres. (med.) 1st sg. saṅke SN.i.111; Ja.iii.253 (= āsankāmi C.); Ja.vi.312 (na sanke maraṇ’āgamāya); Pot. saṅketha Ja.ii.53 = Ja.v.85. Pass. *[ …

saṅketa →

pts

intimation, agreement, engagement, appointed place, rendezvous Vin.i.298; Mil.212; Ne.15, Ne.18; cp. Cpd. 6, 33. saṅketaṃ gacchati to keep an appointment, to come to the rendezvous Vin.ii.265. *as …

saṅkhata →

pts

  1. put together, compound; conditioned, produced by a combination of causes, “created,” brought about as effect of actions in former births SN.ii.26; SN.iii.56; Vin.ii.284; Iti.37, Iti.88; Ja.ii.38; N …

saṅkhaya →

pts

destruction, consumption, loss, end Vin.i.42; DN.ii.283; MN.i.152; SN.i.2, SN.i.124; SN.iv.391; Iti.38; Dhp.282 (= vināsa Dhp-a.iii.421), Dhp.331; Ja.ii.52 Ja.v.465; Mil.205, Mil.304.

saṃ + khaya

saṅkhāra →

pts

one of the most difficult terms in Buddhist metaphysics, in which the blending of the subjective-objective view of the world and of happening peculiar to the East, is so complete, that it is almost i …

saṅkhāta →

pts

agreed on, reckoned; (-˚) so-called, named DN.i.163 (akusala˚ dhammā); DN.iii.65 DN.iii.133 = Vin.iii.46 (theyya˚ what is called theft); DN-a.i.313 (the sambodhi, by which is meant that of the thre …

saṅkitti →

pts

…kira acela-kāsāvakā acelakānaṃ atthāya tato tato taṇḍul’ādīni samādapetvā bhattaṃ pacanti ukkaṭṭhâcelako…

saṅkucita →

pts

shrunk, contracted, clenched (of the first: ˚hattha) Ja.i.275; Ja.vi.468 (˚hattha, opposed to pasārita-hattha); DN-a.i.287; Pv-a.123, Pv-a.124.

pp. of sankucati

saṅkāpeti →

pts

to prepare, get ready, undertake Vin.i.137 (vass’āvāsaṃ); SN.iv.312.

fr. saṃ + kḷp

saṅkāsa →

pts

appearance; (-˚) having the appearance of, like, similar Ja.ii.150; Ja.v.71 Ja.v.155, Ja.v.370 (puñña˚ = sadisa C.); Bv.17, Bv.21; Mil.2.

saṃ + kāsa, of kāś, cp. okāsa

saṅkāsana →

pts

(f.) explanation, illustration SN.v.430; Ne.5, Ne.8, Ne.38; Snp-a.445 (+ pakāsana).

fr. saṃ + kāś

saṇha →

pts

adjective

  1. smooth, soft Vin.i.202; Vin.ii.151; Vv.50#18 (= mudu Vv-a.213); Vism.260 = Kp-a.59 saṇhena softly Thag.460.
  2. gentle, mild DN.ii.259; Snp.853; Ja.i.202, Ja.i.376; Mnd.234; Pv-a.56, …

saṇhaka →

pts

at Ja.iii.394 (of hair growing white “saṇhakasadisā”) according to Kern,

Toevoegselen

ii.69 (coarse) hempen cloth (= sāṇavāka), as indicated by variant reading sāṇalāka. Thus a der. fr. saṇa = s …

saṇḍāsa →

pts

(long) pincers, tweezers AN.i.210; Ja.i.223; Ja.iii.138; used to pull out hair MN.ii.75; Vin.ii.134. Sannika (sanika)

saṃ + ḍaṃsa, fr. ḍasati

saṇṭhita →

pts

  1. established in (-˚), settled, composed Snp.330 (santi-soracca-samādhi˚); Sdhp.458 su˚; firmly or well established Snp.755; Mil.383; in a good position, well situated Dhs-a.65.
  2. being compos …

saṭṭhuṃ →

pts

at Ja.vi.185 (taṃ asakkhi saṭṭhuṃ) is inf. of sajati1 (sṛj = Sk. sraṣṭuṃ) to dismiss, let loose. The form has caused trouble, since the Com. explains it with *gaṇhituṃ

seka →

pts

sprinkling Ja.i.93 (suvaṇṇa-rasa-s.piñjara).

fr. sic, see siñcati

senāsana →

pts

sleeping and sitting, bed & chair, dwelling, lodging Vin.i.196, Vin.i.294, Vin.i.356; Vin.ii.146 Vin.ii.150 (˚parikkhāra-dussa); Vin.iii.88 etc.; DN.ii.77; AN.i.60; Iti.103, Iti.109; DN-a.i.208; Ja. …

seti →

pts

Seti & sayati

to lie down, to sleep; (applied) to be in a condition, to dwell, behave etc
pres seti SN.i.41, SN.i.47, SN.i.198 (kiṃ sesi why do you lie asleep? Cp. Pv.ii.6#1); Ja. …

seyyā →

pts

bed, couch MN.i.502; AN.i.296; Vin.ii.167 (˚aggena by the surplus in beds); Snp.29, Snp.152 Snp.535; Dhp.305, Dhp.309; Pv.ii.3#11; Pv.iv.1#2; Ja.vi.197 (gilāna sick-bed). Four kinds AN.ii.244; Vb-a. …

sikatā →

pts

sand, gravel; suvaṇṇa˚ gold dust AN.i.253. Sikayasa-maya

cp. Sk. sikatā

sikkhāpada →

pts

set of precepts, “preceptorial,” code of training; instruction, precept, rule

  1. in general: DN.i.63, DN.i.146, DN.i.250; MN.i.33; AN.i.63, AN.i.235 sq. AN.ii.14, AN.ii.250 sq.; AN.iii.113, AN.iii.26 …

sikāyasa-maya →

pts

Sikāyasa-maya

adjective made of tempered steel (said of swords) Ja.vi.449 (cp. Note of the translation p. 546).

silesa →

pts

junction, embrace; a rhetoric figure, riddle, puzzle, pun Ja.v.445 (silesūpamā said of women = purisānaṃ cittabandhanena silesasadisā, ibid. 447).

fr. śliṣ

silutta →

pts

rat snake Ja.vi.194 (= gharasappa).

silābhu →

pts

whip snake Ja.vi.194 (= nīlapaṇṇavaṇṇasappa).

sineha →

pts

Sineha & sneha

Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.

  1. sineha:
    1. viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap SN …

siniyhati →

pts

(to be moist or sticky, fig.) to feel love, to be attached Vism.317 = Dhs-a.192 (in defn of mettā). Caus. sineheti (sneheti, snehayati) to lubricat …

sippa →

pts

art, branch of knowledge, craft Snp.261; AN.iii.225; AN.iv.281 sq., AN.iv.322; DN.iii.156, DN.iii.189; Ja.i.239, Ja.i.478; Mil.315; excludes the Vedas Mil.10 sabbasippāni Ja.i.356, Ja.i.463; Ja.ii.53; …

sippikā →

pts

Sippikā1

feminine a pearl oyster Ja.i.426; Ja.ii.100 (sippikasambukaṃ); Vism.362 (in comp.) = Vb-a.68.

fr. sippī

Sippikā2

at Thag.49 is difficult to understand. It must mean …

sira →

pts

(nt. and m.) head, nom. siraṃ Thig.255, acc. siraṃ AN.i.141; siro Snp.768; sirasaṃ Ja.v.434; instr. sirasā Vin.i.4; DN.i.126; Snp.1027; loc. sirasmiṃ MN.i.32; sire DN-a.i.97; in compounds siro-AN.i. …

siri →

pts

Sirī (siri)

feminine

  1. splendour, beauty Snp.686 (instr. siriyā); Ja.vi.318 (siriṃ dhāreti).
  2. luck, glory majesty, prosperity SN.i.44 (nom. siri); Ja.ii.410 (siriṃ) Ja.ii.466; DN-a.i.148; Vv-a. …

sirī →

pts

Sirī (siri)

feminine

  1. splendour, beauty Snp.686 (instr. siriyā); Ja.vi.318 (siriṃ dhāreti).
  2. luck, glory majesty, prosperity SN.i.44 (nom. siri); Ja.ii.410 (siriṃ) Ja.ii.466; DN-a.i.148; Vv-a. …

sissa →

pts

pupil; Snp.997, Snp.1028; Dhs-a.32 (˚ânusissā).

cp. Sk. śiṣya, grd. of śiṣ or śās to instruct: see sāsati etc.

sneha →

pts

Sineha & sneha

Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.

  1. sineha:
    1. viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap SN …

soka →

pts

the flame of fire, later in sense of “burning grief” grief, sorrow, mourning; defined as “socanā socitattaṃ anto-soko… cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ” at Pts.i.38 = Mnd.128 = Cnd.694; shorter as “ñāt …

sota →

pts

Sota1

neuter ear, the organ of hearing Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34; DN.i.21; Snp.345 (nom pl. sotā); Vism.444 (defined); Dhs.601; Dhs-a.310-dibba-sota the divine ear (cp. dibba-cakkhu) DN.i.79 D …

soḷasa →

pts

cardinal number sixteen DN.i.128; Snp.1006; Ja.i.78 (lekhā); Ja.ii.87; Ja.iii.342 (atappiya-vatthūni); Ja.v.175, Ja.vi.37; Mil.11 (palibodhā); Dhp-a.i.129 (˚salākā); Dhp-a.iv.208 (˚karīsa-matta). …

soḷasakkhattuṃ →

pts

sixteen times DN-a.i.261; Dhp-a.i.353 = Mhvs.6, Mhvs.37.

soḷasama →

pts

sixteenth Mhvs.2, Mhvs.29; Vism.292.

su →

pts

Su1

indeclinable a part. of exclamation “shoo!”; usually repeated su su Ja.ii.250; Ja.vi.165 (of the hissing of a snake); Thag-a.110 (scaring somebody away), Thag-a.305 (sound of puffi …

subha →

pts

adjective shining, bright, beautiful DN.i.76 = DN.ii.13 = MN.iii.102; Dhs.250; DN-a.i.221; auspicious, lucky, pleasant Snp.341; Iti.80 good Snp.824, Snp.910; subhato maññati to consider as a good thi …

suci →

pts

adjective pure, clean, white DN.i.4; AN.i.293; Snp.226, Snp.410
■ opp. asuci impure AN.iii.226; AN.v.109 AN.v.266
■ (nt.) purity, pure things Ja.i.22; goodness, merit Dhp.245; a …

suddha →

pts

  1. clean, pure, Vin.i.16; Vin.ii.152; DN.i.110; Snp.476.
  2. purified, pure of heart MN.i.39; Dhp.125, Dhp.412; Snp.90
  3. simple, mere, unmixed, nothing but SN.i.135; Dhs-a.72; Ja.ii.252 (˚daṇḍaka jus …

sukha →

pts

adjective noun agreeable, pleasant, blest Vin.i.3; Dhp.118, Dhp.194, Dhp.331; Snp.383; paṭipadā, pleasant path, easy progress AN.ii.149 sq.; Dhs.178; kaṇṇa-s. pleasant to the ear DN.i.4; happy, pleas …

sukhuma →

pts

adjective subtle, minute Vin.i.14; DN.i.182; SN.iv.202; AN.ii.171; Dhs.676; Thig.266; Dhp.125 = Snp.662; Vism.274, Vism.488 (˚rūpā). fine, exquisite DN.ii.17, DN.ii.188; Mil.313; susukhuma, very subtl …

sulasī →

pts

medicinal plant Vin.i.201; cp. Deśīnāmamālā viii.40.

cp. Sk. surasī, “basilienkraut” BR; fr. surasa

supina →

pts

dream, vision DN.i.9, DN.i.54; SN.i.198; SN.iv.117 (supine in a dream; variant reading supinena); Snp.360, Snp.807, Snp.927 Mnd.126; Ja.i.334 sq., Ja.i.374; Ja.v.42; DN-a.i.92, DN-a.i.164; Vv.44#14 …

susu →

pts

Susu1

a boy, youngster, lad Vin.iii.147 = Ja.ii.284; Vv.64#14 (= dahara C.); Snp.420; DN.i.115; MN.i.82; AN.ii.22; Ja.ii.57; ājānīya-susūpama MN.i.445 read ājānīy-ass-ūpama (cp. Thag.72 …

susāna →

pts

cemetery Vin.i.15, Vin.i.50; Vin.ii.146; DN.i.71; AN.i.241; AN.ii.210; Pp.59; Ja.i.175; Mnd.466; Cnd.342; Vism.76, Vism.180; Pv-a.80, Pv-a.92, Pv-a.163, Pv-a.195 sq āmaka-s. a place where the c …

sutta →

pts

Sutta1

asleep Vin.iii.117; Vin.v.205; DN.i.70; DN.ii.130; Dhp.47; Iti.41; Ja.v.328
■ (nt.) sleep DN.ii.95; MN.i.448; SN.iv.169. In phrase --pabuddha “awakened from sleep” referring t …

suññatā →

pts

emptiness, “void,” unsubstantiality, phenomenality; freedom from lust, ill-will and dullness, Nibbāna MN.iii.111; Kv.232; Dhs-a.221; Ne.118 sq., Ne.123 sq., Ne.126; Mil.16; Vism.333 (n’atthi; *[suññ …

sve →

pts

adverb to-morrow Vin.ii.77; DN.i.108, DN.i.205; Ja.i.32, Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.47; Vv-a.230; svedivasa Dhp-a.i.103. The diaeretic form is suve, e.g. Pv.iv.1#5; Mhvs.29, Mhvs.17; and dou …

sādhu →

pts

adjective

  1. good, virtuous, pious Snp.376, Snp.393; Ja.i.1; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.119; Pv-a.116, Pv-a.132 asādhu bad, wicked Dhp.163, Dhp.223; Dhp-a.iii.313.
  2. good, profitable, proficient, meritoriou …

sādu →

pts

adjective sweet, nice, pleasant Vin.ii.196; MN.i.114; Thig.273; Snp.102; Ja.iv.168; Ja.v.5; Dhs.629; asādu (ka) Ja.iii.145; Ja.iv.509 (text, asādhuka com. on kaṭuka); sādu-karoti makes sweet Ja.iii.3 …

sāha →

pts

six days (cp. chāha) Ja.vi.80 (= chadivasa, C.).

sāhasa →

pts

violent, hasty Snp.329; (nt.) violence, arbitrary action, acts of violence Snp.943; Ja.vi.284; Mhvs.6, Mhvs.39; sāhasena arbitrarily AN.v.177 opp. ; ibid.; Dhp.257; Ja.vi.280. sāhasaṃ id. Ja.v …

sāhasika →

pts

adjective brutal, violent, savage Ja.i.187, Ja.i.504; Ja.ii.11; Pv-a.209; Dhp-a.i.17.

fr. sāhasa

sāhin →

pts

(-˚) adjective enduring Iti.32. See asayha˚.

fr. sah

sākhapurāṇasanthuta →

pts

one with whom one has formerly been friendly Ja.v.448. Sakhalya & Sakhalla;

fr. sakhi + purāṇa˚

sākhā →

pts

branch Vin.i.28; MN.i.135; AN.i.152; AN.ii.165 AN.ii.200 sq.; AN.iii.19, AN.iii.43 sq., AN.iii.200; AN.iv.99, AN.iv.336; AN.v.314 sq.; Snp.791; Ja.v.393; Ja.ii.44; a spur of a hill AN.i.243; AN.ii.140 …

sālā →

pts

large (covered & enclosed) hall large room, house; shed, stable etc., as seen fr. foll examples: aggi˚; a hall with a fire Vin.i.25, Vin.i.49 = Vin.ii.210 āsana˚; hall with seats Dhp-a.ii.65; *ud …

sāma →

pts

Sāma1

  1. black, dark (something like deep brown) Vin.iv.120 (kāḷasāma dark blue [?]) DN.i.193; MN.i.246 (different from kāḷa); Ja.vi.187 (˚aṃ mukhaṃ dark, i.e. on account of bad spirits); V …

sāmaggiya →

pts

completeness, concord Snp.810; sāmaggiya-rasa Ja.iii.21 (“the sweets of concord”); adj. asāmaggiya, unpleasant Ja.vi.517 (C. on asammodiya).

fr. samagga

sāmaṃ →

pts

self, of oneself Vin.i.16, Vin.i.33, Vin.i.211 (s. pāka), Vin.iv.121; DN.i.165; MN.i.383; MN.ii.211; MN.iii.253 (sāmaṃ kantaṃ sāmaṃ vāyitaṃ dussayugaṃ); SN.ii.40; SN.iv.230 sq. SN.v.390; Snp.270 (asām …

sāmuddika →

pts

adjective seafaring DN.i.222; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.368 (vāṇijā); AN.iv.127 (nāvā); Vism.63; Dhs-a.320 At Ja.vi.581 s
■ mahāsankha denotes a kind of trumpet.

fr. samudda

sāmā →

pts

medicinal plant Ja.iv.92 (bhisasāmā, C. bhisāni ca sāmākā ca); the Priyangu creeper Ja.i.500; Ja.v.405.

Sk. śyāmā Halāyudha 2, 38; see sāma1, sāmalatā, and sāmāka

sānu →

pts

ridge Vv.32#10; Ja.iii.172. The commentary on the former passage (Vv-a.136) translates vana wood, that on the latter paṃsupabbata sānupabbata a forest-hill Ja.iv.277; Ja.vi.415, Ja.vi.540; pabbatasā …

sāra →

pts

<